Packaged Sweets: Revolutionizing Packaged Food Industry
Packaged Sweets: Revolutionizing Packaged Food Industry

With packaged food industry as a whole evolving and maturing in the country in recent years, packaged sweets have come to register as an integral part of that process. In fact, the traditional popularity of sweets coupled with an increased consumer consciousness of hygiene and cleanliness has made sure that packaged sweets have acquired an extraordinary traction. Popularity of sweets offered in a hygienic package itself in a way is giving a fillip to the packaged food industry in the country. 

In other words, packaged sweets are revolutionizing the packaged food industry. With authorities increasingly clamping down and tightening norms around food labeling and general safety and hygiene, this is further serving the cause of packaged food industry.        

The Emerging Packaged Food Landscape

Even before Covid-19 had ‘bared its fangs,’ the Indian packaged food sector had been on a positive trajectory. For instance, last year it was reported how packaged food industry had recorded an impressive over 14 percent growth for April to August period. However, what is particularly notable is that this growth had occurred despite the wider consumption slowdown. 

In more recent times, while western snacks have been a high growth category, RTE as emerged as a high potential category. In terms of sales, Tier 1 and metro markets have been the best performers with rural and rest of urban areas contributing almost similarly. Therefore, with a permanently large middle-class with increasingly hectic schedules and busy lifestyles, the room for ready-to-serve packaged food can never be enough for the Indian market and there will always be room for growth. 

The Sheer Range of Sweets Available is a Hugely Motivating Factor

Representing both traditional and the modern, the Indian sweet market is characterized by an extraordinary array of offerings. From traditional milk-based sweets and open mithais offered by unorganised and traditional sweet shops to sweets and confectionery products prepared by organised bakeries, to specialized milk-based products by dairy establishments to luxury mithai brands promoted by a new-age confectioners to organic sweets by modern food brands, the range of sweets products available in the country is simply mindboggling. 

Growing at a CAGR of over 12 percent for almost a decade, the confectionery market alone is estimated at $1.5 billion.  Another research estimates that confectionery and snack market is to grow by over 10 percent between 2020 and 2025. This huge array of items would definitely give a massive stimulus to the packaged food as well as the packaging industry in the country.   

The Growing Packaging Industry 

At the same time, with increasing investment in food processing industries, rapid expansion of organized retail and rising exports market, the packaging industry itself has seen a considerable gain. The need for improvement in shelf life, maintenance of the pace of production while upholding quality necessarily requires high standardized and quality packaging. With improvement in packaging methods and technologies such as the emergence of eco-friendly packaging such as biodegradable technologies, nanofabrication technologies and the shift from rigid to flexible packaging, the packaging industry is undergoing considerable upgrading and change. It has been forecast that the Indian food and beverage packaging market is set to cross US$ 122 billion by 2025 from about US$ 26 billion in 2019 at a CAGR of nearly 30 percent.

Government Tightening Norms

With food regulatory authorities increasingly raising the bar for quality and hygiene for sweet products and even snack category, the packaged food industry would receive further boost. Only in February this year it was reported how local sweet shops had to mandatorily display ‘best before date’ and the date of manufacturing on non-packaged and loose sweets kept in a container or tray, a more stringent norm than the then existing labeling rules which required these details for pre-packaged/ pre-packed sweets only. Such measures could only add to the push for packaged food industry. Significantly, prompted by sustainable environmental concerns, the government is also adopting polices to promote recyclable technologies for packaging. 

Therefore, as Covid-19 has precipitated an all-out migration to packaged food away from open, loose and perceivably unhygienic food and snack culture, packaged sweets and confectionery category would impart the strongest push to the packaged food industry. Despite the recent societal and consumerist drive for healthy and nutritional snacking, the sweets and mithais would continue to form an indispensable part of the country’s food culture which in turn would give a sustained thrust to the packaged food industry. Given that small packs of Rs 5/10 contribute to 70-80 percent of the sales in snacks category, this is encouraging. After all, guilty pleasures can be derived from small packs, since once can never really wish them away.

 
Stay on top – Get the daily news from Indian Retailer in your inbox
The Growing Case of Millet-Based Breakfasts among Seekers of Nutrition
The Growing Case of Millet-Based Breakfasts among Seekers of Nutrition
 

In the ever-evolving landscape of nutritional trends, one remarkable shift has been the growing popularity of millet-based breakfast options among health-conscious individuals. Once relegated to the sidelines, millets are experiencing a renaissance, emerging as a sought-after choice for those seeking not just sustenance but genuine nourishment in their morning meal. This resurgence is not merely a fad but a reflection of a deeper understanding of nutrition, combined with a reconnection to traditional culinary practices.

Millet, a group of small-seeded grasses, has been a staple in various cultures for thousands of years. Its cultivation dates back to ancient civilizations in Africa and Asia, where it served as a vital source of sustenance due to its resilience in diverse environmental conditions. Despite its rich history, millet fell out of favor with the advent of modern agricultural practices that prioritized high-yield crops like wheat and rice. However, the tide is turning as people rediscover the nutritional treasures hidden within these tiny grains.

One of the key driving forces behind the growing preference for millet-based breakfast options is their exceptional nutritional profile. Millets contain essential nutrients, including protein, fiber, vitamins, and minerals. Unlike refined grains, which often lack nutritional depth, millets offer a well-rounded package of nutrients that support overall health and well-being. Additionally, millets are gluten-free, making them an ideal choice for individuals with gluten sensitivities or those looking to diversify their diet.

For example, pearl millet is one of the most widely consumed varieties. It is rich in iron, magnesium, phosphorus, and potassium, essential minerals that play crucial roles in various bodily functions, including energy production, bone health, and muscle function. Finger millet, another popular variety, is renowned for its high calcium content, making it an excellent choice for maintaining bone health and preventing osteoporosis. These nutritional powerhouses offer a compelling alternative to processed breakfast cereals or refined grain-based dishes, providing a wholesome start to the day.

Beyond their nutritional benefits, millets hold significant cultural significance in many communities around the world. In regions like India and Africa, millets have been integral to traditional cuisines for centuries, featuring prominently in staple dishes and festive celebrations. The resurgence of millets in breakfast choices is, in part, a reclaiming of cultural heritage—a way to honor ancestral wisdom while embracing modern dietary preferences.

Moreover, the cultivation and consumption of millet contribute to sustainable agriculture and food security. These hardy grains require minimal water and are well-adapted to challenging growing conditions, making them a resilient crop in the face of climate change. By incorporating millets into our breakfast repertoire, we not only nourish our bodies but also support environmentally friendly farming practices and promote food sovereignty.

The versatility of millets further enhances their appeal as a breakfast staple. From porridges and pancakes to granolas and muffins, the possibilities are endless. Millets lend themselves well to both sweet and savory preparations, allowing for creative culinary exploration. Their mild flavor profile provides a blank canvas for a myriad of ingredients, from fresh fruits and nuts to savory spices and vegetables, catering to diverse taste preferences and dietary restrictions.

In addition to their role as a standalone breakfast option, millets can also be integrated into hybrid dishes that combine elements of different culinary traditions. For example, millet-based breakfast burritos or sushi rolls offer a fusion of flavors and textures, showcasing the adaptability of these ancient grains in contemporary cuisine. As consumers increasingly seek out globally inspired flavors and innovative dining experiences, millets provide a unique opportunity to bridge culinary traditions while promoting health and sustainability.

The growing availability of millet-based breakfast products in mainstream markets reflects the shifting preferences of consumers toward healthier, more sustainable food choices. From specialty health food stores to major supermarket chains, millet-based cereals, bread, and baked goods are becoming increasingly accessible, catering to the rising demand for nutritious breakfast options. This widespread availability not only makes it easier for individuals to incorporate millets into their daily diet but also signals a broader shift towards a more holistic approach to food consumption.

As we embrace the morning millet, it's essential to recognize that dietary choices extend beyond mere sustenance—they are a reflection of our values, beliefs, and aspirations for a healthier, more sustainable future. By choosing millet-based breakfast options, we not only nourish our bodies but also honor the rich cultural heritage and ecological wisdom embodied in these ancient grains. In doing so, we take a small yet meaningful step towards creating a world where nutrition is not just a commodity but a cornerstone of holistic well-being. So, let us savor the humble millet and celebrate the journey towards a healthier breakfast and a brighter tomorrow.

 

Authored By

The growing case of millet-based breakfasts among seekers of nutrition

Prashant Parameswaran, MD & CEO, Tata Consumer Soulfull

 

 

Next Story
Spendvesting Success: Young Indians Save Rs 1.2 Lakhs Annually, Thanks to Innovative Strategy
Spendvesting Success: Young Indians Save Rs 1.2 Lakhs Annually, Thanks to Innovative Strategy
 

The traditional approach of saving for the future and spending in the present is getting a modern twist with the rise of spendvesting. This innovative financial strategy merges these seemingly opposing concepts, encouraging individuals to Prioritize saving, i.e., setting aside a portion of their income towards long-term goals like retirement or a down payment on a house; and Allocating funds for desired experiences - earmarking specific amounts for lifestyle aspirations and travel adventures. As interest and participation in spendvesting grows, it is set to capture a wide ranging audience, capitalising on India’s expected digital economy boom to $1 trillion by 2030.

A recent report by multipl has revealed that Indians are saving up to 20 percent on all lifestyle spends, with travel topping the spendvesting categories with 50 percent consumers aged between 26-34 years.

The report, developed in collaboration with prominent partners such as Blume Ventures, Augmont - Gold for All, DSP Mutual Funds, and EaseMyTrip, meticulously tracked the shifting landscape of Indian spending habits. It observed a departure from traditional banking and credit-centric approaches towards a more balanced spendvesting methodology, fostering positive financial habits for a stable future.

A significant revelation from the report is the identification of travel as the top category for spendvesting enthusiasts, with gadgets and shopping also emerging as substantial areas of interest. These preferences underscore the prevalent lifestyle goals that steer financial decisions among spendvestors.

Notably, the report highlighted that 50 percent of Indian spendvestors belonged to the 26-34 age group, indicating the resonance of this strategy with the younger demographic, particularly Millennials and Gen Z. It addressed the growing concern of credit card defaults and debt accumulation among the youth, emphasizing the necessity for financial discipline.

Illustrating the investment tendencies of younger demographics, the report showcased the preference of Millennials and Gen Z for fintech startups offering tailored investment advice. An eye-opening statistic from the report revealed that an average software engineer earning between Rs 12 lakhs – Rs 14 lakhs annually could save approximately Rs 1.2 lakhs per annum by embracing the spendvesting strategy.

It also recommended a blend of short-term debt/hybrid mutual funds and digital gold investments, seamlessly integrated with daily lifestyle expenditures like travel, gadgets, and insurance. This unique approach sought to simplify modern financial literacy demands while encouraging healthy and rewarding spending habits through gains from investments and contributions from partner brands.

Paddy Raghavan, co-founder of multipl, stated, "Spendvesting is not merely a financial strategy; it represents a shift towards mindful and gainful consumer behavior." He adds, "Our collaboration with Blume Ventures, Augmont, and DSP Mutual Funds, has enabled us to offer a report that is intended to inform and equip consumers to meet their financial objectives while pursuing the lifestyle they aspire for."

In essence, the Spendvesting Report not only unveiled an avant-garde financial strategy but also underscored the transformative potential it held, particularly for the younger generation, in reshaping their financial habits and securing a more prosperous future.

 

Next Story
Top 10 Ethnic Wear Brands in India to Give a Charm to Your Wardrobe
Top 10 Ethnic Wear Brands in India to Give a Charm to Your Wardrobe
 

The ethnic wear industry in India provides a vibrant and diverse range of traditional clothing options for people of all ages and backgrounds. With its rich cultural heritage, India has a long-standing tradition of ethnic wear, which has gained popularity not only within the country but also internationally. From sarees and salwar suits to lehengas and kurta pajamas, the industry offers a plethora of choices to cater to different tastes and occasions.

The ethnic wear industry in India is a thriving market, driven by factors such as changing fashion trends, increased disposable income, and a growing preference for traditional attire. It encompasses a wide range of players, including renowned ethnic wear brands in India, local artisans, and small-scale businesses. These brands and designers play a crucial role in preserving and promoting Indian traditional clothing, blending traditional craftsmanship with modern design elements.

When exploring the market, you'll come across a variety of options, and to help you make an informed choice, here's a list of the 10 best ethnic wear brands in India that have left a significant mark in the industry.

ethnic wear brands in India

Ethnic Wear Industry: An Overview

The Ethnic Wear Industry in India provides a vibrant and diverse range of traditional clothing options for people of all ages and backgrounds. With its rich cultural heritage, India has a long-standing tradition of ethnic wear, which has gained popularity not only within the country but also internationally. From sarees and salwar suits to lehengas and kurta pajamas, the industry offers a plethora of choices to cater to different tastes and occasions.

The ethnic wear industry in India is a thriving market, driven by factors such as changing fashion trends, increased disposable income, and a growing preference for traditional attire. It encompasses a wide range of players, including renowned brands, local artisans, and small-scale businesses. These brands and designers play a crucial role in preserving and promoting Indian traditional clothing, blending traditional craftsmanship with modern design elements.

Read Here: Ethnic Wear Market Analysis: Detailed

The industry has also witnessed a surge in online retail, with offering a convenient and accessible way to purchase ethnic wear. This has further contributed to the growth of the industry, allowing consumers from across the country and abroad to explore and purchase a wide range of traditional clothing options.

Top 10 Ethnic Wear Brands in India 2024

Here is a list of the best ethnic wear brands in India as of the 2024 update:

1. Biba

Biba- Ethnic Wear Brands in India

 

Biba, a renowned ethnic wear brand in India, offers a wide range of traditional clothing options for women that blend traditional craftsmanship with modern design elements. Established in 1988 by Meena Bindra, Biba has become a go-to brand for women seeking elegant and contemporary ethnic wear.

Biba's collection includes a variety of outfits, such as kurtas, salwar suits, lehengas, and sarees, catering to different occasions and preferences. The brand is known for its attention to detail, exquisite prints, and vibrant colors, which add a touch of grace and charm to its garments. Whether it's a casual gathering, a formal event, or a festive celebration, Biba offers a plethora of options to suit every woman's style and taste.

One of the key highlights of Biba's designs is the fusion of traditional and modern elements. The brand seamlessly combines traditional Indian craftsmanship, such as intricate embroidery, hand block printing, and mirror work, with contemporary cuts, silhouettes, and fabrics. This unique blend creates a perfect balance between the timeless appeal of Indian ethnic wear and the latest fashion trends.

Biba has gained immense popularity not only in India but also internationally. With its commitment to quality, innovation, and customer satisfaction, Biba has become a trusted name in the ethnic wear industry. Whether it's a classic kurta set or a stylish lehenga, Biba is the brand that offers women an opportunity to embrace their cultural heritage while staying fashionable and chic.

2. Libas

Libas - Ethnic Wear Brands in India 2024

 

Established as a prominent player in the ethnic wear industry, Libas offers a diverse range of traditional clothing options for women that exude elegance and sophistication. With a focus on creating garments that showcase the rich cultural heritage of India, Libas has become a go-to brand for women seeking stylish and authentic ethnic wear.

Libas understands the importance of staying true to traditional craftsmanship while also incorporating modern design elements. Their collection includes a wide array of sarees, salwar suits, lehengas, and kurtis, each crafted with intricate embroidery, vibrant colors, and luxurious fabrics. Whether it's a festive occasion, a wedding, or a formal event, Libas has something to suit every woman's taste and style.

What sets Libas apart from other brands is their attention to detail and commitment to quality. Each garment is carefully crafted to ensure a perfect fit and impeccable finish. The brand's dedication to customer satisfaction is evident in their emphasis on using only the finest materials and employing skilled artisans to create their stunning designs.

Libas has also made its mark internationally, with a growing presence in countries like the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom. Their commitment to delivering high-quality ethnic wear has earned them a loyal customer base both in India and abroad.

3. Fab India

Fab India - Ethnic wear brands in India

 

Fab India is a well-known brand in India that specializes in offering a wide range of high-quality ethnic wear for men, women, and children. With its roots deeply embedded in traditional Indian craftsmanship, Fab India has become synonymous with authentic and sustainable fashion.

Fab India's collection includes a diverse array of clothing options, ranging from sarees, kurtas, and salwar suits for women, to dhotis, kurtas, and sherwanis for men. The brand also caters to children with its range of vibrant and comfortable ethnic wear.

What sets Fab India apart is its commitment to promoting traditional Indian textiles and crafts. The brand works closely with artisans and weavers across the country, ensuring that their skills and artistry are preserved and celebrated. Fab India's products are handcrafted using techniques such as block printing, handloom weaving, and embroidery, which add a unique charm to each garment.

Apart from clothing, Fab India also offers a range of home furnishings and personal care products, all made with the same dedication to craftsmanship and sustainability.

With over 300 stores in India and an online presence, Fab India makes it easy for customers to access their exquisite collection. Their ethically sourced and thoughtfully designed products have garnered a loyal customer base, making Fab India one of the top ethnic wear brands in the country.

4. Meena Bazaar

Meena Baazar - Ethnic Wear Brands in India 2024

 

Continuing the exploration of renowned ethnic wear brands in India, Meena Bazaar stands out as a prominent name in the industry. With a rich history dating back to 1970, Meena Bazaar has become synonymous with exquisite traditional clothing for women. Known for its timeless designs, intricate embroidery, and high-quality fabrics, the brand has successfully carved a niche for itself in the competitive market.

Meena Bazaar offers a wide range of ethnic wear options, including sarees, salwar suits, lehengas, and fusion wear. Each piece is meticulously crafted, blending traditional elements with contemporary styles. The brand's attention to detail and commitment to craftsmanship have earned it a loyal customer base across the country.

One of the key factors that sets Meena Bazaar apart is its ability to cater to diverse tastes and preferences. Whether it's a simple, elegant saree for a formal occasion or a heavily embellished lehenga for a wedding, the brand offers something for every occasion. Additionally, Meena Bazaar ensures that its collections are accessible to a wide range of customers by offering products at different price points.

In addition to its physical stores, Meena Bazaar has embraced e-commerce to reach a larger audience. The brand's online presence allows customers to browse and purchase their favorite pieces from the comfort of their homes, further enhancing the brand's accessibility and convenience.

5. Global Desi

Global Desi - Ethnic Wear Brands in India

 

Global Desi is a well-known Indian ethnic wear brand that offers a diverse range of fashionable clothing for women. Founded in 2007 by Anita Dongre, Global Desi aims to celebrate the rich cultural heritage of India through its trendy and contemporary designs. The brand takes inspiration from the vibrant colors, prints, and motifs of various Indian regions, creating a fusion of traditional and modern styles.

Global Desi's collection includes a wide range of clothing options, including kurtas, tunics, dresses, skirts, and bottoms. The brand is known for its attention to detail, exquisite craftsmanship, and high-quality fabrics. Each garment is carefully crafted to cater to the modern Indian woman who seeks comfort, style, and cultural significance in her wardrobe.

What sets Global Desi apart from other ethnic wear brands is its ability to strike a perfect balance between traditional aesthetics and contemporary fashion. The brand offers a unique blend of Indian and Western elements, making it suitable for various occasions and preferences.

With its extensive presence across India and an online shopping platform, Global Desi has become a go-to brand for women seeking trendy ethnic wear. The brand's commitment to promoting Indian culture and empowering local artisans has garnered it a loyal customer base. Global Desi continues to redefine the fashion landscape with its innovative designs and commitment to sustainability.

6. W for Woman

W for Woman - Ethnic wear brands in India

 

W for Woman is a renowned Indian ethnic wear brand that offers a wide range of fashionable clothing options for women. With its commitment to design excellence and quality craftsmanship, W for Woman has become a popular choice among fashion-conscious women across the country.

The brand's collection showcases a perfect blend of traditional aesthetics and contemporary designs, catering to the diverse needs and preferences of modern Indian women. From elegant sarees and salwar suits to trendy kurtis and fusion wear, W for Woman offers a plethora of options to elevate your ethnic wardrobe.

What sets W for Woman apart is its attention to detail and focus on creating garments that not only look good but also feel comfortable to wear. The brand uses high-quality fabrics and employs skilled artisans to ensure that every piece is crafted with utmost precision and finesse.

In addition to its exquisite collection, W for Woman also provides a seamless shopping experience through its online and offline stores. With a strong presence in major cities across India, the brand ensures easy accessibility for its customers.

Whether you are attending a festive celebration or a casual get-together, W for Woman has the perfect ethnic wear options to make you look effortlessly stylish and elegant. Embrace the charm of Indian ethnic wear with W for Woman and redefine your fashion statement.

7. Manyavar

Manyavar - Ethnic wear brands in India

Manyavar is a well-established Indian ethnic wear brand known for its extensive range of traditional clothing options for men. Founded in 1999 by Ravi Modi, Manyavar has become a go-to destination for men looking to add charm and elegance to their wardrobe. The brand's commitment to quality and craftsmanship has made it a favorite among Indian consumers.

Manyavar offers a wide variety of ethnic wear options, including sherwanis, kurta-pajamas, Indo-western outfits, and accessories like turbans and stoles. The brand's designs are a perfect blend of tradition and contemporary fashion, catering to the modern Indian man who wants to embrace his cultural roots while staying stylish.

One of Manyavar's key strengths lies in its ability to cater to different occasions. Whether it's a traditional wedding, a festive celebration, or a formal event, Manyavar has something to offer for every occasion. The brand's attention to detail, use of high-quality fabrics, and intricate embroidery sets it apart from its competitors.

Manyavar has also expanded its presence globally, with stores in the United States, the United Arab Emirates, Bangladesh, Nepal, and Saudi Arabia. This international expansion has allowed the brand to reach a wider audience and showcase the rich heritage of Indian ethnic wear to the world.

8. Anita Dongre

Anita Dongre - Ethnic Wear Brands in India 2024

 

Anita Dongre is a prominent Indian fashion designer renowned for her exquisite ethnic wear creations. With a career spanning over two decades, Dongre has established herself as one of the leading names in the Indian fashion industry. Her designs are a perfect blend of traditional craftsmanship and contemporary aesthetics, making her a favorite among fashion enthusiasts.

Dongre's brand, Anita Dongre, offers a wide range of ethnic wear options for both men and women. From stunning bridal lehengas to elegant sarees and chic Indo-western outfits, her collections cater to the diverse fashion needs of individuals. Her designs are known for their attention to detail, impeccable craftsmanship, and use of high-quality fabrics.

What sets Anita Dongre apart is her commitment to sustainability and empowerment. She believes in promoting traditional Indian crafts and supporting local artisans. Through her brand, she has provided employment opportunities to numerous skilled craftsmen, ensuring the preservation of age-old techniques. Dongre has also been actively involved in various social initiatives, focusing on education, healthcare, and women empowerment.

Anita Dongre's designs have been worn by numerous celebrities and have graced the runways of prestigious fashion events. Her brand has garnered a loyal customer base not only in India but also internationally. With her timeless and elegant creations, Anita Dongre continues to redefine ethnic wear fashion in India and beyond.

9. Ritu Kumar

Ritu Kumar - Ethnic wear brands in India

 

Continuing our exploration of prominent Indian fashion designers, we now turn our attention to Ritu Kumar, a renowned name in the world of ethnic wear. Ritu Kumar is a pioneer in reviving traditional Indian craftsmanship and showcasing it on a global platform. With a career spanning over five decades, she has been instrumental in preserving and promoting India's rich textile heritage.

Ritu Kumar founded her label in 1969 and since then has been a driving force behind the resurgence of Indian handlooms and handcrafted textiles. Her designs seamlessly blend traditional techniques with contemporary aesthetics, resulting in exquisite garments that are both timeless and chic.

Known for her meticulous attention to detail and fine craftsmanship, Ritu Kumar has earned a reputation for creating luxurious and elegant ethnic wear. Her collections feature a wide range of ensembles, including sarees, lehengas, salwar suits, and fusion wear, all crafted with the utmost precision and finesse.

Ritu Kumar's designs have been showcased on prestigious platforms like the Lakme Fashion Week and have been worn by celebrities and fashionistas alike. Her label has also gained international recognition, with stores across India and in cities like London, Dubai, and New York.

With her unwavering commitment to preserving traditional Indian textiles and promoting sustainable fashion, Ritu Kumar continues to be a leading figure in the world of ethnic wear.

10. Sabyasachi Mukherjee

Sabyasachi Mukherjee - Top Ethenic Brands in India

 

Sabyasachi Mukherjee, a prominent Indian fashion designer, is renowned for his exquisite creations in ethnic wear. Known for his unmatched craftsmanship and attention to detail, Mukherjee has carved a niche for himself in the world of fashion. His designs are a perfect blend of traditional aesthetics and contemporary sensibilities, making him a favorite among Indian celebrities and fashion enthusiasts alike.

Mukherjee's designs reflect a deep understanding and appreciation for Indian culture and heritage. He often draws inspiration from vintage textiles, handcrafted techniques, and traditional motifs, infusing them with his unique vision to create stunning ensembles. From opulent bridal lehengas and sarees to elegant anarkalis and sherwanis, his collections showcase the rich diversity of Indian craftsmanship.

What sets Mukherjee apart is his ability to create timeless pieces that transcend trends. His designs have a timeless elegance and sophistication that make them relevant for generations to come. With a focus on quality and craftsmanship, his creations are made with the finest fabrics and intricate embellishments, ensuring that each garment is a work of art.

Sabyasachi Mukherjee's designs have not only made waves in India but have also gained international recognition. His label, Sabyasachi, has become synonymous with luxury and style, attracting clients from around the world. From Bollywood celebrities to international personalities, Mukherjee's designs have graced red carpets and magazine covers, solidifying his position as one of the top ethnic wear brands in India.

Conclusion

In conclusion, India's ethnic wear market is a treasure trove of brands that represent the country's rich cultural legacy. Leading ethnic wear brands in India like Biba, Libas, and Fab India, along with esteemed designers such as Anita Dongre and Sabyasachi Mukherjee, offer a wide selection of ethnic clothing. These brands embody India's heritage through their exceptional designs and craftsmanship, making them essential choices for anyone passionate about ethnic fashion. Their collections are a testament to the enduring allure and diversity of Indian ethnic wear.

 

Next Story
Happy New Year 2024: Wishes, Greetings & Brand Promotion Guides for Retailers
Happy New Year 2024: Wishes, Greetings & Brand Promotion Guides for Retailers
 

As Happy New Year 2024 approaches, retailers are gearing up to make the most of the festive season and set the stage for a prosperous New Year.

With the ever-growing dominance of e-commerce and the continuous evolution of customer expectations, it has become crucial for retailers to strategically prepare for the upcoming celebrations.

In this article, we will explore the various ways retailers can engage their customers, promote their brands, and achieve success in the year ahead.

From personalized greetings to innovative brand campaigns, join us as we delve into the strategies that can help retailers thrive during the holiday season and beyond.

Happy New Year 2024: A Transition from 2023 to 2024

Happy new year 2024

 

As we bid farewell to 2023 and welcome the dawn of 2024, retailers are gearing up for a seamless transition into the new year, armed with strategies to capitalize on the festive spirit and drive sales to new heights.

 

The start of the year brings with it a sense of hope and excitement, and retailers are eager to tap into this positive energy to attract customers and boost their profits.

One key strategy that retailers employ during this time is offering festive discounts and special promotions. By providing attractive deals and savings, they entice customers to make purchases and take advantage of the holiday season. Additionally, retailers decorate their stores to create a festive atmosphere, making the shopping experience more enjoyable and memorable for customers.

Engaging with customers on a personal level is also crucial during this time. Retailers send personalized greetings and wishes to their customers, showing appreciation for their support in the past year and building a connection for the future. Hosting festive events like sales, parties, or contests further enhances customer engagement and creates a sense of excitement around the brand.

In today's digital age, leveraging social media is essential for retailers to connect with their audience and promote their offerings. Engaging content, such as holiday-themed posts and videos, can generate buzz and attract new customers. By utilizing various social media platforms, retailers can reach a wider audience and drive traffic to their stores or websites.

As the calendar turns to 2024, retailers are ready to embrace the opportunities the new year brings. With strategic planning, creative marketing campaigns, and a focus on customer satisfaction, they aim to make the most of the festive season and set the stage for a successful year ahead.

Happy New Year 2024: Why Retailers Should Prepare for the Festive Season

Happy new year 2024

 

To maximize sales and capitalize on the festive spirit, retailers should proactively prepare for the upcoming New Year festivities. The holiday season represents a golden opportunity for retailers, as consumers are in a generous spending mood, making it the perfect time for gift-giving. In 2023, global holiday season sales are expected to reach $1.4 trillion, indicating the immense potential for retailers to boost their sales and profits.

 

By attracting customers with festive discounts, decorations, and special offerings, retailers can create a welcoming and joyful atmosphere that entices shoppers to make purchases. Sending personalized greetings and wishes, hosting festive events like sales, parties, or contests, and leveraging social media platforms to connect and promote offerings are effective strategies for engaging customers during this festive season.

Preparing for the New Year festivities also involves planning brand campaigns that resonate with customers. Developing heartwarming video ads, launching social media campaigns that engage the audience, and partnering with charities for fundraising initiatives are ways to create positive associations with the brand and build customer loyalty.

Engaging Your Customers for the New Year 2024

Happy new year 2024

 

To engage your customers for the New Year 2024, it is crucial to:

 

  • Send personalized greetings and wishes.
  • Host festive events like sales or parties.
  • Leverage social media to connect and promote your offerings.

By doing so, you can:

  • Create a memorable experience for your customers.
  • Drive sales.
  • Build brand loyalty.

Additionally, consider incorporating:

  • Happy New Year wishes.
  • Celebration ideas.
  • Gifting ideas.

into your brand campaigns to further engage your audience.

Happy New Year 2024 Wishes

The New Year presents a valuable opportunity for retailers to engage with their customers and convey their heartfelt wishes for a prosperous and joyful year ahead. Sending personalized greetings and wishes is a simple yet effective way to connect with customers and show appreciation for their support.

1. Cheers to a sparkling New Year filled with overflowing baskets and happy customers! ✨

 

2. Wishing you a New Year brimming with vibrant sales, innovative ideas, and shelves packed with success! 

 

3. May the New Year bring you a loyal following, heartwarming customer experiences, and profits that jingle all the way! ️

 

4. We're raising a toast to a New Year overflowing with gratitude for your support. Here's to many more years of growing together! 

 

5. Wishing our amazing team a New Year filled with motivation, creativity, and teamwork that takes us all to new heights! 

 

6. May the New Year bring you fresh perspectives, strategic insights, and marketing campaigns that truly shine! ✨

 

7. Here's to a New Year where every customer interaction sparks joy, builds trust, and creates lasting memories! ✨

 

8. Wishing you a New Year powered by technology, streamlined processes, and efficiency that boosts your bottom line! 

 

9. May the New Year bring you the strength to adapt, the courage to innovate, and the resilience to conquer any challenge! 

 

10. From our shelves to your homes, we wish you a New Year filled with happiness, prosperity, and everything that makes your heart sing! 

 

Wishing you a New Year filled with laughter, cheer, and shopping sprees that spark endless joy! May your basket overflow with happiness and your home radiate the warmth of the season. ️ 

 

11. Cheers to a New Year where every purchase brings a smile, every product ignites passion, and every experience strengthens the bond between us. Thank you for being a part of our retail journey!✨ 

 

12. May the New Year shower you with prosperity, surprise you with delightful deals, and reward your loyalty with exclusive offers. Here's to a year of fulfilling all your retail dreams! 

 

13. Wishing you a New Year where every corner you turn unveils a treasure, every aisle whispers a wish, and every checkout counter rings with the melody of a fulfilling shopping experience!️ 

 

14. From the depths of our shelves to the warmth of your homes, we extend a heartfelt wish for a New Year sparkling with happiness, prosperity, and everything that makes your heart sing! 
 

Happy New Year 2024 Greetings for Employees

Celebrating Achievements and Looking Forward:

Cheers to our amazing team! Here's to a New Year filled with opportunities to build on your successes, conquer new challenges, and reach new heights together. Happy 2024! ✨

Thank you for your dedication and hard work throughout the year. May the New Year bring you well-deserved rewards, personal growth, and a renewed sense of purpose in your work. Happy New Year!

We're incredibly proud of everything we accomplished as a team in 2023. Let's carry that momentum into the New Year and make 2024 even better! Happy New Year, everyone!

Appreciation and Motivation:

Your talent and passion are what make this company thrive. Thank you for being such a valuable part of our team. Wishing you a New Year filled with joy, fulfillment, and endless possibilities. Happy 2024!

May the New Year bring you the motivation to take risks, embrace new ideas, and never stop learning. We believe in your potential, and we can't wait to see what you achieve in 2024!

Here's to a New Year where your creativity sparks like fireworks, your teamwork builds bridges, and your individual brilliance shines as bright as the stars. Happy New Year, team! ✨

Focus on Well-being and Balance:

Beyond the successes and challenges, remember to prioritize your well-being in the New Year. Take time for yourself, recharge, and come back feeling refreshed and ready to conquer anything. Happy and healthy 2024! ‍♀️

May the New Year bring you a perfect balance between work and personal life. Find time for the things you love and don't forget to celebrate your wins both big and small. Happy and fulfilling 2024!

We value you not just for your work, but also for who you are as individuals. May the New Year bring you happiness, good health, and all the things that make your heart sing. Happy 2024, from your friends at work!

Humorous and Light-hearted:

Here's to a New Year with more coffee breaks than deadlines, more laughter than meetings, and enough success to make those late nights worth it! Happy 2024, you crazy bunch! ☕️

Forget the resolutions, let's just make the New Year awesome. Deal? Happy 2024, team!

May the New Year bring you more promotions than emails, more bonuses than spreadsheets, and more office parties than you can handle! Happy 2024, you deserve it!

Personalization and Inclusivity:

To each and every one of you, thank you for making this company such a special place to be. May the New Year bring you all the happiness, love, and success you deserve. Happy 2024!

We celebrate the diversity and unique talents that make our team thrive. May the New Year be filled with opportunities for everyone to shine and contribute to our shared success. Happy 2024, to everyone in our amazing team!

Whatever your goals and dreams are for the New Year, know that we're here to support you every step of the way. Cheers to a bright and successful 2024 together!

 

Happy New Year 2024 Celebration Ideas for Retailers

As retailers prepare to celebrate the New Year in 2024, they have the opportunity to engage their customers and create a memorable experience with exciting celebration ideas that go beyond traditional sales and promotions.

In-Store Festivities:

  • Transform your store into a winter wonderland with sparkling lights and festive decorations.
  • Live music and entertainment: Hire local musicians, carolers, or even magicians to create a lively atmosphere and entertain shoppers.
  • Interactive activities: Set up photo booths, prize wheels, or fun games to keep customers engaged and create lasting memories.
  • Holiday treats and drinks: Offer warm beverages, праздничные печенья, or small bites to create a welcoming and festive ambiance.
  • New Year's Eve countdown: Host a special countdown at midnight with champagne toasts, party favors, and festive music.
  • New Year's Eve sales: Offer exclusive discounts, праздничные пакеты, or early access to sale items to entice customers.
  • Gift with purchase: Reward shoppers with a free gift with every purchase above a certain amount.
  • Resolution-themed promotions: Create promotions targeted at popular New Year's resolutions, like fitness wear for "get healthy" goals or stylish accessories for "dress up" resolutions.
  • Gift card bundles: Offer special deals on gift card bundles to make holiday shopping easier for customers.
  • Charity partnerships: Partner with a local charity and donate a portion of your proceeds during the holiday season.
  • New Year's Eve themed contests and giveaways: Run festive contests on social media platforms, offering prizes like gift baskets, shopping sprees, or free experiences.
  • Run a "New Year's Resolutions" campaign: Encourage customers to share their New Year's resolutions and how your products can help them achieve them.
     

Additionally, retailers can offer special New Year-themed workshops or classes, such as cooking demonstrations or DIY projects, to attract customers and provide them with valuable experiences.

Happy New Year 2024 Gifting Ideas

Engage your customers for the New Year 2024 by offering a curated selection of gifting ideas that cater to their diverse needs and preferences. Gifting is an essential part of the New Year celebrations, and providing unique and thoughtful gifts will not only enhance customer satisfaction but also drive sales for your retail business.

For the Experience Seeker:

  • Weekend getaway trip: Send them on a mini-adventure to start the year fresh.
  • Tickets to a show or concert: Let them ring in the new year with some entertainment.
  • Cooking class or workshop: Help them learn a new skill they've been wanting to try.
  • Spa day or massage: Offer a chance to unwind and recharge for the year ahead.
  • Hot air balloon ride or other unique experience: Give them a memory they'll never forget.


For the Homebody:

  • Cozy loungewear or robes: Encourage them to embrace cozy nights in.
  • Luxury scented candles or diffuser: Create a soothing and relaxing atmosphere.
  • Subscription box for their favorite hobby or interest: Fuel their passions and give them something to look forward to each month.
  • Beautiful houseplant or terrarium: Add a touch of nature and life to their space.
  • Personalized photo book or framed print: Celebrate special memories together.


For the Foodie:

  • Gourmet food basket or curated selection of snacks: Fill their pantry with delicious goodies.
  • Subscription to a coffee or tea of the month club: Let them explore new flavors and start their day off right.
  • High-quality cookware or bakeware: Inspire their culinary creativity.
  • Cooking class or online cooking course: Help them learn new recipes and techniques.
  • Homemade treats or baked goods: Put your love into a personalized gift from the kitchen.


For the Techie:

  • Noise-canceling headphones or wireless earbuds: Help them out with some peace and quiet in a busy world.
  • Smart speaker or home assistant: Make their life easier and more convenient.
  • Portable projector for movie nights: Give them the gift of a home theater experience.
  • Subscription to a streaming service or e-reader: Keep them entertained for hours on end.
  • Tech gadget or accessory they've been wanting: Upgrade their life with something they'll use and appreciate.

Consider offering gift cards, which provide a safe and convenient option for recipients to choose their preferred products. Additionally, festive decorations and merchandise can add a touch of joy and celebration to any home. Stylish clothing and accessories, as well as the latest gadgets and electronics, are also popular choices for gift-givers.

Happy New Year 2024 - Brand Campaigns for Retailers

happy new year 2024 brand campaigns

 

Retailers can kick off the new year with impactful brand campaigns to engage their audience and drive sales. As the holiday season winds down, it is crucial for retailers to maintain momentum and capture the attention of consumers. Happy New Year 2024 presents an opportunity to create brand campaigns that resonate with customers and leave a lasting impression.

 

Here are some options to spark your creativity:

Themes:

  • New Year, New You: Tap into the common desire for self-improvement by offering promotions on fitness gear, healthy recipes, or products that support personal growth.
  • Celebrate Fresh Starts: Highlight the "fresh start" feeling of the New Year with clean, bright visuals and promotions on organizational tools, home decor, or lifestyle upgrades.
  • Spark New Adventures: Encourage exploration and new experiences with travel deals, outdoor gear bundles, or adventure-themed contests.
  • Ring in the Future: Embrace technology and innovation with futuristic product promotions, interactive AR/VR experiences, or a futuristic New Year's Eve event in your store.

Campaigns:

  • Resolution Roulette: Create a fun online game where customers spin a virtual roulette wheel to land on personalized New Year's resolutions and matching product recommendations.
  • Charity Countdown: Partner with a local charity and run a countdown campaign where a portion of sales every day leading up to New Year's goes to the chosen cause.
  • Future Vision Board Creation: Host a workshop or online competition where customers create vision boards for their ideal 2024 using products from your store.
  • "24 in 2024" Challenge: Encourage customers to try 24 new things in 2024 (one per week) and offer small discounts or rewards for each completed challenge.
  • Time Capsule Contest: Have customers create a time capsule filled with mementos and products representing their hopes and dreams for 2024, with the winner receiving a special prize.

Additional Tips:

  • Personalize your campaign to your target audience: Consider their demographics, interests, and typical New Year's resolutions.
  • Utilize multiple channels: Promote your campaign through social media, email marketing, in-store displays, and online advertising.
  • Create a sense of urgency and excitement: Use countdown timers, limited-time offers, and interactive elements to keep customers engaged.
  • Make it fun and festive: Use humor, bright colors, and celebratory images to create a positive and memorable experience.

Another impactful approach is to partner with a charity for a fundraising initiative. This not only demonstrates your commitment to social responsibility but also attracts customers who are passionate about supporting causes. Collaborate with a relevant charity and create a campaign that encourages customers to make a purchase where a percentage of the proceeds will be donated.

Happy New Year 2024 - Resolutions for Retailers

happy new year 2024 resolutions and greetings

 

To ensure a successful year ahead, retailers can set resolutions to enhance their customer service, expand their product range, drive online sales, implement cost-saving measures, and give back to the community.

 

Here are 10 best Happy New year 2024 resolutions for retailers to consider for 2024, focusing on growth, sustainability, and customer experience:

Growth:

  • Master omnichannel retail: Seamlessly integrate online and offline experiences, offering convenient click-and-collect, personalized online recommendations, and engaging in-store tech like AR/VR displays.
  • Embrace data-driven decisions: Leverage customer data analytics to optimize inventory, personalize marketing, and target promotional campaigns effectively.
  • Expand customer base: Implement targeted social media campaigns, loyalty programs, and referral incentives to attract new customers and build meaningful relationships.

Sustainability:

  • Reduce environmental impact: Implement eco-friendly packaging, source sustainable materials, and promote energy-efficient practices to minimize your carbon footprint.
  • Offer ethical products: Partner with suppliers committed to fair labor practices and responsible sourcing to ensure transparent and ethical supply chains.
  • Empower sustainable choices: Make eco-friendly products easily accessible, highlight their benefits, and offer incentives for sustainable purchases.

Customer Experience:

  • Personalize the journey: Utilize data and AI to recommend relevant products, offer tailored promotions, and provide personalized customer service at every touchpoint.
  • Build a community: Foster engagement through social media platforms, host regular events, and create online forums or groups where customers can connect and share experiences.
  • Prioritize convenience: Offer flexible delivery options, click-and-collect, easy returns, and seamless payment methods to provide a stress-free shopping experience.
  • Become a trusted advisor: Position your brand as a source of valuable information and expertise, offering helpful content, educational workshops, and personalized styling advice.

The Happy New Year 2024 festivities present retailers with a golden opportunity to engage their customers, promote their brands, and achieve success in the year ahead.

By implementing personalized greetings, hosting festive events, and launching social media campaigns, retailers can create a memorable and joyful experience for their customers.

Additionally, incorporating charitable initiatives not only promotes goodwill but also enhances brand reputation.

By strategically preparing for the festive season, retailers can set the stage for a prosperous and joyful New Year.

 

Next Story
Boxing Day 2023 Advertising Hacks for Retailers: Unwrap Big Sales
Boxing Day 2023 Advertising Hacks for Retailers: Unwrap Big Sales
 

You may be thinking that advertising during the busy holiday season, particularly on Boxing Day 2023, is already a given for retailers. However, with the fierce competition and abundance of deals available, it's crucial to strategize your brand's advertising efforts to stand out and drive more sales.

In this discussion, we will explore effective ways for retailers to advertise their brands on Boxing Day, from crafting compelling promotions and offers to leveraging the power of social media, enhancing in-store visual merchandising, and utilizing email marketing.

By implementing these strategies, you can ensure that your brand remains at the forefront of customers' minds and maximize your sales potential.

So, let's dive into the world of Boxing Day advertising and discover how you can take your brand to new heights.

Boxing Day 2023: An Overview

Boxing Day 2023 falls on Tuesday, December 26th, the day after Christmas. It's a public holiday celebrated in several countries, primarily in the United Kingdom, Canada, New Zealand, and Australia.

Origins:

The exact origins of Boxing Day are unclear, but there are two main theories:

  • Charitable giving: Traditionally, Boxing Day was a day for wealthy families to give "Christmas boxes" filled with gifts and leftovers to their servants and tradespeople.
  • Fox hunting: Another theory suggests that Boxing Day was the day after the Christmas hunt, when huntsmen would give the foxes' tails and other animal parts to their servants.

Modern Traditions:

Today, Boxing Day is primarily a secular holiday focused on:

  • Shopping: Boxing Day is known for its massive post-Christmas sales, with many stores offering deep discounts on a wide range of items.
  • Sports: In some countries, Boxing Day is a major sporting event day. For example, in the UK, there are traditionally big football (soccer) matches played on Boxing Day.
  • Relaxation: For many people, Boxing Day is simply a day to relax and spend time with family and friends after the excitement of Christmas.

Celebrations Around the World:

Boxing Day is celebrated in different ways around the world, with each country having its own unique traditions. Here are a few examples:

  • United Kingdom: In the UK, Boxing Day is a popular day for going to the pub or watching sporting events.
  • Canada: In Canada, Boxing Day is also known as "Second Christmas" and is often a day for family gatherings and gift-giving.
  • New Zealand: In New Zealand, Boxing Day is a popular day for going to the beach or having a picnic.
  • Australia: In Australia, Boxing Day is a popular day for cricket matches, with the Boxing Day Test match being a major sporting event.

So, whether you're planning to hit the shops, catch a game, or simply relax with loved ones, Boxing Day 2023 is a day to enjoy the festive season and celebrate the spirit of giving.

Understanding the Importance of Boxing Day 2023 Advertising

If you want to maximize your sales on Boxing Day 2023, it's crucial to understand the importance of advertising your brand.

Boxing Day 2023 is a highly competitive retail event, and without effective advertising, your brand may get lost among the countless promotions and discounts offered by other retailers.

Advertising your brand helps to create awareness and generate interest among potential customers, making them more likely to choose your products or services over your competitors.

It allows you to highlight your unique selling points and communicate the value that your brand offers.

By strategically promoting your brand through various channels such as social media, email marketing, and traditional advertising, you can capture the attention of your target audience and drive more traffic to your store or website.

Ultimately, effective advertising on Boxing Day 2023 can lead to increased sales and help you stand out in a crowded market.

Crafting Compelling Promotions and Offers

To effectively promote your brand on Boxing Day, you need to craft compelling promotions and offers that entice customers to choose your products or services over your competitors'.

This can be achieved by creating exclusive discounts or limited-time offers that create a sense of urgency and FOMO (fear of missing out) among consumers. Consider offering bundle deals or buy-one-get-one-free promotions to incentivize customers to make a purchase.

Additionally, you can provide additional value by including free gifts or samples with every purchase. It's important to clearly communicate these promotions through various marketing channels, such as social media, email marketing, and in-store signage.

Leveraging Social Media for Maximum Reach

Use social media to maximize your brand's reach and engagement on Boxing Day.

Social media platforms like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn provide an excellent opportunity to connect with your target audience and promote your products or services effectively.

Start by creating engaging and visually appealing content that captures the attention of your followers. Use eye-catching images, videos, and graphics to showcase your Boxing Day promotions and offers.

Leverage popular hashtags related to Boxing Day and your industry to increase your visibility and reach a wider audience.

Engage with your followers by responding to comments, messages, and mentions promptly.

Encourage user-generated content by running contests or giveaways, which won't only increase engagement but also generate buzz around your brand.

Use analytics tools to track your social media performance and make data-driven decisions to optimize your strategies.

Enhancing In-Store Visual Merchandising

Now let's explore how to enhance your in-store visual merchandising to create an immersive and captivating shopping experience for your customers on Boxing Day.

One effective way to enhance your in-store visual merchandising is by creating eye-catching displays. Use strategic placement of products and props to draw attention and create a visually appealing environment.

Another important aspect of enhancing in-store visual merchandising is ensuring that your displays are well-lit. Proper lighting can highlight your products and create a warm and inviting atmosphere.

Additionally, consider using signage and banners to promote special offers and discounts. This won't only attract customers but also guide them towards the desired areas of your store.

Utilizing Email Marketing to Drive Sales

Maximize your sales potential by leveraging the power of email marketing.

Email marketing is a highly effective strategy that allows you to reach out to your customers directly and drive sales. By sending personalized and targeted emails, you can showcase your products, promotions, and exclusive offers.

Start by building a strong email list of interested customers who've opted-in to receive your updates. Segment your list based on demographics, preferences, and purchase history to ensure that your emails are relevant and engaging.

Craft compelling subject lines and use eye-catching visuals to capture your recipients' attention. Include clear call-to-action buttons that direct customers to your website or online store.

Monitor and analyze your email campaign's performance to make data-driven decisions and optimize your strategies.

With email marketing, you can effectively communicate with your customers and drive sales during the Boxing Day season.

Frequently Asked Questions on Boxing Day 2023

What Is the History and Origin of Boxing Day 2023?

Boxing Day, the day after Christmas, has a rich history and origin. It started in the UK and was traditionally a day when servants and tradespeople received gifts from their employers.

This holiday has its roots in the practice of giving alms to the poor during the Christmas season. It was common for churches to collect donations in boxes, which were then opened and distributed on the day after Christmas.

Over time, Boxing Day became more commercialized and evolved into a day of shopping and sales. Many people take advantage of the holiday sales and discounts to buy items they may have wanted but did not receive as gifts on Christmas Day.

In addition to shopping, Boxing Day is also a time for sports and outdoor activities. It is a popular day for football matches, horse racing events, and even fox hunting in some parts of the UK.

How Can Retailers Effectively Track the Success of Their Boxing Day Advertising Campaigns?

To effectively track the success of your boxing day advertising campaigns, utilize analytics tools to monitor website traffic and conversions.

Implement unique promo codes or tracking links to measure the impact of different marketing channels.

When advertising on Boxing Day, you should be aware of legal regulations and guidelines. These ensure fair practices and protect consumers. Stay informed about advertising laws to avoid any penalties or consequences for your brand.

What Are Some Creative and Unique Ways Retailers Can Grab Customers' Attention and Stand Out From Competitors on Boxing Day?

Want to make a splash on Boxing Day?

Get creative!

Try unique strategies to grab customers' attention and stand out from competitors.

Think outside the box and make your brand shine!

How Can Retailers Ensure a Seamless and Enjoyable Shopping Experience for Customers Both In-Store and Online on Boxing Day?

To ensure a seamless and enjoyable shopping experience on Boxing Day, retailers should focus on:

  • Providing excellent customer service
  • Optimizing their website for easy navigation
  • Offering attractive deals and promotions both in-store and online.

Conclusion

So, if you want to make the most of Boxing Day sales, it's crucial to focus on effective advertising strategies.

Craft compelling promotions and offers, leverage social media for maximum reach, enhance in-store visual merchandising, and utilize email marketing to drive sales.

By implementing these tactics, retailers can increase brand awareness, attract more customers, and ultimately boost sales on Boxing Day.

Don't miss out on this opportunity to maximize your profits and make a lasting impact on your target audience.

 

Next Story
Top 10 Vodka Brands in India
Top 10 Vodka Brands in India
 

Ready to raise a glass and explore the vibrant world of Indian vodka brands? From established favorites like White Mischief (37.5% ABV) and Romanov (40% ABV) to exciting newcomers like Goa 1535 (42.8% ABV) and Eristoff (40% ABV), India offers a diverse selection to tantalize your taste buds. 🇮🇳

Unveiling the Flavors:

  • Spice it up: Craving a flavor adventure? Magic Moments' fruity and creamy variants (37.5% ABV) like Alphonso Mango and Litchi will ignite your senses.
  • Smooth & Sophisticated: For a classic vodka experience, reach for Smirnoff (40% ABV), renowned for its purity and versatility.
  • A Touch of Luxury: Indulge in the Absolut Elyx (41.3% ABV) crafted from single-estate winter wheat for a smooth, luxurious finish.

Beyond the Big Names:

India's vodka scene is buzzing with innovation. Don't miss out on:

  • Fuel Vodka's (42.8% ABV) bold flavors like Green Chilly and Kala Khatta, celebrating daring palates.
  • Vladivar's (40% ABV) Siberian heritage and clean taste, offering a taste of authenticity.
  • White Shark's (40% ABV) focus on sustainability and premium ingredients, appealing to the eco-conscious consumer.

Understanding ABV:

The Alcohol by Volume (ABV) indicates the percentage of alcohol present in the vodka. Higher ABV signifies a stronger spirit. Choose based on your preference:

  • Under 40% ABV: Smoother and easier to drink, ideal for mixed drinks.
  • 40-43% ABV: Standard vodka strength, offering a balanced drinking experience.
  • Over 43% ABV: Stronger vodkas, preferred by those who enjoy a bolder taste.

Explore your perfect match:

With its rich array of vodka brands in India, flavors, and vodka alcohol percentage options, India offers something for everyone. So, dive into the world of Indian vodka, discover your favorites, and make informed choices based on your taste and preference. Cheers!

Check More : 10 Best Vodka Brands in India Priced Under ₹1500

Key Takeaways

  • All the mentioned vodka brands have a consistent ABV percentage of 42.8%, which is a popular choice among consumers in India.
  • These brands offer a diverse range of variants with different flavor profiles and taste experiences, catering to the varied preferences of consumers.
  • Goa 1535 Vodka and Eristoff Vodka are known for their classic and distinct vodka variants, as well as their smooth and clean taste.
  • Zing Vodka, 8PM Premium Vodka, and 9XO Vodka are highly regarded for their superior taste and quality ingredients, with Zing Vodka being particularly praised for its velvety smoothness and 9XO Vodka for its exceptional craftsmanship and elegant packaging.

Check More : The Rise in the Consumption of Craft Liquor & Myths about Alcohol

Best Vodka Brands in India:

Here is a list of the best vodka brands in India mentioning their key features, alcohol by volume percentage and composition details with available variants:

Magic Moments - Premium Vodka Brand

Magic Moments - Premium Vodka Brand

Magic Moments vodka stands out with an impressive range of variants, each offering a unique and flavorful experience. The brand offers an extensive selection including Pure Grain, Green Apple, Chocolate, Lemon, Raspberry, Grapefruit & Watermelon, Lemongrass & Ginger, Orange, and M.M Cucumber Green & Wild Lemon Ginger, all with a consistent ABV percentage of 42.8%.

This wide array of options caters to diverse preferences, ensuring that there is a variant for every palate. The ABV percentage of 42.8% is a defining feature of Magic Moments vodka, providing a strong and bold taste that appeals to enthusiasts seeking a robust drinking experience.

With its diverse variants and a consistent ABV percentage across its range, Magic Moments vodka establishes itself as a versatile and reliable choice for consumers who appreciate quality and variety in their spirits.

Magic Moments vodka variants with Alcohol by Volume Percentage:

  • Pure Grain (42.8%)
  • Green Apple (42.8%)
  • Chocolate (42.8%)
  • Lemon (42.8%)
  • Raspberry (42.8%)
  • Grapefruit & Watermelon (42.8%)
  • Lemongrass & Ginger (42.8%)
  • Orange (42.8%)
  • M.M Cucumber Green & Wild Lemon Ginger (42.8%)

The average price range of Magic Moments vodka is INR 700-1800 for 750 ml.

White Mischief Vodka

White Mischief Vodka

White Mischief is known for its wide range of variants and consistent alcohol by volume (ABV) percentage of 42.8%. The brand offers a diverse selection including Classic, Vanilla, Apple, Mango, Grape, and Mint variants, catering to a variety of consumer preferences.

Each variant maintains the characteristic 42.8% ABV, ensuring a standard level of strength across the range. White Mischief's Classic variant is a popular choice for its versatile use in cocktails and mixed drinks, while the Vanilla variant adds a smooth and subtle flavor profile.

The Apple variant brings a hint of fruity sweetness, appealing to those with a preference for refreshing undertones. Mango, Grape, and Mint variants offer unique and distinct taste experiences, further enhancing the brand's appeal to a broad consumer base.

With its unwavering ABV percentage and diverse range of flavors, White Mischief continues to be a prominent player in the Indian vodka market, providing quality and consistency to its discerning customers.

White Mischief vodka variants with Alcohol by Volume Percentage:

  • Classic (42.8%)
  • Vanilla (42.8%)
  • Apple (42.8%)
  • Mango (42.8%)
  • Grape (42.8%)
  • Mint (42.8%)

The Price of White Mischief ultra-pure vodka is INR 450 for 750 ml.

Romanov Vodka

Romanov, known for its consistent 42.8% alcohol by volume (ABV) across its range, offers a selection of premium vodka variants, including Premium, Orange, Lemon, and Apple.

  • Premium: Romanov's flagship variant, crafted to deliver a smooth and refined taste, catering to the discerning vodka connoisseur.

  • Orange: Infused with the essence of tangy oranges, this variant offers a zesty and refreshing flavor profile, perfect for those seeking a citrusy twist.

  • Lemon: With a burst of citrusy freshness, this variant is designed to tantalize the taste buds, making it a popular choice for those who enjoy a hint of tartness.

  • Apple: Boasting a crisp and subtly sweet flavor, this variant captures the essence of juicy apples, providing a delightful drinking experience.

Romanov's commitment to maintaining the same ABV percentage throughout its range ensures a consistent potency, while the diverse variants cater to a wide spectrum of flavor preferences. Whether sipped neat, on the rocks, or as part of a cocktail, Romanov's range of vodka variants continues to captivate consumers with its quality and versatility.

Romanov vodka variants with Alcohol by Volume Percentage:

  • Premium (42.8%)
  • Orange (42.8%)
  • Lemon (42.8%)
  • Apple (42.8%)

The average price range of Romanov vodka is INR 720 for 750 ml.

Goa 1535 Vodka

The Goa 1535 brand, known for its consistent 42.8% alcohol by volume (ABV) across its range, offers a selection of classic and distinct vodka variants.

The brand's classic variant exudes a smooth and clean taste, making it a versatile choice for various cocktails and mixed drinks.

Additionally, the Goa 1535 range includes a White Rum variant with a 40% ABV, catering to consumers seeking a different spirit experience.

Furthermore, the brand offers a Gin variant, known for its juniper-forward profile and botanical notes, providing a unique option for gin enthusiasts.

Another noteworthy addition to the Goa 1535 lineup is the Old Tom Gin variant, which showcases a slightly sweeter taste profile compared to traditional London Dry gins, making it an appealing choice for both gin connoisseurs and those new to the spirit.

With its commitment to maintaining a consistent ABV and offering diverse variants, Goa 1535 continues to be a prominent player in the Indian vodka market.

Goa 1535 vodka variants with Alcohol by Volume Percentage:

  • Classic (42.8%)
  • White Rum (40%)
  • Gin (42.8%)
  • Old Tom Gin (42.8%)

Eristoff Vodka

Eristoff Vodka - Best Vodka Brands in India

Eristoff, a well-established brand in the Indian vodka market, offers an array of distinct variants characterized by a consistent 42.8% alcohol by volume (ABV) across its range. The brand has garnered a loyal following due to its commitment to quality and diverse flavor profiles.

Here are four reasons why Eristoff stands out among vodka enthusiasts:

  1. Rich Heritage: Eristoff boasts a rich heritage dating back to the 19th century, originating from Georgia. This historical significance adds a layer of authenticity and tradition to the brand, appealing to consumers who appreciate a deep-rooted legacy.

  2. Exceptional Quality: Each variant of Eristoff vodka is crafted with the finest ingredients and undergoes a meticulous distillation process, ensuring a smooth and premium drinking experience. The brand's unwavering dedication to quality sets it apart in the competitive Indian vodka market.

  3. Innovative Flavors: Eristoff offers a range of innovative flavors, catering to diverse palates. From the classic Original variant to the tantalizing Green Apple, Black Apple, and Grapefruit options, Eristoff continually introduces new and exciting flavors, keeping consumers intrigued.

  4. Versatile Mixability: Eristoff vodka's versatility in mixology makes it a favorite choice for both amateur and professional mixologists. Whether it's crafting classic cocktails or experimenting with inventive concoctions, Eristoff's range of variants provides ample opportunities for creative mixology.

Eristoff vodka variants with Alcohol by Volume Percentage:

  • Original (42.8%)
  • Green Apple (42.8%)
  • Black Apple (42.8%)
  • Grapefruit (42.8%)

The average price range of Eristoff vodka is INR 800-1200 for 750 ml.

Punjab Club Whisky Vodka

Punjab Club Whisky Vodka - Best Vodka Brands in India

Continuing the exploration of premium spirits, Punjab Club Whisky presents a distinguished offering in the Indian alcoholic beverage market. This brand is known for its high-quality whisky variants with an alcohol by volume (ABV) percentage of 42.8%. Punjab Club Whisky offers a smooth and rich taste that has gained popularity among whisky enthusiasts in India.

The Punjab Club Whisky range includes classic whisky, vodka, and gold whisky variants. Each variant is crafted to deliver a unique and satisfying drinking experience. The classic whisky variant is characterized by its balanced flavor profile, offering a harmonious blend of smokiness and oak-infused notes. The vodka variant, on the other hand, boasts a clean and crisp taste, making it a versatile choice for cocktails and mixed drinks. Lastly, the gold whisky variant stands out with its luxurious and robust character, appealing to connoisseurs seeking a more intense whisky experience.

Punjab Club Whisky's commitment to quality and craftsmanship has solidified its position as a respected player in the Indian whisky market. With its diverse range of variants and unwavering dedication to excellence, Punjab Club Whisky continues to captivate the discerning palates of whisky aficionados across the country.

Punjab Club Whisky variants with Alcohol by Volume Percentage:

  • Vodka (42.8%)
  • Whisky (42.8%)
  • Gold Whisky (42.8%)

Zing Vodka

Zing Vodka - Best Vodka Brands in India

Zing Vodka, renowned for its distinct flavor profile and smooth texture, is a prominent player in the Indian vodka market, offering a range of popular variants with an alcohol by volume (ABV) percentage of 42.8%. This premium vodka brand is known for its exceptional quality and has gained a strong following among vodka enthusiasts.

Here are four reasons why Zing Vodka continues to captivate the Indian market:

  1. Superior Taste: Zing Vodka is celebrated for its unparalleled taste, which is the result of using high-quality ingredients and a meticulous distillation process.

  2. Versatile Variants: The brand offers a diverse range of variants such as Classic, Raspberry, Apple, and Mango, catering to a wide spectrum of flavor preferences.

  3. Smooth Finish: Zing Vodka is revered for its velvety smoothness, making it a delightful choice for sipping neat or crafting exquisite cocktails.

  4. Premium Experience: From its elegant packaging to the rich sensory experience it offers, Zing Vodka embodies luxury and sophistication, elevating the drinking experience for consumers.

Zing Vodka's commitment to excellence and its ability to consistently deliver a refined drinking experience have solidified its position as a leading choice in the Indian vodka landscape.

Zing Vodka's variants with Alcohol by Volume Percentage:

  • Classic (42.8%)
  • Raspberry (42.8%)
  • Apple (42.8%)
  • Mango (42.8%)

8PM Premium Vodka

8PM Premium Vodka - Best Vodka Brands in India

PM Premium Vodka is a notable contender in the Indian vodka market, offering a selection of high-quality variants with an alcohol by volume (ABV) percentage of 42.8%.

The brand's variants include the classic PM Premium Vodka, which is known for its smooth and clean taste, making it a versatile choice for various cocktails.

Additionally, PM Premium Vodka offers a Lime variant, which introduces a refreshing citrus twist to the traditional vodka experience.

The Grapefruit variant provides a tangy and zesty flavor profile, while the Mango variant adds a hint of tropical sweetness to the vodka.

Each variant maintains the brand's commitment to quality and consistency, appealing to a wide range of consumer preferences.

With its 42.8% ABV, PM Premium Vodka ensures a potent and satisfying drinking experience, making it a popular choice among vodka enthusiasts and mixologists.

Whether enjoyed neat, on the rocks, or as part of a cocktail, PM Premium Vodka's range of variants offers something for every palate.

8PM Premium Vodka's variants with Alcohol by Volume Percentage:

  • Classic (42.8%)
  • Lime (42.8%)
  • Grapefruit (42.8%)
  • Mango (42.8%)

9XO Vodka

XO Vodka, known for its premium quality and range of variants, is a prominent player in the Indian vodka market. The brand has garnered a strong following due to its commitment to excellence and innovation. Here are four reasons why XO Vodka continues to captivate consumers:

  1. Exceptional Craftsmanship: XO Vodka prides itself on the meticulous attention to detail in its crafting process, resulting in a smooth and refined taste that sets it apart from other vodkas.

  2. Varied Variants: XO Vodka offers a diverse range of variants, catering to different palates and preferences. Whether it's the classic variant or the enticing Peach & Ginger option, there is a variant for every occasion.

  3. Distinctive Packaging: The brand's elegant and sophisticated packaging adds a touch of luxury to the drinking experience, making it a popular choice for those seeking a premium vodka.

  4. Celebrity Endorsements: XO Vodka has gained attention through its association with renowned personalities, adding a touch of glamour and prestige to the brand.

9XO Vodka's variants with Alcohol by Volume Percentage:

  • Classic (42.8%)
  • Raspberry (42.8%)
  • Peach & Ginger (42.8%)
  • Orange & Mint (42.8%)

Imperial Blue

Imperial Blue - Best Vodka Brands in India

Continuing the exploration of notable vodka brands in India, the focus now shifts to Imperial Blue, a prominent player in the Indian vodka market. Imperial Blue offers a range of variants, including Vodka, Whisky, and Supreme Whisky, all with an alcohol by volume (ABV) percentage of 42.8%.

The brand has gained popularity for its smooth and refined taste, making it a preferred choice for many consumers. With its consistent quality and wide availability, Imperial Blue has successfully established itself as a leading contender in the Indian spirits industry.

Imperial Blue's Vodka variant is known for its purity and versatility, making it suitable for both straight sipping and cocktail mixing. The Whisky and Supreme Whisky variants also uphold the brand's commitment to excellence, catering to the preferences of whisky enthusiasts.

Imperial Blue has maintained a strong presence in the market, attracting a loyal consumer base and contributing to the diverse landscape of vodka and whisky offerings in India.

Imperial Blue's variants with Alcohol by Volume Percentage:

  • Vodka (42.8%)
  • Whisky (42.8%)
  • Supreme Whisky (42.8%)

Conclusion

The top 10 vodka brands in India offer a diverse range of variants and alcohol by volume (ABV) percentages, catering to different consumer preferences.

From Magic Moments' flavored options to the classic appeal of White Mischief and Romanov, each brand brings distinct characteristics to the vibrant vodka landscape in India.

With the introduction of new names like Goa 1535 and Eristoff, consumers have a wide spectrum of choices to explore and appreciate.

 

Next Story
List of 72 Retail Business Ideas in India in 2024 (Low Investment, High Profit)
List of 72 Retail Business Ideas in India in 2024 (Low Investment, High Profit)
 

In 2024, the retail market in India is an excellent area for entrepreneurs to start businesses with low investment but high potential for profit. Current trends show great opportunities in various areas such as food & beverage, fashion & accessories, home & decor, services, technology, and online businesses.

For those looking into retail business ideas in India, it's a good time to explore. Identifying specific markets and understanding what customers want can help new business owners find their place in this competitive industry. The key to success is a well-thought-out business plan that focuses on keeping costs low. This approach allows for starting profitable retail businesses without needing a lot of money upfront.

This guide aims to give you insights into the most promising and low-cost retail business ideas in India. It's meant to help you understand the retail market better and succeed in it in the coming year.

Food & Beverage: Retail Business Ideas in India

When considering the food and beverage sector as a potential retail business opportunity, several promising options come to mind. These include setting up a coffee shop, operating a food truck, establishing a bakery, participating in farmers markets, or offering a meal prep service.

Each of these ventures presents unique opportunities for entrepreneurs to tap into the growing demand for quality food and beverages while keeping investment costs low.

Coffee Shop

Brew, Sip, Thrive: Your Coffee Shop Dream in India

coffee shop retail business idea


Market: India's coffee market is frothing! Estimated at ₹1.1 lakh crore by 2025, chai-lovers are embracing specialty coffee like never before.

Capital: Moderate (₹10-20 lakh). Rent, equipment, and initial inventory can vary by location and concept.

Growth: Go beyond lattes! Offer locally-sourced beans like Chikmagalur Arabica, cold brew variations like nitro, and workshops for coffee enthusiasts. Partner with local tiffin services and offer "chai-time" discounts.

Food Truck

Street Food Symphony: Rolling Profits on Indian Wheels

food truck retail business idea

Market
: India's street food scene is a vibrant tapestry, and food trucks are joining the party! The market is expected to reach ₹2,750 crore by 2024, with millennials and urbanites leading the charge.

Capital: Moderate (₹8-15 lakh). Truck customization, equipment, and initial inventory are key costs.

Growth: Fusion is your friend! Blend regional specialties with global flavors, like Hyderabadi biryani tacos or Kerala curry poutine. Offer vegan and gluten-free options for health-conscious foodies. Partner with local festivals and events to expand your reach.

Success Mantra: Focus on fresh, high-quality ingredients, unique dishes, and hygienic preparation. Leverage social media to build buzz and offer online ordering. Keep it mobile! Cater to corporate lunches, private events, and college campuses.

Bakery

Rise and Shine: Baking a Profitable Loaf in India

bakery retail business idea


Market: India's baking industry is sweetening up, with a projected market size of ₹6,800 crore by 2024. From traditional mithai to artisanal breads, there's room for everyone to rise.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-30 lakh). Rent, equipment, and initial inventory, particularly for ovens and ingredients, can be substantial.

Growth: Go beyond the basic! Offer fusion desserts like chai macarons or rosewater gulab jamuns. Cater to health trends with gluten-free options and vegan pastries. Partner with coffee shops and restaurants for wholesale supply.

Success Mantra: Focus on high-quality ingredients, local specialties with a twist, and stunning visuals (think Instagrammable cakes!). Offer delivery and customized cakes for special occasions. Leverage online platforms for marketing and orders.

Farmers Market Stand

Fresh from the Field: Your Green Thumb's Profitable Dream

Farmers Market Stand business idea


Market: India's organic market is booming, with consumers seeking fresh, local produce. Farmers' markets tap into this trend, offering a platform for ethical sourcing and community connection.

Capital: Low (₹2-5 lakh). Stall setup, basic equipment, and initial inventory are key costs.

Growth: Diversify beyond veggies! Offer organic herbs, artisanal cheeses, locally-made jams, and handmade crafts. Partner with local farmers for unique offerings and organize workshops on sustainable farming.

Success Mantra: Focus on freshness, variety, and building relationships with your customers. Embrace storytelling! Highlight the farmers and their stories behind the produce. Leverage social media to promote your market and offer online pre-orders.

Meal Prep Service

Flavorful Fuel: Prepping Profits in India's Busy Kitchens

Market: India's urbanites are time-strapped and health-conscious, making meal prep services a hot trend. The market is expected to reach ₹4,000 crore by 2025, with healthy, convenient options leading the charge.

Capital: Moderate (₹10-20 lakh). Kitchen equipment, packaging, initial ingredients, and delivery logistics are key costs.

Growth: Cater to diverse dietary needs! Offer vegan, keto, diabetic-friendly, and regional cuisine options. Partner with local gyms and wellness centers. Leverage social media for engaging recipe videos and meal testimonials.

Success Mantra: Focus on fresh, high-quality ingredients, portion control, and diverse meal plans. Offer flexible subscriptions and convenient delivery options. Emphasize the convenience factor and health benefits. Build trust through transparency about ingredients and sourcing.

Gourmet Grocery Store

Palate Pleasures: Curating a Gourmet Goldmine in India

Market: India's discerning palates crave unique, high-quality ingredients. The gourmet grocery market is expected to touch ₹10,000 crore by 2025, offering ample room for curated experiences.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹20-40 lakh). Rent, sophisticated display units, initial inventory of premium products, and staff training can be significant.

Growth: Go beyond the ordinary! Source exotic fruits, artisanal cheeses, cold-pressed oils, and locally-made gourmet treats. Offer tastings, workshops on food pairing, and chef collaborations. Partner with high-end restaurants and cater to private events.

Success Mantra: Focus on exclusivity, quality, and personalized service. Create a sophisticated ambiance with curated displays and knowledgeable staff. Offer delivery and subscription boxes for loyal customers. Leverage social media to showcase your unique offerings and build a community of food enthusiasts.

Hot Sauce or Spice Blends

Spice Up Your Profits: Fiery Flavors in India's Hot Market

Market: India's love affair with spice is a constant sizzle! The hot sauce market is expected to reach ₹1,000 crore by 2025, while spice blends hold a steady ₹18,000 crore market. Fiery flavors are in demand.

Capital: Low-moderate (₹5-10 lakh). Equipment, initial ingredients, packaging, and branding are key costs.

Growth: Go niche! Offer unique regional blends like Kashmiri mirch masala or Naga chili sauce. Innovate with fusion flavors like mango habanero or smoked paprika rubs. Partner with local restaurants and caterers. Hit the festival circuit!

Success Mantra: Focus on quality ingredients, unique flavors, and heat levels for every palate. Eye-catching packaging and branding are crucial. Leverage social media for spicy challenges and recipe collaborations. Offer online ordering and subscription boxes for loyal customers.

Food Subscription Box

Unbox Delicious Discovery: Your Food Subscription Feast in India

Market: India's online food market is exploding! The subscription box segment is expected to reach ₹3,000 crore by
2025, with curated experiences and regional flavors driving growth.

Capital: Moderate (₹10-20 lakh). Packaging, initial inventory, marketing, and logistics are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond the usual suspects! Offer regional specialties like Odiya Rasmalai or Rajasthani Laal Maas boxes. Cater to dietary needs with vegan, gluten-free, or diabetic-friendly options. Partner with local chefs and food artisans for unique experiences.

Success Mantra: Focus on high-quality ingredients, surprise and delight with unique themes, and offer flexible subscription options. Partner with delivery services for smooth logistics. Leverage social media to build anticipation through unboxing videos and customer testimonials.

Kombucha Brewery

Brew a Buzzworthy Business: Fermenting Profits with Kombucha in India

Market
: India's wellness wave is rising, making kombucha a trendy, healthy beverage. The market is expected to reach ₹100 crore by 2025, offering ample room for innovative brewers.

Capital: Moderate (₹15-25 lakh). Equipment (brewing tanks, bottling machinery), initial ingredients, and branding are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond basic flavors! Experiment with local fruits like Jamun or Kokum, offer seasonal variations, and cater to health trends with detox or probiotic-rich blends. Partner with yoga studios and health stores for exclusive offerings.

Success Mantra: Focus on high-quality ingredients, unique flavor profiles, and sustainable practices. Build a strong brand identity with eye-catching packaging and storytelling. Offer online ordering and subscriptions for convenience. Leverage social media for kombucha-making tutorials and health benefits awareness.

Mobile Bartending Service

Shake, Stir, Elevate: Your Mobile Bar, India's Party Pulse

Market: India's nightlife is booming! Private parties, weddings, and events crave unique experiences. Mobile bartending services are expected to reach ₹500 crore by 2025, offering a lucrative shake-up to the traditional bar scene.

Capital: Moderate (₹10-20 lakh). Equipment (portable bar, glassware, cocktail shakers), initial ingredients, licenses, and marketing are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond the basic! Offer craft cocktails, molecular mixology, personalized drink menus, and themed bartending experiences. Partner with event planners, venues, and caterers for exclusive bookings. Host mixology workshops and pop-up bars at festivals.

Success Mantra: Focus on professionalism, high-quality ingredients, and dazzling presentation. Offer flexible packages, customized menus, and seamless logistics. Build trust with responsible alcohol practices and impeccable service. Leverage social media for stunning cocktail visuals and customer testimonials.

Fashion & Accessories - Best Retail Business in India

Vintage Clothing Boutique

Reimagine, Repurpose, Rise: Your Vintage Clothing Dream in India

Market
: India's conscious consumers crave unique style. The vintage market is expected to reach ₹2,500 crore by 2025, offering a treasure trove for savvy entrepreneurs.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-30 lakh). Rent, curation, initial inventory, and marketing are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond sarees! Source pre-loved gems like bandhej skirts, 70s bell-bottoms, or quirky band tees. Offer restoration services for vintage finds. Partner with local designers for upcycled collections.

Success Mantra: Focus on authenticity, storytelling (highlight previous owners!), and curation for diverse styles. Embrace online platforms for wider reach and offer personalized styling consultations. Host vintage pop-up events and workshops on garment care.

Handmade Jewelry

Craft, Sparkle, Thrive: Your Handmade Jewelry Dream in India

Market
: India's love for jewelry is eternal, and handmade pieces hold a special charm. The market is expected to reach ₹6,000 crore by 2025, with unique craftsmanship leading the way.

Capital: Low-moderate (₹5-15 lakh). Equipment, initial materials, and marketing are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond the ordinary! Experiment with sustainable materials like recycled metals or wood. Offer contemporary designs like geometric earrings or statement necklaces. Partner with local artisans for traditional techniques like meenakari or kundan.

Success Mantra: Focus on quality craftsmanship, unique designs, and storytelling behind your pieces. Build a strong brand identity with visually-appealing packaging and online presence. Offer customization options and cater to festivals and wedding seasons.

Upcycled Fashion

Stitch, Snip, Sustain: Upcycle to Fashionable Profits in India

Market
: India's eco-conscious consumers are embracing upcycled fashion. The market is projected to touch ₹1,500 crore by 2025, offering a lucrative canvas for creative entrepreneurs.

Capital: Low-moderate (₹5-10 lakh). Initial inventory, sourcing discarded textiles/clothing, basic equipment, and marketing are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond basic bags! Transform pre-loved sarees into trendy jumpsuits, denim jackets into patchwork skirts, or vintage band tees into customized crop tops. Partner with local designers for collaborative upcycled collections.

Success Mantra: Focus on quality craftsmanship, unique designs, and transparency about your upcycled materials. Build a strong brand identity that emphasizes sustainability and ethical practices. Leverage social media for eye-catching visuals and customer testimonials. Host workshops on upcycling techniques and collaborate with sustainability initiatives.

Custom T-Shirt Printing

Print Your Passion: Custom T-Shirt Profits in India

Market
: India's youth crave unique expression. Custom t-shirt printing is booming, offering a lucrative canvas for your creativity.

Capital: Moderate (₹10-20 lakh). Equipment (printer, heat press), initial inventory (blank t-shirts), marketing, and running costs are key.

Growth: Go beyond basic designs! Offer trendy themes (pop culture, local memes), personalized text and logos, and even photo printing. Partner with local artists, influencers, or student groups for exclusive designs. Host pop-up printing events at festivals or college campuses.

Success Mantra: Focus on high-quality printing, fast turnaround times, and competitive pricing. Build a user-friendly online ordering platform and offer design assistance. Leverage social media for eye-catching visuals and customer testimonials. Offer discounts for bulk orders and loyalty programs.

Sustainable Clothing Line

Sustainable Clothing Line

Threading Green Profits: Building a Sustainable Clothing Line in India

Market: India's eco-conscious consumers are clamoring for sustainable fashion alternatives. The market is expected to reach ₹5,600 crore by 2025, offering a fertile ground for ethical brands.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-30 lakh). Sourcing sustainable materials, ethical production, initial inventory, and marketing are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond buzzwords! Focus on certified organic fabrics like GOTS cotton or recycled materials like PET bottles. Offer transparent production processes, partnering with fair-trade certified manufacturers.

Success Mantra: Design for longevity! Prioritize timeless silhouettes and natural dyes. Offer repair and upcycling services to extend garment life. Build a strong brand identity that resonates with eco-conscious values.

Niche Options:

  • Modern Handlooms: Reimagine traditional Indian textiles like khadi or ikkat in contemporary designs.
  • Activewear with a Conscience: Create eco-friendly sportswear using recycled polyester or bamboo fibers.
  • Minimalist Essentials: Offer capsule collections made from durable, organic materials.
  • Slow Fashion with Soul: Focus on small-batch production, artisanal techniques, and zero-waste practices.

Remember:

  • Partner with local artisans and communities for authentic production.
  • Leverage social media to educate consumers about your sustainability practices.
  • Offer competitive pricing and accessible options for wider reach.
  • Collaborate with eco-conscious influencers and retailers.

By aligning your passion for fashion with sustainability principles, you can build a thriving clothing line that makes a positive impact in India's blossoming eco-conscious market.

Pop-Up Fashion Shop

Popping Up to Profits: Your India Fashion Pop-up Dream

Market: India's fashion scene is ripe for unique experiences. Pop-up shops offer a dynamic way to test the waters and connect with customers directly.

Capital: Low-moderate (₹5-10 lakh). Venue rental, initial inventory, basic décor, and marketing are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond the ordinary! Theme your pop-up around a trend (boho chic, sustainable fashion), local designers, or a specific occasion (festive season, college fests). Offer exclusive discounts, personalized styling consultations, and interactive workshops. Partner with local cafes, art galleries, or co-working spaces for a unique setting.

Success Mantra: Focus on creating a buzz! Eye-catching décor, engaging social media posts, and strategic collaborations are key. Offer limited-edition pieces or flash sales to drive urgency. Leverage online platforms for pre-orders and post-event follow-up.

Niche Options:

  • Local Designer Showcase: Partner with up-and-coming Indian designers for a curated pop-up.
  • Vintage Revival: Offer pre-loved fashion finds with a modern twist.
  • Sustainable Swap Meet: Organize a clothing swap event where customers can refresh their wardrobe while reducing waste.
  • Pop-Up Art Bazaar: Combine fashion with art installations and live music for a multi-sensory experience.

Remember:

  • Secure a strategic location with high foot traffic and a vibe that aligns with your theme.
  • Offer seamless payment options for a smooth customer experience.
  • Gather customer feedback and adapt your offerings for future pop-up events.

Subscription Box for Beauty Products

Unbox Beauty Magic: Your Subscription Box Dream in India

Market: India's beauty market is booming, with subscription boxes offering a convenient and exciting way to discover new products. This market is projected to reach ₹3,000 crore by 2025, making it ripe for innovative entrepreneurs.

Capital: Moderate (₹10-20 lakh). Initial inventory, packaging, marketing, and logistics are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond the usual! Offer niche boxes for specific skin types, concerns (acne-prone, sensitive), or beauty goals (natural glow, anti-aging). Partner with local, organic brands and emerging beauty influencers for unique products. Host online tutorials and Q&A sessions with subscribers.

Success Mantra: Focus on quality, curated products, and personalized experiences. Offer flexible subscription options and surprise your subscribers with bonus samples or limited-edition items. Leverage social media for enticing unboxing videos and customer testimonials. Partner with delivery services for smooth logistics.

Niche Options:

  • Ayurvedic Bliss: Offer boxes featuring traditional Indian beauty ingredients like turmeric, neem, and sandalwood.
  • Men's Grooming Box: Cater to the growing male grooming market with beard care, skin care, and hair styling products.
  • Eco-Conscious Beauty: Focus on sustainable brands and organic, cruelty-free products.
  • DIY Beauty Kits: Provide subscribers with all the ingredients and instructions to create their own masks, scrubs, or bath bombs at home.

Remember:

  • Understand your target audience and their beauty needs.
  • Build trust with transparent ingredient lists and ethical sourcing practices.
  • Offer excellent customer service and respond promptly to inquiries.
  • Leverage online platforms for subscriptions, marketing, and community building.

By catering to specific needs, offering curated experiences, and embracing innovation, you can build a thriving subscription box business that delights beauty enthusiasts in India.

Personalized Phone Cases

Case the Trend: Your Personalized Phone Case Empire in India

Market
: India's mobile-obsessed population craves individuality. Personalized phone cases are expected to reach
₹1,500 crore by 2025, offering a lucrative canvas for your creativity.

Capital: Low-moderate (₹5-10 lakh). Equipment (printing machine, design software), initial inventory (blank cases), marketing, and logistics are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond initials! Offer photo printing, custom designs (memes, local art), and even 3D printed cases. Partner with local artists, influencers, or student groups for exclusive designs. Host customization workshops and pop-up shops at festivals or college campuses.

Success Mantra: Focus on high-quality printing, fast turnaround times, and user-friendly customization options. Build a strong online presence with a design platform and showcase customer creations. Offer competitive pricing and bundle deals for multiple cases.

Niche Options:

  • Eco-Friendly Cases: Use recycled materials or plant-based plastics for a sustainable edge.
  • Tech-Savvy Cases: Integrate wireless charging pads or LED displays for added functionality.
  • Culturally Inspired: Offer designs featuring Indian motifs, Bollywood stars, or regional patterns.
  • Protective Pro: Focus on rugged, drop-proof cases for adventurous phone users.

Remember:

  • Secure reliable printing suppliers and ensure consistent quality across designs.
  • Offer a variety of phone models and case types for wider reach.
  • Leverage social media for eye-catching visuals and customer testimonials.
  • Partner with online retailers or phone stores for additional sales channels.

By tapping into India's love for personalization and embracing unique design options, you can build a thriving phone case business that keeps customers coming back for more.

Second-Hand Designer Clothing

Breathe New Life, Reap Profits: Your Second-Hand Designer Dream in India

Market
: India's fashion scene is embracing sustainability, and second-hand designer clothing is a hot trend. With the
market expected to reach ₹10,000 crore by 2025, India offers fertile ground for your pre-loved luxury venture.

Capital: Moderate (₹10-20 lakh). Rent, initial inventory, authentication tools, marketing, and logistics are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond generic! Focus on sought-after designer brands, vintage finds, and limited-edition pieces. Offer transparent condition grading and detailed descriptions. Partner with local fashion influencers or consignment stores for sourcing and promotion.

Success Mantra: Build trust! Implement rigorous authentication processes and offer a satisfaction guarantee. Create a sophisticated ambiance with curated displays and personalized customer service. Leverage social media for stunning visuals, customer testimonials, and exclusive deals.

Niche Options:

  • Curated Collections: Theme your offerings around specific designers, eras, or styles (minimalist chic, bold prints).
  • Sustainable Statement: Highlight the environmental benefits of buying pre-loved and offer upcycling or repair services.
  • Luxury Concierge: Cater to high-end clients with personalized sourcing, styling consultations, and VIP events.
  • Pop-Up Paradise: Organize temporary events showcasing curated collections in trendy locations.

Remember:

  • Understand your target audience and their designer preferences.
  • Build strong relationships with suppliers and ensure authenticity of every item.
  • Offer competitive pricing and flexible payment options.
  • Leverage online platforms for wider reach and seamless transactions.

By curating unique collections, establishing trust, and embracing the online landscape, you can transform your passion for second-hand designer clothing into a thriving business.

Pet Accessories Boutique

Pawsome Profits: Your Pet Accessory Boutique Dream in India

Market
: India's pet parents are pampering their furry loved ones! The pet accessories market in India is expected to reach a whopping ₹5,000 crore by 2025, offering ample opportunities for pawsome entrepreneurs.

Capital: Moderate (₹10-20 lakh). Rent, initial inventory, branding, marketing, and display fixtures are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond the basics! Offer unique, locally-sourced accessories like hand-woven collars, sustainable toys made from recycled materials, or personalized bandanas with pet names. Partner with local designers or artisans for exclusive collections. Host workshops on DIY pet accessories or dog training sessions for added engagement.

Success Mantra: Focus on quality, functionality, and style. Cater to different pet needs with accessories for various breeds and activities (swimming, hiking, agility training). Offer personalized recommendations and build trust with transparent product information. Leverage social media for adorable pet model photos, customer testimonials, and behind-the-scenes glimpses of your furry friends.

Niche Options:

  • Pooch Couture: Focus on high-end designer collars, custom harnesses, and stylish pet apparel.
  • Active Paws: Offer functional accessories like reflective leashes, durable harnesses, and comfortable dog boots.
  • Eco-Conscious Pets: Cater to eco-conscious pet owners with sustainable pet beds, biodegradable toys, and organic treats.
  • Furry Fandom: Create accessories themed around popular movies, TV shows, or local sports teams.

Remember:

  • Understand your target audience and their pet's specific needs and preferences.
  • Partner with reliable suppliers and ensure high-quality materials for pet safety.
  • Offer seamless online ordering and delivery options for convenience.
  • Organize adoption or fundraising events for local animal shelters to build community goodwill.

By catering to your furry friends' fashion sense and offering unique, locally-sourced accessories, you can build a thriving pet boutique that wags its tail in profit in India.

Home & Decor - Retail Business Ideas

Succulent and Cactus Shop

Succulent and Cactus Shop

Prickly Profits: Building a Thriving Succulent and Cactus Shop in India

Market: Succulents and cacti are trending in India, offering a low-maintenance, visually captivating business opportunity. The market is expected to reach a staggering ₹100 crore by 2025, making it ripe for creative entrepreneurs.

Capital: Low-moderate (₹5-10 lakh). Rent, initial inventory, pots/containers, marketing, and basic tools are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond basic varieties! Offer rare succulents like crested specimens, string of pearls, or living stones. Cater to different needs with dwarf varieties for terrariums and large specimens for statement pieces. Partner with local nurseries or growers for sustainable sourcing and unique finds.

Success Mantra: Focus on education and care! Provide detailed information cards, watering guides, and workshops on succulent and cactus care. Offer curated gift baskets, corporate gifting options, and personalized arrangements. Leverage social media for stunning visuals, care tips, and customer testimonials.

Niche Options:

  • Miniature Gardens: Create terrariums, fairy gardens, or bonsai-style arrangements featuring miniature succulents and cacti.
  • Vertical Gardens: Offer space-saving solutions with hanging baskets, wall planters, and vertical garden systems.
  • DIY Terrarium Kits: Provide everything customers need to create their own miniature worlds, including soil, rocks, and decorative elements.
  • Artisanal Pots and Decor: Partner with local artisans for unique ceramic, terracotta, or hand-painted pots that complement your plants.

Remember:

  • Understand the specific needs of different succulents and cacti.
  • Offer a variety of pot sizes, materials, and drainage options to suit customer preferences.
  • Provide excellent customer service and answer questions about care and troubleshooting.
  • Explore online platforms for wider reach and convenient ordering options.

Candle Making Business

Candle Making Business

Light Up Profits: Building a Thriving Candle Making Business in India

Market: India's love for fragrance and ambiance is making candle making a lucrative venture. The market is expected to reach ₹13.38 billion by 2028, offering a fragrant opportunity for passionate entrepreneurs.

Capital: Low-moderate (₹5-10 lakh). Initial inventory (wax, wicks, fragrances, molds), basic equipment (melting pot, thermometer, scale), marketing, and packaging are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond the basics! Experiment with natural ingredients like soy wax, essential oils, and botanicals. Offer unique scents inspired by Indian spices, festivals, or local ingredients. Create themed collections for holidays, weddings, or aromatherapy purposes. Partner with local artists for custom labels or collaborations.

Success Mantra: Focus on quality and safety. Use certified waxes, phthalate-free fragrances, and lead-free wicks. Offer transparent ingredient lists and burning instructions. Build a strong brand identity with visually appealing packaging and storytelling. Leverage social media for stunning visuals, behind-the-scenes glimpses, and customer testimonials.

Niche Options:

  • Luxury Candles: Focus on high-end ingredients, hand-poured techniques, and elegant packaging for the discerning customer.
  • Sustainable Candles: Use recycled glass containers, organic waxes, and eco-friendly packaging to appeal to conscious consumers.
  • Aroma Therapy Candles: Blend essential oils for specific benefits like relaxation, stress relief, or sleep improvement.
  • Interactive Candles: Offer candles with hidden surprises like crackling wood wick, self-revealing messages, or blooming flowers.

Remember:

  • Understand the different waxes, fragrances, and wick types for optimal burning.
  • Comply with safety regulations and quality standards for candle making.
  • Offer a variety of candle sizes, shapes, and burn times to cater to different preferences.
  • Explore online platforms for wider reach and convenient sales channels.

Home Decor Consignment Shop

Revamp, Refine, Resell: Building a Thriving Home Decor Consignment Shop in India

Market
: India's growing appetite for unique and affordable home decor creates fertile ground for a consignment
shop. With rising awareness of sustainability and pre-loved treasures, this venture offers a lucrative path for eco-conscious entrepreneurs.

Capital: Moderate (₹10-15 lakh). Rent, initial marketing, display fixtures, storage space, and consignment agreements are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond ordinary furniture! Source curated collections of vintage finds, upcycled pieces, and locally crafted decor. Offer consignment options for unique artwork, statement lamps, and antique accents. Partner with local artists and artisans for exclusive collaborations. Host workshops on DIY decor projects or furniture restoration.

Success Mantra: Focus on quality and curation. Implement stringent selection criteria and prioritize items in good condition with timeless appeal. Offer transparent pricing, fair consignment terms, and clear communication with consignors. Leverage social media for captivating visuals, customer testimonials, and "behind-the-scenes" peeks at your curated collections.

Niche Options:

  • Mid-Century Modern Oasis: Cater to nostalgia lovers with vintage furniture, retro accessories, and art deco accents.
  • Sustainable Sanctuary: Offer upcycled furniture, eco-friendly decor made from recycled materials, and vintage finds with a story.
  • Local Artisans' Haven: Showcase the work of local woodworkers, potters, and textile artists, creating a platform for their talent.
  • Themed Treasure Trove: curate collections around specific styles (boho chic, minimalist, industrial) or seasonal themes (festive decor, cozy winter accents).

Safety and Ethical Practices:

  • Ensure proper handling and cleaning of all consigned items to maintain hygiene and prevent potential allergens.
  • Implement clear policies on item valuation, consignment fees, and damage handling to avoid misunderstandings.
  • Prioritize transparency in pricing and product descriptions to build trust with customers.
  • Be mindful of cultural sensitivities when selecting and displaying artwork or decor.

Remember:

  • Understand your target audience and their home decor preferences.
  • Build relationships with potential consignors and offer fair deals.
  • Create a welcoming and inspiring atmosphere in your shop.
  • Offer flexible payment options and delivery services for customer convenience.

Vintage Furniture Restoration

Vintage Furniture Restoration

Breathing Life into Vintage: Building a Thriving Furniture Restoration Business in India

Market: India's growing appreciation for heritage and upcycling creates a promising market for vintage furniture restoration. With a focus on sustainability and unique finds, this venture offers a lucrative path for passionate entrepreneurs.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-25 lakh). Rent, initial equipment (sanders, tools, paints), workshop space, marketing, and materials are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond basic repairs! Offer comprehensive restoration services like wood stripping, structural repairs, upholstery reupholstering, and custom finishing. Partner with local artisans for specialized techniques like hand-carving or metalwork. Create bespoke pieces by combining vintage elements with modern touches.

Success Mantra: Focus on quality and authenticity. Prioritize preserving the original character of each piece while addressing any functional issues. Use eco-friendly products and sustainable practices whenever possible. Build trust with transparent communication and clear restoration timelines. Leverage social media for stunning before-and-after visuals, customer testimonials, and restoration process insights.

Niche Options:

  • Mid-Century Modern Revival: Specialize in restoring iconic pieces from the 1950s and 60s, catering to design enthusiasts and collectors.
  • Upcycled Masterpieces: Transform salvaged wood, discarded furniture parts, or vintage finds into unique, one-of-a-kind pieces with a contemporary edge.
  • Heritage Restoration: Focus on restoring antique furniture with historical significance, partnering with museums or collectors for specialized projects.
  • Eco-Conscious Refurbishment: Use natural oils, recycled materials, and upcycled techniques to create sustainable and environmentally friendly furniture restorations.

Additional Services:

  • Offer consultation services to help customers identify and value vintage pieces.
  • Provide furniture refinishing and painting services for modern furniture.
  • Host workshops on basic furniture repair and upcycling techniques.
  • Partner with interior designers or real estate agents for referral opportunities.

Safety and Regulations:

  • Ensure proper workshop ventilation and safety equipment for handling tools and chemicals.
  • Comply with local regulations for waste disposal and environmental protection.
  • Obtain necessary permits and licenses for operating a workshop and restoration business.
  • Partner with insurance companies to offer restoration services for damaged furniture.

Remember:

  • Develop your skills and knowledge of various furniture styles, materials, and restoration techniques.
  • Build relationships with local suppliers of tools, materials, and upholstery fabrics.
  • Create a portfolio showcasing your restoration expertise and unique projects.
  • Offer competitive pricing and flexible payment options to attract customers.

DIY Home Improvement Kits

From Toolbox to Top Seller: Building a Thriving DIY Home Improvement Kit Business in India

Market
: India's growing appetite for self-reliance and personalized home spaces creates fertile ground for DIY home
improvement kits. This market is expected to reach ₹1,500 crore by 2025, offering a lucrative path for innovative entrepreneurs.

Capital: Low-moderate (₹5-10 lakh). Initial inventory (tools, materials), packaging, marketing, and platform development are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond basic painting kits! Offer themed kits for specific projects (bathroom upgrades, garden renovations, balcony makeovers) or skill levels (beginner-friendly, advanced). Cater to diverse needs with kits for furniture upcycling, smart home installations, or eco-friendly improvements. Partner with local manufacturers or artisans for unique materials and sustainable options.

Success Mantra: Focus on convenience and ease. Provide pre-cut materials, clear instructions with visual aids, and accessible online tutorials. Offer high-quality tools and materials to ensure successful project outcomes. Build a user-friendly online platform for kit purchase, project inspiration, and community interaction. Leverage social media for step-by-step visuals, customer success stories, and behind-the-scenes glimpses of kit creation.

Niche Options:

  • Sustainable Home Kits: Offer kits featuring eco-friendly materials like bamboo, reclaimed wood, or recycled glass for conscious DIYers.
  • Tech-Savvy Upgrades: Provide kits for installing smart home devices, solar panels, or energy-efficient appliances.
  • Upcycling Adventure: Offer kits for transforming old furniture, pallets, or vintage finds into unique and functional pieces.
  • Kid-Friendly Craftsmanship: Design kits for parents and children to build together, fostering creativity and bonding experiences.

Additional Services:

  • Offer online consultations and troubleshooting support for customers during their projects.
  • Provide rental options for tools and equipment for specific tasks.
  • Host workshops and demonstrations showcasing DIY skills and kit applications.
  • Partner with hardware stores or home improvement retailers for wider reach and cross-promotion.

Eco-Friendly Home Goods

Green Up Your Home: Building a Thriving Eco-Friendly Home Goods Business in India

Market
: India's growing awareness of sustainability and ethical practices is fueling the demand for eco-friendly home
goods. This market is expected to reach a staggering ₹20,000 crore by 2025, offering a lucrative path for conscious entrepreneurs.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-25 lakh). Sourcing sustainable materials, ethical production practices, initial inventory, branding, and marketing are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond basic bamboo products! Offer innovative home goods made from recycled materials like plastic, textiles, or paper. Partner with local artisans and craftspeople who use traditional, eco-friendly techniques. Focus on functionality and durability to counter the "disposable" perception of eco-friendly products.

Success Mantra: Focus on transparency and authenticity. Clearly communicate the sustainability benefits of your products and highlight ethical sourcing practices. Obtain certifications like GOTS or FSC for organic materials or fair trade practices. Build trust with detailed product descriptions and information on end-of-life solutions (recycling, upcycling). Leverage social media for captivating visuals, customer testimonials, and behind-the-scenes glimpses of your eco-conscious journey.

Niche Options:

  • Zero-Waste Kitchen Essentials: Offer reusable food wraps, compostable dishware, and bamboo kitchen utensils for a sustainable culinary experience.
  • Sustainable Textiles and Bedding: Provide organic cotton bedding, recycled wool blankets, and handcrafted rugs made from natural fibers.
  • Eco-Conscious Cleaning Solutions: Offer non-toxic cleaning products, refillable dispensers, and DIY cleaning kits with natural ingredients.
  • Upcycled Furniture and Decor: Transform salvaged wood, discarded textiles, or vintage finds into unique and functional pieces with a sustainable story.

Customizable Wall Art

Paint Your Canvas, Own Your Walls: Building a Thriving Customizable Wall Art Business in India

Market
: India's growing demand for personalized home decor makes customizable wall art a lucrative opportunity. With rising disposable incomes and a desire for unique spaces, this market is expected to reach ₹5,600 crore by 2025, offering a blank canvas for creative entrepreneurs.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-25 lakh). Initial inventory (prints, canvases, frames), design software, marketing, and production equipment are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond generic prints! Offer a variety of customization options like:

  • Photo Manipulation: Turn customers' photos into stunning wall art, like watercolor paintings, pop art renditions, or silhouette portraits.
  • Interactive Designs: Create QR code wall art that leads to hidden messages, personalized playlists, or augmented reality experiences.
  • Modular Canvas Sets: Offer customizable sets with interchangeable panels, allowing customers to adapt the artwork to their space and preferences.
  • Local Inspiration: Feature designs inspired by Indian art forms, festivals, or local landmarks for a touch of cultural pride.

Success Mantra: Focus on user-friendliness and quality. Develop an intuitive online platform where customers can easily upload photos, choose designs, and preview their final artwork. Use high-quality printing techniques and durable materials to ensure longevity and customer satisfaction. Leverage social media for inspiring customer creations, design tutorials, and behind-the-scenes glimpses of your creative process.

Niche Options:

  • Minimalist Masterpieces: Offer customizable line drawings, geometric patterns, and typographic designs for a modern and sophisticated look.
  • Children's Wall Magic: Create personalized wall art featuring cartoon characters, fairy tales, or educational themes for a child's room.
  • Heritage Revival: Offer designs inspired by traditional Indian art forms like Madhubani paintings, Mughal miniatures, or Warli art.
  • Interactive Storytelling: Develop wall art with hidden messages or puzzles that encourage engagement and spark imagination.

Modern Planter Shop

Sprout a Thriving Business: Building a Modern Planter Shop in India

Market
: Home decor trends in India are embracing modern aesthetics, and stylish planters are a sought-after accessory. With rising disposable incomes and urban living spaces, this market offers a fertile ground for green-thumbed entrepreneurs.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-25 lakh). Initial inventory (planters, plants, accessories), store setup (rent, design), online platform development, and marketing are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond basic terracotta! Offer a curated collection of modern planters in unique materials like:

  • Concrete and Metal: Industrial chic with clean lines and geometric shapes.
  • Ceramic and Stoneware: Timeless elegance with a handcrafted touch.
  • Sustainable Materials: Eco-conscious options like recycled plastic, bamboo, or upcycled wood.
  • Innovative Designs: Self-watering planters, hanging terrariums, and modular systems for vertical gardens.

Success Mantra: Focus on aesthetics and curation. Partner with local artists and designers for exclusive collections, showcasing India's vibrant talent. Offer a diverse selection of plants to suit different styles and experience levels. Create an inviting and inspiring store or online platform with clear plant care information and styling tips. Leverage social media for stunning visuals, customer testimonials, and plant care tutorials.

Niche Options:

  • Miniature Jungle Vibes: Offer terrariums, kokedamas, and miniature gardens for urban dwellers with limited space.
  • Desktop Delights: Provide small, stylish planters for workspaces and bedside tables, featuring succulents, air plants, or cacti.
  • Plant Parenthood Essentials: Cater to new plant owners with starter kits, easy-care plants, and educational workshops.
  • Pet-Friendly Foliage: Offer non-toxic plants and stylish planters suitable for homes with furry friends.

Additional Services:

  • Provide plant care consultations and personalized recommendations.
  • Offer potting and repotting services for customer convenience.
  • Host workshops on plant propagation, terrarium building, or DIY plant stands.
  • Partner with local cafes, co-working spaces, or events for pop-up shops and brand awareness.

Upcycled Furniture Design

Breathe New Life into Old: Building a Thriving Upcycled Furniture Design Business

Market
: Upcycled furniture is soaring in popularity across India, fueled by sustainability awareness, vintage charm, and unique design possibilities. This market is expected to reach ₹10,000 crore by 2025, offering a fertile ground for creative entrepreneurs.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-25 lakh). Initial inventory (furniture finds), workshop space, tools, design software, marketing, and branding are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond basic sanding and repainting!

  • Fusion Frenzy: Combine vintage pieces with modern elements like metallic accents, geometric patterns, or pops of color.
  • Theme Time: Transform furniture into conversation starters with upcycling projects inspired by movies, historical periods, or local art forms.
  • Multifunctional Marvels: Give furniture new life with clever modifications, like ottomans that transform into side tables or dressers with hidden storage compartments.
  • Sustainable Sanctuary: Focus on eco-friendly materials like reclaimed wood, recycled textiles, or salvaged metal for a conscious approach to upcycling.

Success Mantra: Focus on quality and storytelling. Choose sturdy furniture with good bones for transformation. Prioritize craftsmanship and meticulous restoration to ensure longevity. Share the story of each piece, highlighting its past and present life, adding emotional value. Leverage social media for captivating before-and-after visuals, customer testimonials, and sneak peeks into your creative process.

Niche Options:

  • Mid-Century Modern Revival: Breathe new life into vintage furniture from the 1950s and 60s for design enthusiasts and collectors.
  • Bohemian Oasis: Upcycle pieces with natural textures, vibrant colors, and handcrafted touches, catering to bohemian and eclectic style lovers.
  • Industrial Edge: Transform salvaged metal, pipes, and wood into unique furniture with a raw, industrial aesthetic.
  • Urban Chic: Upcycle vintage suitcases, pallets, or old crates into trendy furniture for apartments and urban spaces.

Subscription Box for Home Decor

Subscription Box for Home Decor

Spark Joy with a Box: Building a Thriving Home Decor Subscription Business

Market: Home decor enthusiasts in India are craving curated experiences and personalized touches. Enter the subscription box, a booming market expected to reach ₹5,000 crore by 2025, offering fertile ground for creative entrepreneurs.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-25 lakh). Initial inventory (decor items), packaging, platform development, marketing, and fulfillment are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond generic themes! Offer curated boxes based on:

  • Interior Styles: Minimalist chic, Bohemian Oasis, Industrial Edge, Vintage Revival.
  • Seasonal Delights: Spring pastels, cozy winter accents, vibrant summer colors.
  • Local Flavors: Celebrate Indian art forms, festivals, or regional crafts.
  • Experiences & Activities: DIY projects, aromatherapy kits, mindfulness rituals for home spaces.

Safety and Ethical Sourcing:

  • Emphasize eco-friendly packaging and sustainable materials like recycled paper or biodegradable options.
  • Partner with ethical suppliers and artisans who prioritize fair labor practices.
  • Ensure all items comply with safety regulations and quality standards.

Success Mantra: Focus on surprise and delight! Send high-quality, unique items that customers wouldn't find elsewhere. Include personalized touches like handwritten notes or curated playlists based on their preferences. Offer flexible subscription options and seamless order fulfillment. Leverage social media for unboxing videos, customer testimonials, and sneak peeks into upcoming themes.

Niche Options:

  • Themed Mini-Makeovers: Provide everything needed to transform a specific area, like a cozy reading nook or a vibrant kitchen backsplash.
  • DIY Delights: Offer pre-measured materials and easy-to-follow instructions for fun crafting projects like macrame wall hangings or scented candles.
  • Global Inspirations: Feature decor items sourced from different countries, highlighting diverse cultural aesthetics.
  • Pet-Friendly Homes: Create boxes filled with stylish accessories and treats for pampered furry friends and their human companions.

Services

When considering retail business ideas with low investment and high profit potential, offering services can be a lucrative option.

Pet sitting and dog walking services cater to the growing demand for pet care, while personal errand services provide convenience to busy individuals.

Additionally, mobile device repair, professional organizing, and social media management services address specific needs in today's digital age, making them viable opportunities for entrepreneurs.

Pet Sitting & Dog Walking

Unleash Your Business Potential: Building a Thriving Pet Sitting & Dog Walking Service in India
Market:
India's booming pet ownership creates fertile ground for pet-related businesses. With busy lifestyles and rising disposable incomes, pet sitting and dog walking services are in high demand, offering a lucrative path for animal-loving entrepreneurs.

Capital: Low-moderate (₹5-10 lakh). Initial marketing, insurance, equipment (leashes, waste bags), scheduling software, and potential vehicle maintenance are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond basic walks! Offer diverse services to cater to different needs:

  • Puppy Playdates: Group walks for socializing and energetic pups.
  • Senior Strolls: Gentle walks and companionship for older dogs.
  • Medication Administration: Ensure pets receive vital medications while owners are away.
  • Overnight Stays: Provide in-home pet sitting for extended absences.
  • Cat Care: Specialized care for feline friends, including litter box cleaning and playtime.

Success Mantra: Focus on trust and reliability. Conduct thorough background checks and pet-sitting training for your staff. Offer meet-and-greets with potential clients and their pets to ensure a comfortable fit. Provide detailed updates and photos during pet stays, building trust and peace of mind for owners. Leverage social media for customer testimonials, adorable pet photos, and tips for pet care.

Niche Options:

  • Luxury Pet Pampering: Offer spa treatments, gourmet pet food, and personalized walks in scenic locations.
  • Adventure Walks: Hiking, dog park outings, and swimming adventures for active dogs.
  • Pet Emergency Response: Partner with veterinarians to provide quick assistance in case of pet emergencies during walks or stays.
  • Community-Focused Services: Offer discounted rates for senior citizens or organize pet adoption events to give back to the community.

Personal Errand Service

Conquering Chaos, One Errand at a Time: Building a Thriving Personal Errand Service in India

Market:
Indian cities are bustling with busy individuals juggling work, family, and personal commitments. The demand for reliable, efficient errand services is soaring, offering a lucrative opportunity for entrepreneurs who thrive on organization and problem-solving.

Capital: Low-moderate (₹5-10 lakh). Initial marketing, insurance, vehicle maintenance, mobile technology (scheduling app, GPS), and potential staff training are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond basic grocery shopping! Offer a diverse range of services tailored to specific needs:

  • Time-Crunched Professionals: Dry cleaning, laundry pickup/delivery, bill payments, prescription refills.
  • Busy Families: Grocery shopping, meal prep, child pick-up/drop-off, errands for busy parents.
  • Tech-Savvy Individuals: Tech support, online shopping assistance, package returns, gadget setup.
  • Senior Citizens: Medication refills, doctor appointment support, grocery deliveries, light housekeeping.
  • Eco-Conscious Clients: Sustainable errands like organic grocery delivery, carbon-neutral transportation options.

Success Mantra: Focus on convenience and reliability. Offer flexible scheduling options, clear communication throughout the process, and timely errand completion. Leverage technology for efficient scheduling, tracking, and customer updates. Build trust with background checks, insurance coverage, and transparent pricing. Build a strong brand identity that resonates with your commitment to organization and customer satisfaction.

Niche Options:

  • Luxury Errand Concierge: Cater to high-end clients with specialized services like art gallery visits, luxury shopping assistance, personalized gift selection and delivery.
  • Pet-Focused Errands: Pet food and toy deliveries, dog park visits, vet appointment transportation, pet-sitting add-ons.
  • Community-Centered Services: Offer discounted rates for seniors or collaborate with local charities for delivery assistance to underprivileged families.
  • Event Errand Support: Provide on-site errand support for event organizers, including vendor deliveries, equipment pickup, and post-event logistics.

Mobile Device Repair

Fix, Refresh, Reimagine: Building a Thriving Mobile Device Repair Business in India

Market: India's mobile-first population creates a massive demand for reliable and accessible mobile device repair services. With rising disposable incomes and technological dependence, this market is expected to reach ₹58,000 crore by 2025, offering a promising path for tech-savvy entrepreneurs.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-25 lakh). Initial inventory (replacement parts, tools, diagnostic equipment), store setup (rent, design), marketing, and certification are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond basic screen replacements! Offer a comprehensive range of services:

  • Software Repair: Diagnose and fix software glitches, viruses, and lagging performance.
  • Water Damage Recovery: Salvage devices with proper techniques and specialized tools.
  • Battery Replacements: Restore device lifespan with high-quality batteries.
  • Data Recovery: Retrieve lost or corrupted data from damaged devices.
  • Accessory Sales: Offer a curated selection of phone cases, chargers, and other essentials.

Success Mantra: Focus on quality and transparency. Use genuine replacement parts and ensure transparent repair processes with clear communication and customer updates. Offer warranties on repairs and build trust with certifications like CE or ISO. Leverage social media for before-and-after visuals, customer testimonials, and repair tips.

Niche Options:

  • Express Repair Service: Cater to on-the-go customers with quick fixes for common issues like screen protectors and battery replacements.
  • Premium Repair Solutions: Offer high-end services like micro-soldering, motherboard repair, and data recovery for premium devices.
  • Eco-Conscious Repairs: Partner with recycling facilities to responsibly dispose of old batteries and components.
  • Unlocking and Roaming Services: Provide assistance with unlocking devices and setting up international roaming for travelers.

Professional Organizer

Organize Your Way to Success: Building a Thriving Professional Organizing Business in India

Market:
India's growing awareness of personal and professional well-being fuels the demand for professional organizing services. With cluttered homes and busy schedules, individuals and businesses seek help in creating organized and efficient spaces. This market, expected to reach ₹20,000 crore by 2025, offers a lucrative opportunity for passionate organizers.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-25 lakh). Initial marketing, insurance, organizing tools (bins, labels), transportation, and potential office space are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond basic tidying! Offer specialized services to cater to diverse needs:

  • Residential Organizing: Declutter homes, create functional systems for kitchens, bedrooms, and offices.
  • Business & Office Organizing: Streamline workflow, implement document management systems, and optimize workspace layouts.
  • Moving & Downsizing: Assist with packing, unpacking, and organizing new spaces during relocation or downsizing.
  • Digital Organizing: Declutter desktops, manage email, and organize digital files for improved productivity.
  • Life Transitions: Support individuals facing major life changes like divorce, retirement, or new parenthood.

Success Mantra: Focus on empathy and transformation. Listen to clients' needs and goals, understand their emotional connection to their belongings, and create personalized solutions that spark joy and efficiency. Offer ongoing support and coaching to help clients maintain organized spaces after your initial work. Leverage social media for inspiring before-and-after photos, client testimonials, and organizing tips.

Niche Options:

  • Eco-Conscious Organizing: Facilitate sustainable decluttering with responsible disposal methods and upcycling ideas.
  • Minimalist Makeovers: Help clients embrace minimalist living through decluttering and creating streamlined spaces.
  • Luxury Organizing: Offer high-end services like personalized storage solutions, art and antiques arrangement, and wardrobe management.
  • Virtual Organizing: Provide online consultations and guidance for clients who prefer remote sessions.
  • Community-Focused Services: Offer discounted rates for low-income families or partner with non-profits to declutter community centers.

Social Media Management

Master the Art of Connection: Building a Thriving Social Media Management Business in India

Market:
India's booming digital landscape creates a fertile ground for social media expertise. With rising internet penetration and mobile-first users, brands of all sizes crave engaging social media strategies. This market, expected to reach ₹25,000 crore by 2025, offers a lucrative path for passionate social media strategists.

Capital: Moderate (₹5-10 lakh). Initial marketing, software subscriptions (scheduling tools, analytics), equipment (camera, lighting), and potential office space are key costs.

Growth: Go beyond basic posting! Offer comprehensive services that drive results:

  • Content Strategy & Creation: Develop engaging and brand-aligned content formats like videos, infographics, and social storytelling.
  • Community Management: Foster active conversations, respond to comments, and build a loyal online community.
  • Paid Advertising Campaigns: Manage targeted ad campaigns on Facebook, Instagram, and other platforms for maximum reach and engagement.
  • Social Listening & Reporting: Track brand mentions, analyze audience sentiment, and provide actionable insights.
  • Influencer Marketing: Identify and collaborate with relevant influencers to amplify brand reach and message.

Success Mantra: Focus on data and results. Track key metrics like engagement, reach, and conversions to demonstrate the value you bring. Become a data-driven storyteller, using insights to inform content strategy and optimize campaigns. Build trust with clients through transparent communication, regular reporting, and a commitment to achieving their goals. Leverage social media platforms to showcase your own expertise, share industry trends, and engage with potential clients.

Niche Options:

  • Regional Language Expertise: Cater to brands looking to connect with audiences in specific Indian languages.
  • E-commerce Social Media: Develop winning strategies for online retailers to boost sales and drive traffic.
  • B2B Social Media: Craft targeted content and engagement strategies for businesses targeting other businesses.
  • Micro-influencer Marketing: Identify and manage partnerships with smaller, niche influencers for authentic brand storytelling.
  • Social Media Crisis Management: Provide expertise in navigating negative online situations and protecting brand reputation.

Graphic Design & Branding

Unleashing the Power of Design: Building a Thriving Graphic Design & Branding Business in India

India's vibrant and evolving market is ripe for innovative graphic design and branding solutions. With increasing competition and a growing awareness of the power of visual communication, businesses of all sizes are seeking creative expertise to stand out from the crowd. This presents a lucrative opportunity for passionate designers and brand strategists to build thriving businesses.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-25 lakh). Initial costs include software subscriptions (design tools, project management), marketing, equipment (computer, hardware), portfolio development, and potential studio space.

Growth: Go beyond basic logo design! Offer a comprehensive range of services that address diverse client needs:

Brand Identity Design: Craft logos, color palettes, typography, and visual guidelines for a cohesive brand image.
Marketing & Advertising Materials: Design brochures, flyers, website banners, social media graphics, and other marketing collateral.
Packaging Design: Create eye-catching and functional packaging that drives sales and reflects brand values.
UX/UI Design: Develop user-friendly and visually appealing interfaces for websites and mobile applications.
Branding Strategy: Help businesses define their core values, target audience, and unique selling proposition to inform design decisions.
Success Mantra: Focus on storytelling and strategic execution. Understand your client's brand story and target audience, and use your design skills to communicate it effectively. Deliver high-quality work that meets deadlines and exceeds expectations. Build trust through open communication, collaborative processes, and regular progress updates. Leverage social media to showcase your design expertise, client testimonials, and behind-the-scenes glimpses of your creative process.

Niche Options:

  • Local Flavors: Specialize in design solutions that celebrate India's rich cultural heritage and regional aesthetics.
  • Sustainability-Focused Design: Offer eco-friendly design practices, recycled paper materials, and packaging solutions that align with clients' sustainability goals.
  • Tech-Driven Design: Master the art of user experience design and user interface design for web and mobile applications.
  • Small Business Branding: Cater to the needs of startups and small businesses with affordable branding packages and tailored solutions.
  • Content Marketing Design: Create visually engaging infographics, social media posts, and other content to support clients' marketing strategies.

Virtual Assistant Services

Be the Right Hand You Need: Building a Thriving Virtual Assistant Business in India

The demand for virtual assistants (VAs) is skyrocketing in India, fueled by busy professionals and entrepreneurs seeking support with administrative, technical, and creative tasks. This market, expected to reach ₹5,000 crore by 2025, offers a lucrative opportunity for individuals with diverse skills and a passion for productivity.

Capital: Low (₹1-5 lakh). Initial costs include marketing, software subscriptions (scheduling tools, communication platforms), and potential equipment (computer, headset).

Growth: Go beyond basic scheduling and email management! Offer a diverse range of services tailored to specific needs:

  • Administrative Support: Calendar management, travel arrangements, expense tracking, document handling, data entry.
  • Technical Assistance: Website maintenance, social media management, basic coding, online research, project management tools.
  • Creative Services: Content writing, editing, graphic design, social media graphics creation, translation.
  • E-commerce Management: Product listing, order fulfillment, customer service, marketing support.
  • Personal Assistant Services: Errands, appointments, online bill payments, travel research, personal organization.

Success Mantra: Focus on value and efficiency. Understand your client's needs and goals, and offer solutions that free them to focus on their core activities. Deliver high-quality work on time, with excellent communication and proactive problem-solving. Build trust through reliability, confidentiality, and a commitment to continuous learning and improvement. Leverage online platforms and social media to showcase your skills, client testimonials, and helpful tips for productivity.

Niche Options:

  • Industry-Specific VAs: Specialize in supporting clients in specific industries like healthcare, legal, or real estate.
  • Multilingual VAs: Cater to clients with international business or communication needs by offering fluency in multiple languages.
  • Technical VAs: Focus on providing advanced technical assistance like web development, data analysis, or API integration.
  • Creative VAs: Offer expertise in graphic design, content writing, social media marketing, or video editing.
  • Virtual Concierge Services: Provide personalized assistance with luxury lifestyle needs like travel arrangements, event planning, or personal shopping.

Personal Training & Fitness Coaching

Unleash Inner Strength: Building a Thriving Personal Training & Fitness Coaching Business in India

India's growing focus on health and wellness fuels a surging demand for personalized fitness guidance. From weight loss to athletic performance, individuals seek expert support to achieve their goals. This market, expected to reach ₹10,000 crore by 2025, offers a promising path for passionate and qualified fitness professionals.

Capital: Moderate (₹10-15 lakh). Initial costs include certifications, gym memberships or studio setup, marketing, equipment (weights, mats), insurance, and potential travel expenses.

Growth: Go beyond generic workout plans! Offer diverse services to cater to specific needs:

  • One-on-One Training: Design personalized workout programs, provide exercise technique feedback, and offer motivational support.
  • Group Fitness Classes: Lead engaging classes for weight loss, strength training, HIIT, yoga, or functional fitness.
  • Specialized Training: Offer programs for pre/postnatal fitness, senior fitness, sports conditioning, or rehabilitation.
  • Online Coaching: Provide virtual training sessions, workout plans, and coaching via video calls and fitness apps.
  • Nutrition Guidance: Offer basic dietary advice, meal planning tips, and partner with nutritionists for comprehensive support.

Success Mantra: Focus on client-centricity and results. Tailor programs to individual goals, limitations, and preferences. Track progress, celebrate achievements, and adapt plans for continuous improvement. Build trust through empathy, active listening, and open communication. Leverage social media to share inspiring client transformations, fitness tips, and workouts.

Niche Options:

  • Corporate Wellness: Partner with companies to provide on-site fitness classes, employee wellness programs, and health workshops.
  • Outdoor Fitness: Offer boot camps, hiking groups, or sports conditioning programs in scenic locations.
  • Luxury Fitness: Cater to high-end clients with personalized training in private studios, home visits, or luxury fitness centers.
  • Pre/Postnatal Fitness: Provide specialized training programs for pregnant or new mothers, focusing on safe and effective exercise.
  • Mental Wellness & Fitness: Integrate mindfulness practices, stress management techniques, and mental health awareness into your coaching approach.

Mobile Car Wash & Detailing

Gleaming Rides on the Go: Building a Thriving Mobile Car Wash & Detailing Business in India

Market:
India's booming car ownership and busy lifestyles create a fertile ground for convenient car care solutions. Mobile car wash and detailing services offer a promising path for entrepreneurs who want to capitalize on this growing demand for on-demand vehicle care.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-25 lakh). Initial costs include specialized equipment (power washer, vacuum cleaner, detailing tools), water tanks, transportation (truck/van), marketing, insurance, and potential permits/licenses.

Growth: Go beyond basic car washes! Offer a comprehensive range of services to cater to diverse needs:

  • Exterior Detailing: Hand washing, waxing, polishing, headlight restoration, wheel and tire cleaning.
  • Interior Detailing: Vacuuming, upholstery cleaning, stain removal, carpet shampooing, dashboard and trim cleaning.
  • Engine Detailing: Degreasing, cleaning engine components, restoring shine and functionality.
  • Paint Protection: Ceramic coating, paint protection film application for long-lasting shine and scratch resistance.
  • Eco-Friendly Options: Waterless washes, biodegradable cleaning products, solar-powered equipment.

Success Mantra: Focus on convenience and quality. Offer flexible scheduling options, online booking platforms, and real-time tracking for customer peace of mind. Use high-quality cleaning products, proper techniques, and meticulous attention to detail to ensure a sparkling finish. Build trust through transparent pricing, clear communication, and a commitment to customer satisfaction. Leverage social media to showcase before-and-after transformations, customer testimonials, and mobile car wash tips.

Niche Options:

  • Luxury Car Detailing: Cater to high-end vehicles with specialized cleaning methods and premium products.
  • Pre-Sale Detailing: Help car owners maximize resale value with thorough cleaning and cosmetic restoration.
  • Corporate Car Wash Packages: Offer discounted services to businesses with company fleets.
  • Event-Based Detailing: Provide convenient car wash services at festivals, sporting events, or corporate gatherings.
  • Mobile Mechanic Services: Partner with mechanics to offer basic car maintenance alongside detailing.

Event Planning & Management

From Dream to Reality: Building a Thriving Event Planning & Management Business in India

India's vibrant culture and growing appetite for celebrations fuel a booming event planning and management industry. From intimate weddings to grand conferences, businesses and individuals seek expertise in crafting unforgettable experiences. This market, expected to reach ₹8,000 crore by 2025, offers a promising path for passionate and organized individuals who thrive on creating memorable events.

Capital: Moderate-high (₹15-25 lakh). Initial costs include marketing, equipment (sound system, lighting), software (budgeting, scheduling), potential office space, and initial inventory (décor, props).

Growth: Go beyond basic party planning! Offer diverse services to cater to specific needs:

  • Concept & Design: Develop unique event themes, create mood boards, and manage event branding.
  • Logistics & Management: Secure venues, manage vendors (caterers, decorators, entertainment), and coordinate event flow.
  • Budgeting & Financial Management: Create detailed budgets, manage expenses, and track costs throughout the event planning process.
  • Guest Management: Handle invitations, RSVPs, seating arrangements, and guest communication.

**Post-Event ** Send thank you notes, gather feedback, and provide event reports.
Success Mantra: Focus on creativity, organization, and client satisfaction. Be a creative storyteller, translating client visions into impactful experiences. Master project management skills to ensure smooth execution and problem-solving. Build trust through transparency, proactive communication, and exceeding expectations. Leverage social media to showcase your portfolio, client testimonials, and behind-the-scenes event planning insights.

Niche Options:

  • Luxury Event Planning: Cater to high-end clientele with bespoke experiences, premium vendors, and meticulous attention to detail.
  • Sustainable Events: Offer eco-conscious event planning, using recycled materials, local suppliers, and carbon-neutral practices.
  • Themed Events: Specialize in creating immersive experiences like historical reenactments, cultural festivals, or corporate galas.
  • Virtual & Hybrid Events: Master the art of planning engaging online and hybrid events for a wider reach and diverse audience.
  • Community Events: Organize cultural festivals, charity events, or local gatherings to connect with your community and build a strong reputation.

Tutoring & Educational Services

Unlocking Potential: Building a Thriving Tutoring & Educational Services Business in India

India's booming education landscape creates a fertile ground for innovative and impactful tutoring and educational services. From academic support to skill development, students and individuals seek expert guidance to navigate their learning journey. This market, expected to reach ₹70,000 crore by 2025, offers a promising path for passionate educators and learning enthusiasts.

Capital: Moderate (₹5-15 lakh). Initial costs include marketing, software (online tutoring platforms, learning management systems), equipment (computers, tablets), potential office space, and initial learning materials.

Growth: Go beyond traditional one-on-one tutoring! Offer diverse services to cater to specific needs:

  • Subject-Specific Tutoring: Provide personalized support in core academic subjects like Math, Science, English, or Language Learning.
  • Test Preparation: Offer specialized coaching for competitive exams like JEE, NEET, UPSC, or SAT.
  • Skill Development Programs: Design and deliver workshops or courses on soft skills, digital literacy, financial literacy, or career readiness.
  • Online Tutoring & Learning Platforms: Develop or utilize existing platforms to deliver virtual tutoring sessions and online courses.
  • Special Needs Education: Provide specialized support for students with learning disabilities, cognitive challenges, or emotional needs.

Success Mantra: Focus on personalized learning and student empowerment. Create customized learning plans, cater to individual learning styles, and track progress to ensure optimal results. Foster a supportive and motivating environment that encourages curiosity, critical thinking, and self-confidence. Leverage technology to personalize learning experiences, enhance engagement, and provide valuable data insights.

Niche Options:

  • Early Childhood Education: Design engaging learning programs for preschoolers and kindergarteners, focusing on holistic development and play-based learning.
  • Adult Education & Upskilling: Provide job-oriented training programs, professional development courses, or reskilling opportunities for career advancement.
  • Accessibility-Focused Education: Develop learning materials and services tailored to individuals with visual impairments, hearing impairments, or other disabilities.
  • Outdoor & Experiential Learning: Organize field trips, workshops, and immersive learning experiences to complement classroom education.
  • Creative & Performing Arts Coaching: Provide specialized instruction in music, drama, dance, or visual arts to nurture artistic talents.

Technology & Online Businesses 

In the modern era, technology and online businesses have become integral to the retail landscape. E-commerce stores offer the opportunity to reach a global customer base, while dropshipping businesses provide a low-risk way to enter the market.

Additionally, print-on-demand services, online course creation, and social media influencing present further avenues for entrepreneurial success in the digital realm.

E-commerce Store

Amidst the evolving retail landscape, e-commerce stores in the technology and online businesses sector present lucrative opportunities for entrepreneurs in 2024.

Social media has become an integral part of e-commerce, offering a platform for businesses to engage with their audience, build brand awareness, and drive sales. Utilizing social media effectively can significantly impact the success of an e-commerce store.

Additionally, digital marketing plays a crucial role in the online business realm, enabling e-commerce stores to reach their target market, increase website traffic, and ultimately boost sales. With the right digital marketing strategies, such as SEO, content marketing, and email campaigns, e-commerce businesses can maximize their online presence and attract potential customers.

Embracing these tools and techniques can propel e-commerce stores to new heights of success in 2024.

Dropshipping Business

Dropshipping Dynamite: Igniting Your E-commerce Journey in India

Market:
India's e-commerce boom offers fertile ground for dropshipping, a low-risk, low-inventory model that lets you sell products without physically holding them. This market, estimated to reach ₹1.2 lakh crore by 2025, empowers entrepreneurs to launch online stores with minimal upfront investment.

Capital: Low (₹1-5 lakh). Initial costs include marketing, website development, dropshipping platform subscriptions, and potential inventory purchases for testing and branding purposes.

Growth: Go beyond generic products! Find your niche and cater to specific needs:

  • Trending Products: Capitalize on current fads and high-demand items like fitness gear, home decor trends, and mobile accessories.
  • Local Focus: Offer unique Indian products or cater to regional specialties like handcrafted textiles, artisanal spices, or regional delicacies.
  • Sustainable & Ethical: Promote eco-friendly products, support local vendors, and build a brand around conscious consumerism.
  • Personalized Products: Offer customization options like phone case printing, engraved gifts, or on-demand apparel printing.
  • Subscription Boxes: Curate niche-specific boxes like beauty products, pet supplies, or hobbyist kits for recurring revenue and customer loyalty.

Success Mantra: Focus on quality control and customer experience. Partner with reliable dropshipping suppliers who offer high-quality products, fast shipping, and efficient order fulfillment. Prioritize excellent customer service, including clear communication, timely order tracking, and hassle-free returns. Build trust and transparency with detailed product descriptions, honest reviews, and proactive communication about potential delays.

Niche Options:

  • Luxury Dropshipping: Cater to high-end customers with premium products, exclusive brands, and personalized packaging.
  • Private Label Dropshipping: Create your own brand by adding logos, packaging, or custom labels to dropshipped products.
  • Social Commerce Dropshipping: Leverage social media platforms like Instagram and Facebook to showcase products, run targeted ads, and connect with potential customers.
  • Micro-Influencer Partnerships: Collaborate with niche influencers in your target audience to promote your dropshipping store and reach a wider audience.
  • Content-Driven Dropshipping: Create informative and engaging blog posts, videos, or social media content to attract organic traffic and drive sales.

Unleash Your Creativity: Building a Thriving Print-on-Demand Service in India

India's growing appetite for personalized and unique products creates a fertile ground for Print-on-Demand (POD) services. This exciting market, expected to reach ₹2,500 crore by 2025, empowers entrepreneurs to turn creative ideas into tangible products without the hassle of inventory management.

Capital: Moderate (₹10-15 lakh). Initial costs include website development, marketing, POD platform subscriptions, samples for quality control, and potential design software or subscriptions.

Growth: Go beyond basic t-shirts! Offer diverse products to cater to various needs:

  • Apparel: Expand to hoodies, mugs, phone cases, bags, and more.
  • Home Decor: Offer wall prints, posters, throw pillows, and personalized home accessories.
  • Stationery: Design notebooks, journals, calendars, and greeting cards.
  • Art & Accessories: Provide prints, tote bags, phone grips, and other creative merchandise.
  • Corporate & Events: Cater to businesses with branded merchandise, event giveaways, and employee gifts.

Success Mantra: Focus on design and quality. Partner with reliable POD platforms offering high-quality printing, sustainable materials, and fast turnaround times. Invest in creating unique and eye-catching designs, catering to diverse tastes and trends. Prioritize excellent customer service, including clear product descriptions, responsive communication, and efficient order fulfillment.

Niche Options:

  • Local & Cultural Designs: Showcase India's rich heritage through traditional motifs, regional art, and cultural icons.
  • Sustainable & Eco-friendly: Offer organic fabrics, recycled materials, and ethical printing practices to cater to conscious consumers.
  • Community-Focused: Support local artists and designers by featuring their work on your POD platform.
  • Fan Art & Licensed Products: Collaborate with artists or brands for exclusive prints, merchandise, and licensed designs.
  • Personalized & Customizable: Offer design templates, custom text options, and photo printing for truly unique products.

Online Course Creation

Knowledge Unleashed: Building a Thriving Online Course Business in India

India's booming online education market presents a fertile ground for passionate educators and subject-matter experts to share their knowledge and build successful online course businesses. This market, expected to reach ₹33,000 crore by 2025, empowers individuals to become knowledge entrepreneurs, impacting lives through quality online learning experiences.

Capital: Moderate (₹5-15 lakh). Initial costs include website development, learning management system (LMS) subscription, marketing, content creation tools, and potential equipment (camera, microphone).

Growth: Go beyond traditional lectures! Offer diverse course formats to cater to various learning styles and needs:

  • Video-based courses: Engaging video lessons with interactive elements like quizzes, polls, and downloadable resources.
  • Micro-learning modules: Bite-sized, focused content for busy learners seeking specific skill development.
  • Live workshops and interactive sessions: Foster real-time engagement with students through live Q&A sessions, group projects, and collaborative activities.
  • Interactive learning platforms: Utilize gamified elements, simulations, and case studies for a more immersive and engaging learning experience.
  • Community building: Create online forums, discussion groups, and social media communities for peer-to-peer learning and networking opportunities.

Success Mantra: Focus on quality and student engagement. Invest in creating high-quality content that is informative, engaging, and visually appealing. Prioritize student success by providing clear learning objectives, personalized feedback, and ongoing support throughout the course. Utilize interactive elements, storytelling techniques, and practical applications to keep students motivated and invested in the learning process.

Niche Options:

  • Skill-based courses: Cater to specific career needs like coding, digital marketing, financial planning, or creative skills.
  • Professional certifications: Offer courses that prepare students for industry-recognized certifications or competitive exams.
  • Personal development and wellness: Focus on self-improvement, mindfulness, health and fitness, or soft skills development.
  • Language learning: Provide courses for learning new languages or improving existing language skills.
  • Hobby and passion-based courses: Cater to specific interests like cooking, photography, music, or creative writing.

Social Media Influencer

Rise to Stardom: Building a Thriving Social Media Influencer Career in India

India's vibrant digital landscape offers fertile ground for aspiring social media influencers to cultivate engaged communities, capture brand attention, and build fulfilling careers. With over 1 billion internet users and ever-growing social media penetration, the influencer market is poised to reach ₹20,000 crore by 2025, presenting exciting opportunities for passionate individuals to connect, inspire, and monetize their online presence.

Capital: Low (₹1-5 lakh). Initial investments could include smartphone accessories (ring lights, tripod), content creation tools (editing software, camera equipment), and potentially courses or coaching on influencer marketing.

Growth: Go beyond trendy dances and lip-syncs! Discover your niche and cultivate an authentic voice to attract and retain a loyal audience:

  • Lifestyle & Fashion: Share your personal style, beauty tips, travel adventures, or daily routines.
  • Comedy & Entertainment: Make people laugh with witty skits, relatable content, or unique parodies.
  • Education & Awareness: Advocate for social causes, educate on specific topics, or share informative content in your area of expertise.
  • Gaming & Technology: Showcase your gaming skills, review tech products, or build a community around your favorite games.
  • Food & Cooking: Share delicious recipes, culinary adventures, or healthy eating tips.

Success Mantra: Focus on authenticity and engagement. Be yourself, share your passions, and connect with your audience on a deeper level. Foster a two-way conversation through polls, Q&A sessions, and direct replies to comments. Create valuable content that informs, entertains, or inspires, building trust and loyalty with your followers.

Niche Options:

  • Micro-influencer Focus: Build a dedicated community with 10k-50k followers and target niche brands for collaborations.
  • Regional Language & Content: Create content in your local language and cater to specific regional audiences.
  • Cause-Based Advocacy: Partner with NGOs or charities to raise awareness and support important causes.
  • Live Streaming & Interactive Content: Utilize platforms like Instagram Live or YouTube to engage with your audience in real-time.
  • Collaboration & Content Partnerships: Team up with other influencers or brands for cross-promotion and reach a wider audience.

Monetization Strategies:

  • Branded collaborations & sponsored content: Partner with relevant brands to promote their products or services to your audience.
  • Affiliate marketing: Earn commissions on sales generated through your unique affiliate links.
  • Direct advertising: Sell ad space on your social media platforms to brands or businesses.
  • E-commerce & product launches: Launch your own products or merchandise leveraging your established audience.
  • Live streams & virtual events: Host paid live sessions or workshops to offer exclusive content or services.

Freelance Writing & Editing

Craft Your Words, Shape Your Future: Building a Thriving Freelance Writing & Editing Career in India

India's booming content landscape offers a fertile ground for passionate wordsmiths and meticulous editors to craft compelling narratives, refine expression, and build fulfilling freelance careers. With an estimated market size of ₹4,500 crore by 2025, the demand for skilled freelance writers and editors is soaring, opening exciting doors for individuals who can wield the power of language with precision and creativity.

Capital: Low (₹1,000 - ₹5,000). Initial investments could include a reliable computer, internet access, grammar and style guides, and potentially online writing or editing courses.

Growth: Go beyond generic blog posts and proofreading! Discover your niche and refine your skillset to attract clients and build a strong portfolio:

  • Content Writing: Blog writing, website copywriting, social media content, product descriptions, email marketing campaigns, ebooks, and white papers.
  • Editing & Proofreading: Copy editing, developmental editing, line editing, proofreading, technical editing, and academic editing.
  • Creative Writing: Fiction writing, short stories, novellas, poetry, scripts, song lyrics, and creative marketing content.
  • Specialized Writing: Technical writing, legal writing, medical writing, financial writing, grant writing, and research writing.
  • Translation & Localization: Translate content between languages or adapt it for specific regional audiences.

Success Mantra: Focus on quality and client satisfaction. Deliver polished, error-free work that meets client needs and expectations. Be meticulous, reliable, and responsive to feedback. Build trust through excellent communication, clear deadlines, and proactive project management.

Niche Options:

  • Micro-niche expertise: Become a go-to writer or editor for a specific industry or topic (e.g., healthcare, travel, FinTech).
  • Local language focus: Cater to the growing demand for content in regional Indian languages.
  • SEO & Content Marketing: Master SEO best practices and create content that attracts organic traffic and boosts client websites.
  • Content Strategy & Consulting: Offer comprehensive content strategy development and consulting services to businesses.
  • Academic & Research Writing: Assist students and researchers with academic writing, research papers, and thesis editing.

Monetization Strategies:

  • Freelance platforms & marketplaces: Upwork, Fiverr, Freelancer.com, and Guru are popular platforms to connect with clients.
  • Direct client outreach: Build your network and pitch your services to businesses and individuals directly.
  • Content marketing agencies & writing services: Partner with agencies or services to secure consistent writing or editing projects.
  • Content creation & subscription services: Offer exclusive content or subscriptions for paid access to your writing or editing expertise.
  • Workshops & online courses: Share your knowledge and skills through online or offline workshops or courses.

Virtual Reality Experiences

Virtual Reality Experiences

Immerse and Captivate: Building a Thriving VR Experience Business in India

India's burgeoning VR market presents a fertile ground for entrepreneurs to create immersive, interactive experiences that transport users to new worlds and push the boundaries of reality. With a market expected to reach ₹7,300 crore by 2025, the possibilities are endless for those who can tap into the power of VR to entertain, educate, and inspire.

Capital: Moderate (₹5-15 lakh). Initial investments include VR headsets, software licenses, development tools, marketing materials, and potential physical space for VR experiences.

Growth: Go beyond generic games and simulations! Discover your niche and create VR experiences that resonate with diverse audiences:

  • Adventure & Exploration: Transport users to exotic destinations, explore historical landmarks, or embark on thrilling virtual journeys.
  • Education & Training: Provide immersive learning experiences in fields like healthcare, engineering, or vocational training.
  • Entertainment & Storytelling: Captivate audiences with interactive narratives, theatrical performances, or unique VR games.
  • Arts & Culture: Showcase cultural heritage, bring art exhibits to life, or create interactive artistic experiences.
  • Fitness & Wellness: Offer VR workouts, meditation sessions, or gamified fitness programs for a more engaging workout experience.

Success Mantra: Focus on quality and user experience. Invest in high-quality VR hardware and software that delivers smooth performance and minimal technical glitches. Design experiences that are intuitive, engaging, and avoid motion sickness or discomfort. Prioritize user safety and provide clear instructions and guidance.

Niche Options:

  • Mobile VR Experiences: Target smartphone users with accessible and affordable VR experiences that utilize mobile headsets.
  • Location-Based VR: Create immersive VR arcades or entertainment centers for group experiences and social interaction.
  • Educational VR Partnerships: Collaborate with schools, universities, or training centers to develop VR learning modules and experiences.
  • VR for Mental Health & Wellbeing: Offer VR therapy sessions or programs for stress management, anxiety reduction, and pain management.
  • Bespoke VR Experiences: Develop custom VR experiences for brands, events, or corporate training programs.

Monetization Strategies:

  • Ticket sales: Charge entry fees for individual or group VR experiences at your location.
  • Content licensing: Sell or license your VR experiences to other businesses or platforms.
  • Subscription models: Offer monthly or annual subscriptions for access to exclusive VR content or experiences.
  • Partnerships: Collaborate with VR hardware companies, software developers, or event organizers for cross-promotion and revenue sharing.
  • In-experience advertising: Implement non-intrusive advertising within your VR experiences for additional revenue streams.

Online Gaming Community

Building a Thriving Online Gaming Community in India: Your Guide to Success

India's booming gaming landscape presents a fertile ground for passionate gamers and community builders to create vibrant online communities where players connect, compete, and share their love for games. With an estimated market size of ₹10,000 crore by 2025, the opportunities to build successful online gaming communities are abundant. Here's your guide to success:

Define your niche:

  • Game-specific: Cater to a specific game or genre, like PUBG Mobile, esports leagues, or retro gaming enthusiasts.
  • Platform-focused: Build a community around a specific platform like Steam, Discord, or mobile gaming.
  • Interest-based: Unite players around shared interests like competitive gaming, casual play, or game lore discussions.

Craft an engaging platform:

  • Choose the right platform: Discord, Facebook groups, dedicated forums, or custom platforms can all work, depending on your needs and audience.
  • Focus on user experience: Ensure your platform is easy to navigate, visually appealing, and equipped with features like chat, voice channels, and event management tools.
  • Prioritize content: Encourage members to share gameplay clips, discuss strategies, and create original content like fan art, memes, or guides.
  • Organize events and activities: Host tournaments, watch parties, live streams, or online challenges to keep members engaged and foster healthy competition.

Build a strong community culture:

  • Set clear guidelines and expectations: Establish rules for respectful communication, content moderation, and fair play.
  • Empower your members: Encourage leadership roles, appoint moderators, and give members a voice in shaping the community's direction.
  • Recognize and reward members: Highlight achievements, celebrate milestones, and offer incentives for participation and contributions.
  • Promote inclusivity and diversity: Foster a welcoming environment for all players, regardless of skill level, background, or gaming preferences.

Monetization strategies (optional):

  • Premium memberships: Offer exclusive content, perks, or early access benefits for paid members.
  • Partnerships and sponsorships: Collaborate with game developers, esports organizations, or brands for revenue sharing or sponsored events.
  • Content monetization: Allow members to sell their own gaming-related content like guides, tutorials, or custom artwork.
  • Merchandise and apparel: Create and sell community-branded merchandise to loyal members.

Podcast Creation & Production

From Idea to Airwaves: Your Guide to Podcast Creation & Production in India

India's podcast landscape is brimming with potential, offering a vibrant platform for passionate storytellers and engaging voices to connect with a captivated audience. Whether you're a seasoned broadcaster or a budding podcaster, here's a roadmap to guide you from ideation to production and beyond:

Conceptualize and Niche Down:

  • Identify your passion: What topics pique your interest and inspire you? This will fuel your podcast's authenticity and attract like-minded listeners.
  • Choose your niche: Narrow down your focus to a specific subject area, demographic, or format (interview, solo, narrative, etc.).
  • Develop a compelling hook: Craft a unique selling point that sets your podcast apart in the crowded Indian podcast space.

Craft Your Format and Structure:

  • Episode length: Decide on a suitable episode length based on your content and audience preferences (short bursts or in-depth dives).
  • Segment structure: Plan your episode flow, incorporating intros, outros, interviews, segments, and music for a dynamic listening experience.
  • Theme and branding: Create a consistent visual identity and theme music that resonates with your podcast's personality.

Gearing Up for Production:

  • Recording equipment: Invest in high-quality microphones, headphones, and recording software to ensure crisp audio.
  • Editing tools: Utilize audio editing software to polish your recordings, remove unwanted noise, and add sound effects.
  • Hosting platform: Choose a reliable platform like Spotify, Apple Podcasts, JioSaavn, etc., to reach your target audience in India.

Production Process and Workflow:

  • Pre-production: Scriptwriting, guest research, interview preparation, and scheduling are crucial for smooth recording sessions.
  • Recording: Ensure a comfortable recording environment, utilize proper microphone techniques, and capture high-quality audio.
  • Post-production: Edit recordings, add music and sound effects, and finalize your episode for a professional finish.

Building Your Audience:

  • Marketing and promotion: Utilize social media, online communities, and relevant platforms to reach your target audience.
  • Guest appearances and collaborations: Partner with other podcasters or industry experts to cross-promote and expand your reach.
  • Engaging with listeners: Respond to comments, answer questions, and foster a sense of community around your podcast.

Monetization Strategies:

  • Sponsorships and partnerships: Collaborate with brands or businesses relevant to your niche for sponsored segments or advertisements.
  • Premium content: Offer exclusive bonus episodes, early access, or ad-free listening for paid subscribers.
  • Crowdfunding and merchandise: Engage your audience through crowdfunding campaigns or create and sell branded merchandise.

Essential Tips:

  • Consistency is key: Maintain a regular release schedule to keep listeners engaged and coming back for more.
  • Prioritize quality: Invest in good audio equipment and editing tools for a professional listening experience.
  • Engage with your audience: Respond to feedback, host Q&A sessions, and build a loyal community around your podcast.
  • Stay informed: Follow podcasting trends, adapt to new technologies, and continuously improve your production and storytelling skills.

Remember, podcasting is a journey, not a destination. Embrace the learning curve, stay passionate about your topic, and connect with your audience through authentic storytelling. With dedication and consistent effort, your podcast can thrive in India's burgeoning audio landscape.

Blogging & Affiliate Marketing

Blogging & Affiliate Marketing: A Powerful Partnership in India

India's digital landscape is booming, and the combination of blogging and affiliate marketing presents a lucrative opportunity for passionate individuals to share their expertise, connect with audiences, and generate income. Here's how you can leverage these powerful tools:

Finding Your Niche:

  • Passion first, profit second: Choose a topic you're genuinely interested in and knowledgeable about. Your enthusiasm will shine through and attract like-minded readers.
  • Research and refine: Analyze existing blogs in your niche, identify gaps, and refine your focus to stand out.
  • Local touch: Consider incorporating India-specific perspectives, cater to regional languages, or focus on topics relevant to your local audience.

Building Your Blog:

  • Choose a user-friendly platform: WordPress, Blogger, Wix, etc. offer varying levels of customization and ease of use.
  • Prioritize visual appeal: Invest in high-quality images, videos, and a clean, responsive design for a professional look.
  • SEO optimization: Use relevant keywords, optimize titles and meta descriptions, and build backlinks to improve your search engine ranking and attract organic traffic.

Crafting Compelling Content:

  • Informative and engaging: Offer valuable insights, tips, and actionable advice on your chosen topic.
  • Storytelling and humor: Weave personal experiences, anecdotes, and humor into your writing for a more relatable and engaging experience.
  • Visual variety: Incorporate infographics, images, videos, and data visualizations to break up text and enhance understanding.
  • Consistent publishing: Maintain a regular posting schedule to keep your audience coming back for more.

Integrating Affiliate Marketing:

  • Choose relevant products and services: Promote products that genuinely benefit your readers and align with your blog's content and values.
  • Transparency is key: Disclose your affiliate partnerships clearly and emphasize the value readers gain by using your links.
  • Utilize diverse affiliate tools: Include compelling product descriptions, calls to action, and strategically placed banners or links within your content.
  • Track and analyze: Use affiliate program dashboards and analytics tools to measure your performance and optimize your affiliate marketing strategies.

Monetization Strategies:

  • Direct advertising: Sell ad space on your blog to relevant brands or businesses.
  • Premium content: Offer exclusive blog posts, courses, or ebooks for paid subscribers.
  • Consulting and coaching: Leverage your expertise and offer paid consulting or coaching services to your audience.
  • Product launches and partnerships: Create and sell your own products or partner with other businesses for co-branded initiatives.

Other Retail Business Ideas

Plant Rental Service

Cultivating Growth: Your Guide to Starting a Plant Rental Service in India

India's growing urban population and increasing awareness of environmental benefits are driving the demand for greenery in homes and offices. This presents a fertile opportunity for aspiring entrepreneurs to launch a plant rental service and tap into this burgeoning market. Here's your guide to get started:

Market Research and Niche:

  • Identify your target audience: Homes, offices, event spaces, retail stores, or a combination? Understanding your clients' needs and preferences will guide your service offerings.
  • Analyze competition: Research existing plant rental services in your area to identify gaps in their offerings and unique selling points for your business.
  • Consider local trends: Explore preferences for specific plant types, maintenance needs, and delivery/installation preferences in your region.

Building Your Inventory:

  • Choose diverse and attractive plants: Offer a variety of sizes, colors, textures, and light requirements to cater to diverse preferences and spaces.
  • Prioritize low-maintenance plants: Focus on resilient species that require minimal care and are suitable for indoor environments.
  • Source responsibly: Partner with local nurseries, sustainable growers, or ethical plant suppliers to ensure healthy and environmentally-conscious practices.

Service Offerings and Pricing:

  • Rental packages: Design flexible rental options based on plant type, duration, maintenance needs, and delivery/installation costs.
  • Additional services: Offer plant styling consultations, maintenance visits, pest control solutions, and seasonal plant rotations for added value.
  • Pricing strategies: Consider competitive pricing, bundled packages, and discounts for long-term rentals to attract and retain customers.

Marketing and Branding:

  • Develop a strong brand identity: Create a visually appealing logo, website, and social media presence that reflects your service's professionalism and aesthetic.
  • Utilize digital marketing: Leverage social media platforms, targeted ads, collaborations with influencers, and content marketing (blog posts, plant care tips) to reach your audience.
  • Build partnerships: Network with interior designers, event planners, office management companies, and local businesses for cross-promotion and referral opportunities.

Operational Considerations:

  • Logistics and transportation: Ensure reliable vehicles and equipment for efficient delivery, set-up, and retrieval of plants.
  • Inventory management: Maintain a system for tracking plant health, rental periods, and maintenance schedules.
  • Customer service: Prioritize responsive communication, address concerns promptly, and offer ongoing support to ensure client satisfaction.

Scaling Your Business:

  • Expand your inventory: Introduce new plant types, accessories like pots and stands, or offer larger plant installations for corporate clients.
  • Partnerships and franchises: Consider collaborating with other businesses or exploring franchise opportunities for wider reach and faster growth.
  • Sustainable practices: Implement eco-friendly policies like using recycled materials, minimizing water usage, and offering plant adoption options to enhance your brand value.

Board Game Cafe

Game On! Your Guide to Building a Thriving Board Game Cafe in India

India's growing appetite for leisure and entertainment, coupled with the resurgence of board games, presents an exciting opportunity to create a vibrant hub for playful minds - a board game cafe! Here's your roadmap to success:

Concept and Niche:

  • Family-friendly haven: Cater to diverse age groups with a mix of classic and modern board games, ensuring something for everyone.
  • Theme and atmosphere: Create a unique ambiance, from cozy and inviting to geek-chic or themed, to differentiate yourself from competitors.
  • Local flavor: Incorporate Indian-themed board games or activities to appeal to local sensibilities and foster cultural connection.

Game Collection and Curation:

  • Diverse selection: Offer a wide variety of board games based on complexity, player count, and genre (strategy, party games, cooperative, etc.).
  • Curated recommendations: Train your staff to recommend games based on player preferences and experience levels.
  • Regular updates: Refresh your collection with new releases, trending games, and seasonal favorites to keep regulars engaged.

Food & Beverage:

  • Complementary offerings: Provide light bites, snacks, and beverages that pair well with game sessions without distracting players.
  • Themed menus or combos: Consider offering themed snacks or drinks inspired by popular board games for an immersive experience.
  • Local specialties: Incorporate regional delicacies or street food options to add a touch of local flavor and attract a wider audience.

Events and Activities:

  • Game nights and tournaments: Organize regular game nights with specific themes, genres, or competitive tournaments for dedicated players.
  • Learn-to-play sessions: Offer introductory sessions for new or unfamiliar games to encourage participation and build a community.
  • Special events and collaborations: Host themed events, board game designer meet-ups, or collaborations with local businesses for additional buzz and engagement.

Marketing and Branding:

  • Social media presence: Build an active online community on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and local groups to connect with potential customers.
  • Eye-catching visuals: Use high-quality photos and videos of your cafe, games, and events to showcase your atmosphere and offerings.
  • Partnerships and collaborations: Partner with local game stores, event organizers, or influencers for cross-promotion and reach.
  • Loyalty programs and rewards: Implement loyalty programs or reward systems to encourage repeat visits and build customer loyalty.

Operational Considerations:

  • Space and layout: Design your space to accommodate different group sizes, provide comfortable seating, and ensure adequate game playing areas.
  • Game hygiene and maintenance: Implement cleaning protocols for game pieces and boards to ensure hygiene and longevity.
  • Staff training and expertise: Invest in staff training on game rules, recommendations, and customer service to provide an excellent experience.
  • Technology integration: Consider offering digital menus, online reservation systems, or board game recommendation apps for added convenience.

Mobile Escape Room

Unlock the Potential: Building a Thriving Mobile Escape Room Business in India

India's growing appetite for interactive experiences and unique entertainment options presents a fertile ground for mobile escape rooms. These portable, immersive puzzles offer a thrilling alternative to traditional escape rooms and cater to diverse event types and locations. Here's your guide to unlock success in the mobile escape room space:

Concept and Game Design:

  • Unique themes and narratives: Craft engaging storylines that cater to different interests, like historical mysteries, sci-fi adventures, or local legends.
  • Variety of difficulty levels: Offer tiered difficulty levels to cater to both experienced escape room enthusiasts and newcomers looking for a fun challenge.
  • Scalability and adaptability: Design games that can be easily set up and dismantled in various locations, accommodating different group sizes and spaces.

Equipment and Technology:

  • High-quality puzzles and props: Invest in durable, interactive elements that create a believable atmosphere and provide a satisfying challenge.
  • Lighting and sound effects: Utilize soundtracks, lighting changes, and other immersive elements to enhance the game's atmosphere and tension.
  • Digital components (optional): Consider incorporating tablets or apps with clues, timers, or scoring systems for a modern twist.

Target Audience and Marketing:

  • Corporate events and team building: Offer customized escape room experiences for corporate clients, fostering teamwork, communication, and problem-solving skills.
  • Private parties and celebrations: Cater to birthdays, bachelor/bachelorette parties, or family gatherings with themed escape rooms for a unique and memorable experience.
  • Festivals and public events: Partner with event organizers to set up mobile escape rooms at festivals, fairs, or promotional events to attract a wider audience.
  • Social media marketing: Utilize relevant platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and TikTok to showcase your escape rooms, game themes, and customer experiences.
  • Partnerships and collaborations: Team up with local businesses, event spaces, or travel agencies to reach new audiences and expand your booking potential.

Operational Considerations:

  • Logistics and transportation: Ensure efficient transport and set-up of your mobile escape room equipment, including backup plans for unforeseen circumstances.
  • Safety and security: Prioritize participant safety by implementing clear instructions, emergency procedures, and proper equipment maintenance.
  • Customer service: Train your staff to be friendly, helpful, and provide excellent customer service throughout the experience.
  • Flexibility and adaptability: Be prepared to adapt your set-up and game flow based on different locations and unforeseen challenges.

Pet Bakery

Unleashing Woof-derful Treats: Your Guide to Opening a Thriving Pet Bakery in India

India's growing love for furry friends and increasing awareness of pet health are paving the way for delicious and healthy pet bakeries. Here's your roadmap to opening a thriving haven for happy pups and purring pals:

Concept and Niche:

  • Focus on healthy & natural ingredients: Prioritize fresh, locally sourced ingredients and avoid artificial additives, preservatives, and harmful chemicals.
  • Cater to diverse dietary needs: Offer gluten-free, grain-free, vegan, and allergy-friendly options for dogs, cats, and small animals.
  • Unique offerings and local twist: Go beyond basic biscuits and cookies. Consider themed treats, seasonal specials, or even custom-baked cakes. Incorporate Indian flavors or ingredients for a unique touch.

Menu and Product Development:

  • Variety is key: Offer a wide range of treats in different sizes, textures, and flavors to cater to different palates and preferences.
  • Consult with experts: Work with veterinarians or animal nutritionists to ensure your treats are healthy and balanced for pets.
  • Appealing visuals and branding: Invest in attractive packaging and branding that reflects your bakery's values of health, quality, and fun.

Production and Sourcing:

  • Focus on fresh and homemade: Prioritize fresh baking over mass production to maintain quality and ensure your treats are full of love.
  • Local and sustainable sourcing: Partner with local farms and suppliers for fresh ingredients and support sustainable practices.
  • Hygiene and safety: Implement strict sanitation procedures and follow food safety guidelines to ensure the well-being of your furry customers.

Marketing and Customer Engagement:

  • Social media and online presence: Build an active online community on Instagram, Facebook, etc., showcasing your treats, happy customers, and behind-the-scenes peeks.
  • Collaborations and partnerships: Partner with pet stores, animal shelters, or dog training facilities for cross-promotion and increased visibility.
  • Events and workshops: Organize cake decorating classes, dog treat tastings, or educational workshops on pet nutrition to engage customers and build loyalty.

Operational Considerations:

  • Location and accessibility: Choose a location convenient for pet owners, with ample parking or delivery options.
  • Pet-friendly atmosphere: Create a welcoming and safe space for pets, with water bowls, play areas, and friendly staff.
  • Licensing and regulations: Obtain necessary permits and licenses to operate a food business, adhering to all health and safety regulations.
  • Customer service and expertise: Train your staff on pet nutrition, different dietary needs, and answer questions from pet owners confidently.

Customizable Phone Wallpapers

Unleash the Creativity: Building a Thriving Customizable Phone Wallpaper Business in India 

India's vibrant smartphone culture and growing demand for personalization present a fertile ground for businesses offering customizable phone wallpapers. Here's your guide to creating a thriving platform where users can design their own dream screens:

Differentiate Your Niche:

  • Theme-based collections: Offer curated collections of wallpapers based on popular themes like nature, travel, minimalism, pop culture, or even local Indian motifs.
  • Interactive design tools: Develop user-friendly tools for color adjustments, pattern creation, and text overlays to empower users to personalize existing designs.
  • Collaboration with artists: Partner with Indian artists and designers to offer unique, high-quality artwork as wallpaper options, promoting local talent and catering to diverse tastes.

Building Your Platform:

  • Responsive mobile app or website: Prioritize a user-friendly interface optimized for mobile devices for seamless browsing and design creation.
  • High-resolution images and graphics: Utilize high-quality images and graphics to ensure crisp visuals and a premium user experience.
  • Seamless download and sharing: Offer easy options for downloading wallpapers in various sizes and resolutions, and integrate social sharing features.

Monetization Strategies:

  • Freemium model: Offer a basic selection of wallpapers for free, with premium collections or exclusive artist collaborations available for purchase.
  • Subscription plans: Provide monthly or annual subscription tiers for unlimited access to premium content, design tools, or early access to new releases.
  • In-app purchases: Allow users to purchase individual wallpapers or design elements to add flexibility and cater to different budgets.
  • Partnerships and collaborations: Partner with phone case brands, mobile service providers, or content creators for cross-promotion and revenue sharing opportunities.

Marketing and User Acquisition:

  • Social media presence: Build an active community on platforms like Instagram and TikTok, showcasing user-designed wallpapers, hosting design challenges, and engaging with potential customers.
  • Influencer marketing: Collaborate with Indian tech influencers or phone reviewers to promote your platform and reach a wider audience.
  • App store optimization (ASO): Utilize relevant keywords and app store optimization strategies to improve your platform's visibility in app stores.
  • Content marketing: Create blog posts, tutorials, and design tips related to phone wallpapers to attract organic traffic and establish your brand as an authority in the space.

Zero-Waste Grocery Store

Cultivating Sustainability: Your Guide to Building a Thriving Zero-Waste Grocery Store in India 

India's growing environmental consciousness and awareness of plastic pollution are creating fertile ground for innovative businesses like zero-waste grocery stores. These eco-friendly havens offer a sustainable shopping experience, reducing waste and promoting responsible consumption. Here's your guide to cultivate a thriving zero-waste grocery store in India:

Concept and Niche:

  • Bulk and package-free options: Prioritize loose-grain staples, dry goods, fresh produce, and cleaning supplies offered in bulk, eliminating packaging waste.
  • Local sourcing and seasonal focus: Partner with local farmers and producers to offer fresh, seasonal produce and reduce transportation emissions.
  • Community focus and educational initiatives: Organize workshops, cooking demonstrations, and educational events to promote sustainable practices and conscious consumption among customers.

Product Mix and Sourcing:

  • Essential groceries and household items: Focus on everyday essentials like grains, legumes, spices, oils, cleaning products, and personal care items to cater to diverse needs.
  • Reusable containers and accessories: Offer a variety of reusable bags, containers, jars, and utensils for customers to bring and minimize single-use plastics.
  • Locally-made and eco-friendly alternatives: Stock eco-friendly cleaning products, sustainable paper products, and locally-made reusable items to support local businesses and reduce waste.

Operational Considerations:

  • Logistics and storage: Implement efficient systems for bulk product storage, dispensing, and refilling to ensure smooth operations and minimize food waste.
  • Hygiene and safety: Maintain strict hygiene protocols for bulk dispensers, cleaning procedures, and pest control to ensure food safety and customer confidence.
  • Technology and inventory management: Utilize digital scales, barcode scanners, and inventory management software to streamline operations and track product availability.
  • Community engagement and partnerships: Collaborate with local farmers' markets, environmental organizations, and waste management companies to promote sustainability and build a supportive network.

Marketing and Customer Acquisition:

  • Social media and online presence: Build an active online community on platforms like Instagram and Facebook, showcasing your zero-waste philosophy, product offerings, and sustainable tips.
  • Local partnerships and events: Partner with local businesses, eco-friendly cafes, or community centers for cross-promotion and events to reach a wider audience.
  • Loyalty programs and incentives: Offer rewards for customers who bring their own containers, refill regularly, or participate in community initiatives.
  • Focus on convenience and affordability: Ensure competitive pricing, convenient store hours, and delivery options to attract customers who may be hesitant about traditional zero-waste shopping.

DIY Craft Kits

Crafting Creativity: Your Guide to Launching a Thriving DIY Craft Kit Business in India

India's growing love for DIY projects and creative expression presents exciting opportunities for businesses like yours. Here's your roadmap to launching a thriving DIY craft kit business that sparks imagination and ignites creativity:

Concept and Niche:

  • Focus on diverse interests: Cater to various age groups and interests with kits for jewelry making, painting, pottery, candle making, embroidery, woodworking, or even themed kits inspired by Indian festivals or cultural crafts.
  • Unique selling proposition (USP): Define your niche. Offer pre-cut materials for convenience, focus on eco-friendly or locally sourced materials, or prioritize educational value with kits designed for specific skills or age groups.
  • Local flavor: Incorporate Indian themes, motifs, or materials in your kits to stand out and appeal to a local audience.

Kit Design and Content:

  • High-quality materials: Ensure your materials are durable, safe, and easy to use, catering to both beginners and experienced crafters.
  • Clear and concise instructions: Provide detailed, step-by-step instructions with photos or videos for a seamless crafting experience.
  • Customization options: Offer variations or add-on kits to allow customers to personalize their projects and add their own creative touch.

Marketing and Sales Strategies:

  • Social media presence: Build an active community on Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, etc., showcasing completed projects, tutorials, and behind-the-scenes glimpses into your creative process.
  • Collaborations and partnerships: Partner with craft stores, online marketplaces, DIY bloggers, or event organizers to reach a wider audience and secure sales opportunities.
  • Subscription boxes: Consider offering monthly or quarterly subscription boxes with themed kits or surprise projects to keep customers engaged and coming back for more.
  • Workshops and events: Organize workshops or DIY events to teach specific skills, promote your kits, and build a community around your brand.

Operational Considerations:

  • Sourcing and inventory management: Secure reliable suppliers for materials, maintain efficient inventory management systems, and avoid stockouts.
  • Packaging and branding: Invest in attractive and eco-friendly packaging that reflects your brand identity and protects your materials.
  • Customer service and support: Offer prompt and helpful customer service to address inquiries and provide support throughout the crafting process.
  • Sustainability practices: Implement eco-friendly practices like using recycled materials, minimizing waste, and offering refillable options to align with your brand values.

Second-Hand Book Shop

Turning Pages, Turning Profits: Your Guide to Building a Thriving Second-Hand Book Shop in India

India's rich literary heritage and growing appetite for affordable reading fuel the vibrant market for second-hand books. Here's your roadmap to building a thriving haven for bibliophiles and bargain hunters alike:

Concept and Niche:

  • Genre specialization: Focus on a specific niche like fiction, non-fiction, children's books, vintage editions, or rare finds to attract dedicated customers.
  • Curated collection: Go beyond random assortments. Offer hand-picked, high-quality books in good condition, reflecting your taste and expertise.
  • Local flavor: Incorporate Indian literature, regional languages, and books about India's history and culture to cater to a local audience.

Sourcing and Inventory Management:

  • Diverse acquisition channels: Partner with individuals, estate sales, libraries, or other second-hand book shops to secure a steady flow of diverse titles.
  • Fair pricing and condition assessment: Implement a transparent pricing system based on book condition, rarity, and market value.
  • Effective inventory management: Utilize software or organize your collection by genre, author, or publication date for easy search and display.

Shop Atmosphere and Experience:

  • Warm and inviting ambiance: Create a cozy and welcoming space with comfortable seating, good lighting, and shelves brimming with books.
  • Themed sections and displays: Organize books by genre, author, or even create thematic displays to pique customer interest and encourage browsing.
  • Community events and book clubs: Host author talks, book readings, or book club meetings to foster a sense of community and attract book enthusiasts.

Marketing and Outreach:

  • Active social media presence: Showcase your curated collection, share interesting book finds, and engage with book lovers on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter.
  • Local partnerships and collaborations: Partner with libraries, cafes, or cultural institutions to host book events, cross-promote your shop, and reach new audiences.
  • Online presence and e-commerce: Consider setting up an online store or listing your books on platforms like Amazon or Flipkart to expand your reach and cater to customers who prefer online shopping.

Operational Considerations:

  • Legalities and licensing: Ensure you obtain necessary licenses and permits to operate a second-hand book shop in your area.
  • Book restoration and repair: Offer basic book repair services like dust jacket repair or minor page tears to enhance the value and appeal of your collection.
  • Technology and point-of-sale systems: Invest in a point-of-sale system for efficient transactions and inventory management.
  • Sustainability practices: Implement eco-friendly practices like using recycled paper bags, sourcing locally, and donating unsold books to libraries or charities.

Local Artisans Market

Craft a Thriving Hub: Your Guide to Building a Local Artisans Market in India

India's rich heritage of traditional crafts and growing appreciation for handmade goods offer fertile ground for vibrant local artisans markets. Here's your guide to crafting a successful platform that empowers artisans, connects them with customers, and celebrates the beauty of Indian craftsmanship:

Concept and Niche:

  • Focus on local artisans and traditions: Partner with artisans from your region or specific communities, showcasing their unique skills and preserving cultural heritage.
  • Diverse product range: Offer a variety of handcrafted items, from textiles and jewelry to pottery, woodwork, and home décor, catering to diverse tastes and preferences.
  • Themed markets or curated collections: Organize themed markets based on festivals, seasons, or specific crafts to create unique experiences and attract a wider audience.

Venue and Ambiance:

  • Authentic and vibrant location: Choose a space that reflects the local culture, like a historical building, open courtyard, or traditional market setting.
  • Create a welcoming atmosphere: Decorate with local motifs, provide comfortable seating areas, and ensure proper lighting and ventilation for a pleasant shopping experience.
  • Accessibility and convenience: Consider factors like parking, public transportation access, and clear signage to make the market easily accessible for visitors.

Artisans Support and Empowerment:

  • Fair trade and ethical practices: Ensure fair compensation for artisans, prioritize sustainable sourcing, and promote responsible production practices.
  • Skill development and workshops: Organize workshops or training sessions for artisans to learn new techniques, improve product quality, and adapt to market trends.
  • Marketing and branding support: Assist artisans with product labeling, storytelling, and online presence to help them reach a wider audience.

Customer Engagement and Experience:

  • Interactive and informative stalls: Encourage artisans to interact with customers, demonstrate their skills, and explain their creative process.
  • Live music and cultural performances: Integrate local music, dance, or storytelling into the market experience to enhance the cultural immersion.
  • Workshops and educational activities: Offer hands-on workshops or demonstrations for children and adults to learn basic crafting skills and appreciate the value of handmade work.

Marketing and Outreach:

  • Social media and online presence: Create a dedicated page or website for your market, showcasing artisans, products, and events to build a digital community.
  • Collaborations and partnerships: Partner with local businesses, tourism agencies, or cultural institutions for cross-promotion and increased visibility.
  • Community engagement: Organize events, participate in local festivals, and collaborate with NGOs to connect with the community and promote the market's values.

Operational Considerations:

  • Legalities and permits: Obtain necessary permits and licenses for operating a market in your location.
  • Stall management and logistics: Develop a system for stall allocation, rent collection, and ensuring fair representation of diverse artisans.
  • Security and infrastructure: Ensure proper security measures, hygiene facilities, and waste management practices for a safe and comfortable environment.
  • Sustainability practices: Implement eco-friendly measures like waste reduction, recycling, and promoting locally-sourced materials to align with your values.

Mobile Pet Grooming Service

Unleashing Convenience: Building a Thriving Mobile Pet Grooming Service in India

India's growing pet population and busy lifestyles create a fertile ground for mobile pet grooming services. Here's your guide to unleashing a successful business that pampers pups and purrs right at their doorstep:

Concept and Niche:

  • Convenience is key: Focus on providing a stress-free, door-to-door grooming experience for pet owners with busy schedules or transportation limitations.
  • Tailored services: Offer a range of grooming packages for different breeds, coat types, and needs, from basic baths and haircuts to deep conditioning treatments or flea/tick removal.
  • Specialization and niche expertise: Consider focusing on specific areas like geriatric pet care, puppy grooming, or even mobile dog washing stations for larger breeds.

Mobile Unit and Equipment:

  • Invest in a well-equipped van or trailer: Ensure ample space for grooming, storage, and waste disposal. Equip it with generators, water tanks, professional tools, and a comfortable grooming station for pets.
  • Safety and sanitation: Prioritize hygiene and safety with proper ventilation, temperature control, non-slip surfaces, and easy-to-clean equipment.
  • Environmentally friendly practices: Utilize eco-friendly grooming products, water conservation methods, and responsible waste disposal practices to align with your values.

Target Audience and Marketing:

  • Busy pet owners: Focus on professionals, families with young children, or pet owners with mobility limitations who value convenience and time-saving services.
  • Partnerships and collaborations: Partner with pet stores, veterinary clinics, or dog walkers to reach a wider audience and secure referrals.
  • Social media and online presence: Build a strong online presence on Instagram, Facebook, and local platforms, showcasing your services, happy pets, and customer testimonials.
  • Offer loyalty programs and referral incentives: Encourage repeat business and attract new customers through loyalty programs, discounts, and referral bonuses.

Operational Considerations:

  • Scheduling and appointment management: Implement a user-friendly booking system for online or phone appointments, ensuring timely scheduling and efficient workflow.
  • Pricing and packages: Offer competitive pricing and package options to cater to different budgets and pet needs. Be transparent about fees and travel charges.
  • Pet safety and first aid: Ensure your staff is trained in pet handling, first aid, and emergency procedures to prioritize animal safety and well-being.
  • Legalities and licensing: Obtain necessary permits and licenses for operating a mobile business and ensure compliance with animal welfare regulations.

Community Garden & Food Sharing

Cultivating Connection & Sharing Bounty: Your Guide to Building a Thriving Community Garden & Food Sharing Initiative

Combining the joy of gardening with the power of community, a community garden and food sharing initiative can be a vibrant hub for growing healthy food, fostering connection, and reducing food waste. Here's your guide to cultivating a thriving space that nourishes both the body and the soul:

Concept and Design:

  • Location and accessibility: Choose a central, accessible location with ample sunlight and space for various plots and communal areas.
  • Plot allocation and diversity: Offer a variety of plot sizes and options (individual, shared, raised beds) to cater to different needs and abilities.
  • Focus on sustainability: Utilize organic gardening practices, composting, rainwater harvesting, and water-efficient methods to promote environmental responsibility.

Building Community and Engagement:

  • Open volunteer opportunities: Encourage participation through volunteer days, workshops, and educational sessions on gardening, composting, and food preservation.
  • Community events and gatherings: Organize potlucks, harvest festivals, or cooking demonstrations to celebrate the bounty and foster a sense of belonging.
  • Skill-sharing and knowledge exchange: Create a platform for experienced gardeners to share their knowledge with newcomers and foster intergenerational learning.

Food Sharing and Distribution:

  • Establish a food sharing system: Designate a central area or "sharing table" where gardeners can contribute their surplus produce for anyone to take freely.
  • Partner with local organizations: Collaborate with food banks, shelters, or soup kitchens to distribute excess produce to those in need, reducing food waste and supporting the community.
  • Promote mindful harvesting: Encourage responsible harvesting practices to ensure sustainable yields and fair distribution amongst participants.

Operational Considerations:

  • Governance and decision-making: Establish a clear structure for decision-making, involving participants in setting rules, resolving conflicts, and planning future initiatives.
  • Resource management and maintenance: Secure funding for tools, equipment, and upkeep, and involve volunteers in maintaining the garden and shared spaces.
  • Legal and safety considerations: Understand local regulations for community gardens, ensure proper insurance coverage, and prioritize safety measures like clear pathways and signage.

How do you determine the best small business idea for you?

Determining the best small business idea for you requires careful consideration of various factors. Here are some steps you can follow:

1. Identify your skills and interests: Make a list of your skills, expertise, and areas of interest. Consider what you enjoy doing and what you excel at. This will help you narrow down potential business ideas that align with your strengths.

2. Research market trends and demands: Conduct thorough market research to identify current trends, demands, and gaps in the market. Look for opportunities where your skills and interests can meet market needs.

3. Assess your target audience: Determine who your target audience will be for your small business. Understand their needs, preferences, and purchasing behavior. This will help you tailor your business idea to meet their demands.

4. Evaluate competition: Study your potential competitors in the market. Assess their strengths, weaknesses, and market positioning. Look for ways to differentiate your business idea and offer a unique value proposition.

5. Consider financial feasibility: Evaluate the financial aspects of your business idea. Determine the startup costs, potential revenue streams, and profitability. Ensure that your idea is financially viable and sustainable in the long run.

6. Seek feedback and advice: Share your business idea with trusted friends, family, or mentors. Seek their feedback and advice on the feasibility and potential of your idea. Their insights can provide valuable perspectives and help you refine your concept.

7. Test and validate your idea: Before fully committing, consider testing your business idea on a small scale. This could involve conducting a pilot project, offering samples or prototypes, or conducting market surveys. Collect feedback and assess the response to validate the viability of your idea.

8. Reflect on personal goals: Consider how your small business idea aligns with your personal goals, such as work-life balance, income potential, and long-term aspirations. Ensure that your chosen idea supports your overall vision and objectives.

 

Next Story
Top 11 Fashion Brands With Longest Names and Their Stories
Top 11 Fashion Brands With Longest Names and Their Stories
 

In the high-fashion world, long brand names are not just a trend but a symbol of the rich heritage and unique identity of the labels. This exploration into the longest names among top fashion brands reveals the stories behind these monikers, which range from classic French couturiers to contemporary American designers. Such names in the fashion industry, including those of clothing brands with notably long titles, offer more than a label; they encapsulate a brand's legacy and its profound impact on global fashion trends.

Hermés Paris - Chapeaux pour Dames et Messieurs

With a significant 45-character name, Hermés Paris - Chapeaux pour Dames et Messieurs is a revered French luxury brand that encapsulates elegance and a rich heritage in hatmaking. The influence of French heritage on Hermés is evident in its meticulous craftsmanship, steeped in a tradition of excellence that has been passed down through the generations. This proud lineage, coupled with a commitment to innovation, has allowed Hermés to maintain its position at the forefront of the luxury fashion industry.

Much like the popular Italian fashion house Dolce & Gabbana, which is renowned for its bold and glamorous designs, Hermés has also made a significant impact in the world of high fashion. However, where Dolce & Gabbana pushes boundaries with audacious creativity, Hermés is recognized for its understated elegance and timeless appeal, which are key hallmarks of French design. This juxtaposition has allowed Hermés to carve out a unique niche in the market.

In essence, Hermés Paris - Chapeaux pour Dames et Messieurs, much like its name, is a blend of tradition and innovation, a testament to the enduring allure of French luxury fashion.

Brunello Cucinelli Solomeo 1985

Brunello Cucinelli Solomeo 1985

Occupying a revered place in the world of Italian luxury fashion, Brunello Cucinelli Solomeo 1985 showcases unrivaled craftsmanship and a rich heritage rooted in its namesake village. The evolution of Brunello Cucinelli's craftsmanship in Solomeo has been a journey of sartorial excellence, preserving traditional techniques while embracing innovation.

From the initial focus on cashmere knitwear, the brand gradually expanded to a full-fledged luxury fashion line, each piece reflecting the meticulous attention to detail and devotion to quality synonymous with the Cucinelli name.

The impact of Italian heritage on the success of luxury brands like Brunello Cucinelli cannot be overstated. The brand's rootedness in Solomeo, a small Italian village, adds a layer of authenticity and prestige. The village not only gives the brand its name, but also embodies the values and traditions that underpin its ethos.

This strong connection with its heritage has allowed Brunello Cucinelli to create a unique identity in the luxury fashion market, blending age-old Italian craftsmanship with modern design sensibilities. It stands as a testament to the enduring appeal of Italian elegance and the power of a compelling story woven into the fabric of a brand.

Dolce & Gabbana

Dolce & Gabbana

Transitioning from the restrained elegance of Brunello Cucinelli Solomeo 1985, we venture into the flamboyant world of Dolce & Gabbana, an Italian luxury brand known for its audacious and glamorous designs. The impact of Dolce & Gabbana's bold and glamorous designs on the fashion industry is undeniable, with their expressive style and high-quality craftsmanship setting trends and redefining luxury.

The brand's fearless approach to fashion, combining traditional Italian design with modern sensibilities, continually challenges and excites the industry. They are not afraid to take risks, often bringing together contrasting elements in a harmonious blend that is quintessentially Dolce & Gabbana. Their daring aesthetic has influenced countless designers and shaped countless collections worldwide.

Exploring the popularity and appeal of Dolce & Gabbana's brand among celebrities and influencers, it's clear that their audacity resonates with those who desire to make a statement. Their creations are a staple on red carpets, worn by stars who appreciate the brand's ability to translate their personalities into breathtaking ensembles. With each design, Dolce & Gabbana continues to assert its profound influence and dominance in the world of high fashion.

Valentino Garavani

Valentino Garavani

Valentino Garavani, commonly known as Valentino, is an Italian fashion designer and the founder of the Valentino SpA brand. Born on May 11, 1932, in Voghera, Italy, Valentino is renowned for his contributions to the fashion industry, particularly in luxury couture.

Some key points about Valentino Garavani include:

  1. Early Career: Valentino began his fashion career in the 1950s, working for several notable designers in Paris and London.

  2. Valentino SpA: In 1960, Valentino opened his own fashion house in Rome, Italy, under the name Valentino SpA. The brand quickly gained recognition for its elegant and luxurious designs.

  3. Signature Style: Valentino is celebrated for his timeless and sophisticated designs, often characterized by red dresses, intricate embroidery, and attention to detail. The brand became synonymous with high-end, glamorous fashion.

  4. Red Valentino: The iconic "Valentino Red" became a signature color for the brand and is often associated with Valentino's elegant and romantic designs.

  5. Valentino Retires: In 2007, Valentino announced his retirement from the fashion industry. His final haute couture show took place in Paris, marking the end of an era.

  6. Creative Directors: After Valentino's departure, the brand has had various creative directors, including Maria Grazia Chiuri and Pierpaolo Piccioli, who have continued to uphold the brand's legacy while bringing their own perspectives to the designs.

  7. Legacy: Valentino's contributions to fashion have earned him numerous awards and accolades. His legacy is deeply rooted in the world of haute couture and luxury fashion.

The Kooples New York

The Kooples New York

The Kooples New York is a renowned fashion brand that was founded in the year 2008 by three brothers, Alexandre, Laurent, and Raphaël Elicha. Originally hailing from France, the brand quickly expanded its presence to the United States, opening its flagship store in New York City. The Kooples New York offers a range of high-quality and contemporary fashion products for both men and women. Known for its edgy and stylish designs, the brand specializes in clothing, footwear, and accessories that exude a mix of rock 'n' roll and Parisian chic.

The Kooples New York has gained a strong reputation for its attention to detail and craftsmanship, creating pieces that effortlessly combine elegance and rebellion. In recent years, the brand has collaborated with various artists and designers, including Emily Ratajkowski, Zayn Malik, and the Rolling Stones, adding a unique touch to their collections and further establishing their presence in the fashion industry.

The English Cut Clothing Company of Savile Row

The English Cut Clothing Company of Savile Row

One of the longest-named contemporary brands, The English Cut Clothing Company of Savile Row, carries a rich history and an unwavering commitment to sartorial excellence. This brand stands as the epitome of British tailoring, renowned for its meticulous craftsmanship, timeless designs, and deep-rooted respect for tradition. What makes The English Cut Clothing Company unique is its dedication to creating garments that encapsulate the quintessential characteristics of English tailoring, such as impeccable fit, refined elegance, and superior quality.

In stark contrast to the restrained and classic aesthetic of The English Cut, Dolce & Gabbana's bold and glamorous designs set them apart. The Italian fashion house is known for its audacious use of prints, flamboyant embellishments, and dramatic silhouettes—elements that are markedly absent in The English Cut's offerings. While Dolce & Gabbana pushes boundaries with its daring creations, The English Cut preserves the timeless appeal of classic tailoring.

Both brands, although differing in style and approach, are united by their unwavering focus on quality, craftsmanship, and distinctive identities—qualities that have helped them secure their places in the pantheon of influential fashion brands.

Helmut Lang at David Jones

Helmut Lang is a renowned fashion brand that can be found at David Jones, one of Australia's leading department stores. The brand was founded in 1986 by the Austrian fashion designer Helmut Lang. Born in Vienna, Austria, Lang quickly gained recognition for his minimalist and avant-garde designs. The brand's offerings include a wide range of high-quality clothing, accessories, and footwear for both men and women. Helmut Lang is known for its clean lines, innovative designs, and use of luxurious fabrics.

In recent years, the brand has collaborated with various artists and designers, such as Hood by Air and Travis Scott, to create unique and fashion-forward collections. These collaborations have allowed Helmut Lang to stay at the forefront of the fashion industry and continue to push boundaries.

Helmut Lang's minimalist aesthetics and innovative designs have been a perfect fit for David Jones' high-end customer base, elevating their fashion offerings and adding a fresh contemporary edge.

In turn, David Jones has provided Helmut Lang with a prestigious platform to reach a wider audience in Australia and beyond. This partnership has clearly demonstrated how collaboration can be a powerful strategy in the fashion industry, enhancing brand visibility and market reach.

The rise of avant-garde fashion has been a significant trend in the industry, with brands like Off White c/o Virgil Abloh leading the way in the streetwear sector. Helmut Lang at David Jones has tapped into this movement, showing how high-end department stores can successfully incorporate cutting-edge designs into their offerings.

The success of this collaboration is a testament to the power of strategic partnerships and the enduring appeal of avant-garde fashion.

Off-White c/o Virgil Abloh

Off-White c/o Virgil Abloh is a luxury fashion brand founded by Virgil Abloh in 2012. The brand is known for its streetwear-inspired designs and its signature use of diagonal stripes and quotation marks. Off-White offers a range of clothing, accessories, and footwear for both men and women.

To purchase Off-White products, you can visit the official Off-White website or browse through authorized retailers. The brand has flagship stores in major cities around the world, including Milan, London, New York, and Tokyo. Additionally, you can find Off-White items at selected department stores and high-end fashion boutiques.

When purchasing Off-White products, it's important to ensure that you are buying from authorized sources to avoid counterfeit items. Authentic Off-White products are known for their quality and attention to detail.

What makes Off-White c/o Virgil Abloh unique is its ability to reinterpret classic designs through an urban lens. The brand's signature use of quotation marks and diagonal stripes has become an iconic part of its identity, creating a visual language that is instantly recognizable and distinctly Off-White.

Off-White c/o Virgil Abloh has significantly influenced streetwear fashion by challenging the boundaries between luxury and casual wear. Its collaborations with brands like Nike and IKEA further accentuate this fusion, blending functionality with high fashion aesthetics.

Abloh's approach, which he termed as 'streetwear in the age of Instagram', has opened up new dialogues in fashion about authenticity, culture, and the power of branding. This ability to disrupt, innovate, and inspire has made Off-White c/o Virgil Abloh a formidable force in the fashion industry.

Alexander McQueen

British fashion house Alexander McQueen, renowned for its theatrical runway shows and avant-garde designs, has etched a lasting mark on the global fashion industry. The brand draws its unique aesthetic from the creative mind of its late founder, Alexander McQueen, whose personal experiences and views on life and death significantly inspired his designs.

McQueen's work was often seen as a commentary on the socio-political climate, with collections touching on themes such as mental health, mortality, and the environment. His fearless exploration of such subjects through fashion was innovative, pushing boundaries and challenging societal norms.

Alexander McQueen's influence on the fashion industry has been profound. His brand has championed the unconventional, encouraging designers to experiment with form, colour, and texture. McQueen's enduring legacy is seen in the continued success of his brand, now under the creative direction of Sarah Burton. Despite his untimely passing, his ethos of creating thought-provoking, beautifully crafted pieces lives on, ensuring the continued relevance and influence of the Alexander McQueen brand. His unique perspective and brave approach to design have cemented his name, and that of his brand, in fashion history.

Topshop Topman

Operating under the umbrella of the Arcadia Group, Topshop Topman stands as an influential player within the realm of fast-fashion, noted for its trendy offerings that cater to both men and women. The evolution of Topshop Topman's branding strategy has been a key driver in ensuring its relevance and popularity among its target audience.

Originally established as a youth-oriented brand, Topshop Topman has gradually shifted its focus towards a broader demographic. This strategic move has seen the brand's offerings diversify, encompassing a wider range of styles and trends. The impact of this evolution on their target audience has been significant, with the brand establishing a solid customer base that spans various age groups and fashion preferences.

Drawing parallels, the influence of streetwear culture on the success of The Kooples New York is apparent. The Kooples, similar to Topshop Topman, has capitalized on the popularity of urban and edgy fashion. Their incorporation of streetwear elements into their collections has resonated well with their customers, contributing greatly to their market performance.

As such, both brands have successfully leveraged cultural trends to enhance their appeal and maintain their position in the fashion industry.

Victoria's Secret PINK

Victoria's Secret PINK, a popular brand among young women, was founded in the year 2002 by Leslie H. Wexner. This American-based brand is a subsidiary of Victoria's Secret and has gained immense popularity for its youthful and trendy offerings. Victoria's Secret PINK offers a wide range of products, including lingerie, loungewear, sleepwear, activewear, and accessories.

The brand aims to cater to the younger demographic with its vibrant colors, playful designs, and comfortable fits. Known for its iconic use of the color pink, Victoria's Secret PINK has become synonymous with a fun and carefree lifestyle. In recent years, the brand has collaborated with various influential figures and brands, such as singer Ariana Grande and fashion label Balmain, creating limited edition collections that have been highly sought after by fashion enthusiasts.

Transitioning from streetwear to lingerie, Victoria's Secret PINK represents an intriguing facet of the fashion industry with its youthful and playful approach. By introducing a fresh, vibrant, and youthful perspective to the lingerie industry, the brand has redefined the market for a younger demographic. It has successfully managed to blend comfort with style, making lingerie more accessible and appealing to its younger consumers.

The influence of Victoria's Secret PINK on the lingerie industry cannot be overstated. It has single-handedly managed to carve out a niche for itself by targeting a segment often overlooked by other brands. The brand's success has prompted other labels to follow suit, leading to a significant shift in the industry's approach to designing and marketing lingerie.

Conclusion

In the world of fashion, the length and distinctiveness of a brand name often hold a unique story and significance, reflecting the brand's identity, heritage, or creative direction. The impact of long brand names on brand recognition and memorability is considerable, often setting such brands apart in the densely populated fashion landscape. With longer monikers, these brands have created a unique space for themselves, making them easily identifiable and memorable.

The role of brand storytelling in creating a strong brand identity for fashion brands with long names is crucial. Each word in their lengthy names carries a story, which is interwoven with the brand's identity. This not only helps in establishing a connection with the target audience but also resonates with the brand's core values. These narratives, embedded in the brand names, offer a glimpse into the brand's journey, design philosophy, and aesthetic sensibilities.

To conclude, fashion brands with lengthy names have successfully turned what could be considered a branding challenge into an opportunity. By leveraging their unique names and the stories they tell, these brands have carved a distinctive niche for themselves in the competitive world of fashion.

 

Next Story
Top 10 Best Gym Equipment Brands in India
Top 10 Best Gym Equipment Brands in India
 

The Indian fitness sector is currently undergoing a significant expansion, triggered by an increase in health awareness and disposable income. This has spurred higher demand for superior gym equipment and the emergence of a range of brands targeting varied user needs.

This article presents a comprehensive review of the top 10 best gym equipment brands in India. It is designed to assist potential buyers and fitness enthusiasts in making knowledgeable decisions by evaluating various factors such as product diversity, quality, innovation, cost, and customer feedback.

Despite challenges like high import dependence and lack of standardization, the market offers considerable opportunities for both established and emerging brands. Explore the brands spearheading this dynamic market segment in the subsequent sections.

Gym Equipment Market in India

The gym equipment market in India is witnessing a surge, driven by a rise in health consciousness and disposable income. This market, which is estimated to be worth $2.2 billion by 2023, is dominated by commercial gyms but home gyms are also gaining significant traction.

Yet, despite its growth, the market faces certain challenges including high import dependence, lack of standardization and low penetration in Tier 2 and Tier 3 cities.

Market Size & Growth

In terms of market size and growth, the gym equipment industry in India is forecasted to reach an impressive $2.2 billion by 2023, driven by a compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) of 3.5% from 2020 to 2027.

This robust growth is influenced by escalating health awareness, increasing disposable income, and rising urbanization. Future trends such as technology integration and digital fitness are gaining momentum, further fueling the market growth.

The market competition is intense with both global and local players vying for market share. While global brands bring in high-quality and technologically advanced equipment, local brands offer affordable alternatives.

This competition is expected to stimulate innovation, enhancing the overall quality of gym equipment available in the market.

Market Segmentation

Market segmentation within the Indian gym equipment sector primarily revolves around commercial gyms and home gyms, each presenting unique demand patterns and growth opportunities.

Commercial gyms currently dominate the market, driven by demand for cardio and strength training equipment.

However, home gyms are rapidly gaining traction due to emerging trends of convenience and affordability, with a focus on compact and multi-functional equipment. This rise in home fitness reflects the sector's significant growth potential.

Other segments, such as fitness studios, boutique gyms, and corporate fitness centers, further diversify the market.

Simultaneously, technology integration and premiumization trends are becoming increasingly prevalent.

Despite challenges of import dependence and market fragmentation, opportunities for expansion, particularly in Tier 2 and Tier 3 cities, are abundant.

Key Challenges

While the Indian gym equipment market offers substantial growth opportunities, it also grapples with a few significant challenges.

One challenge is the high import dependence. This can lead to cost fluctuations and supply disruptions, which can negatively impact the market.

Another challenge is the lack of standardization. This raises concerns over the importance of safety in gym equipment. Without standardized regulations, there is a risk of inferior quality and potential safety hazards.

Additionally, the impact of COVID-19 on the gym equipment market has been significant. The pandemic has heightened safety concerns and altered consumer behavior. As a result, there has been a surge in home workouts and a decrease in gym memberships.

This shift necessitates innovation and adaptability from gym equipment brands. Companies must be able to cater to the changing needs and preferences of consumers.

Despite these challenges, brands that prioritize safety, quality, and adapt to changing trends can still thrive in this dynamic market. By addressing the concerns of import dependence, standardization, and safety, companies can position themselves for success in the Indian gym equipment market.

Future Growth

As the gym equipment industry navigates the challenges inherent to the Indian market, the potential for future growth remains robust due to factors such as increasing health consciousness, rising disposable income, and promising trends like home workouts.

Future trends indicate a shift towards smart, compact, and multifunctional equipment, catering to both commercial and home gyms. Emerging technologies are playing a pivotal role in shaping this landscape, with fitness trackers and virtual workout platforms gaining popularity.

The demand for high-quality, durable equipment from established brands is rising, and Indian brands are emerging to cater to specific needs and budgets. Despite current market fragmentation and high import dependence, the industry holds immense promise for expansion, particularly in Tier 2 and Tier 3 cities.

Importance of Choosing Good Quality Gym Equipments

Investing in high-quality gym equipment is essential for both commercial and home gyms to ensure durability, safety, and optimum performance during workouts. The benefits of using high-quality gym equipment are numerous, including increased effectiveness of workouts, reduced risk of accidents due to equipment malfunction, and enhanced user satisfaction.

High-quality gym equipment is designed to withstand rigorous use over an extended period, offering excellent durability and longevity. Poor quality equipment, on the other hand, often requires frequent repairs and replacements, leading to high maintenance costs and disrupted workout routines.

Maintenance is a critical aspect of ensuring the longevity of gym equipment. Regular cleaning, lubrication, and inspection of equipment can prevent wear and tear, ensuring its optimal functioning and extending its lifespan. Moreover, high-quality gym equipment is usually accompanied by comprehensive warranties and after-sales services, providing further assurance of its durability and reliability.

Best Gym Equipment Brands in India

Jerai Fitness Pvt. Ltd

Jerai Fitness Pvt. Ltd

Regularly recognized as a leading player in the Indian fitness industry, Jerai Fitness Pvt. Ltd offers a comprehensive range of high-quality gym equipment. As a brand, Jerai Fitness understands the importance of regular exercise and its critical role in maintaining overall health and well-being. Their products facilitate a variety of exercises, promoting a well-rounded fitness regimen for their users.

Jerai Fitness particularly excels in the area of strength training. They offer an extensive selection of weight lifting and resistance equipment that is designed to help users achieve their fitness goals. The benefits of strength training are manifold, including improved muscle tone, increased bone density, and enhanced metabolic rate. Jerai Fitness's equipment is designed to optimize these benefits, providing a safe and efficient strength training experience.

Further enhancing its reputation, Jerai Fitness ensures that their gym equipment is sturdy, durable, and ergonomically designed, thus providing a comfortable and effective workout experience. By focusing on quality and user experience, Jerai Fitness Pvt. Ltd continues to set the bar high in the Indian fitness industry. Their commitment to promoting regular exercise and strength training reinforces their position as a trusted fitness partner.

Into Wellness

Into Wellness

Transitioning from Jerai Fitness, the next prominent brand in the Indian gym equipment market is Into Wellness, renowned for its innovative and high-quality fitness solutions. Recognizing the importance of exercise in maintaining a healthy lifestyle, Into Wellness offers a wide range of equipment designed to promote physical fitness and well-being.

Their product range encompasses cardio and strength training equipment, reflecting their understanding of the diverse benefits of these forms of exercise. Strength training, for instance, not only helps in building muscle mass but also enhances bone density, aids in weight management, and boosts stamina.

Into Wellness ensures its offerings are user-friendly and safe, aligning with its commitment to enhance the overall workout experience. Their products are designed to cater to both individual and commercial usage, demonstrating versatility and adaptability.

A hallmark of Into Wellness is the integration of advanced technology into their equipment. This allows users to monitor their progress effectively and adjust their workouts accordingly, further underlining the brand's dedication to promoting the importance of exercise.

Durafit

Durafit - Best Gym Equipment Brand

Continuing with our exploration of top gym equipment brands in India, we turn our attention to Durafit, a brand recognized for its robust and reliable fitness equipment. Durafit has carved out a niche for itself in the market by offering a range of fitness equipment, including treadmills, cross trainers, and exercise bikes.

In terms of Durafit: Pros and Cons, one significant advantage is the brand's commitment to quality and durability. Durafit products are designed to withstand regular, intensive use, making them ideal for both home and commercial gyms. Their equipment also features user-friendly interfaces and ergonomic designs. However, a common criticism pertains to the higher price points, which can be a deterrent for budget-conscious consumers.

Durafit vs. Other Brands reveals a competitive edge in terms of product robustness and customer service. While many competitors also offer high-quality products, Durafit distinguishes itself with excellent after-sales support, which includes installation assistance and prompt resolution of customer queries. This dedication to customer satisfaction, coupled with their reliable, high-performance equipment, makes Durafit a preferred choice for many fitness enthusiasts in India.

Fitline India

Fitline India - Best Gym Equipment Brand

Shifting our focus to Fitline India, another prominent brand in the Indian fitness equipment market, it is known for its extensive portfolio of high-quality gym equipment catering to both commercial and household needs. As one of the top gym equipment brands in India, Fitline has carved a niche for itself by providing an array of equipment ranging from treadmills to cross trainers, strength equipment to fitness accessories, all designed with precision and catering to diverse fitness goals.

The benefits of using gym equipment at home are numerous, and Fitline understands this well. Their home fitness solutions have gained significant popularity for their compact design, durability, and affordability, making fitness a more accessible and sustainable lifestyle choice. The brand ensures that each piece of equipment is engineered to facilitate effective workouts, thus contributing to the overall well-being of the users.

Fitline's commitment to quality, innovation, and customer satisfaction has solidified its position in the market, thereby making it a preferred choice amongst fitness enthusiasts across the country. This brand indeed mirrors the evolving fitness trends and the increasing inclination towards home workouts in India.

KFS Fitness

KFS Fitness - Best Gym Equipment Brand

A market leader in the fitness industry, KFS Fitness stands out as an esteemed manufacturer of cutting-edge gym equipment in India's burgeoning fitness landscape. Known for its commitment to quality, KFS Fitness offers an extensive range of gym equipment, addressing the diverse needs of fitness enthusiasts across the country.

The importance of quality equipment in gyms cannot be overstated. KFS Fitness understands this well and hence, places a heavy emphasis on design and durability in their products. Their equipment is built to withstand rigorous daily use while ensuring optimal performance. This makes KFS Fitness a preferred choice for commercial gyms, home gyms, and other fitness establishments.

Moreover, KFS Fitness prides itself on its meticulous research and development process. The company relentlessly pursues innovation, creating products that not only meet the current fitness trends but also anticipate future ones. This forward-thinking approach, coupled with their commitment to quality, strengthens KFS Fitness's position in the market.

Viva Fitness

Viva Fitness - Best Gym Equipment Brand

In the realm of professional gym equipment providers, Viva Fitness emerges as a prominent brand in India. With a comprehensive line of products, this brand caters to both commercial and home gym setups, offering solutions that align with the individual fitness goals of its customers.

Understanding the benefits of home workouts, Viva Fitness designs its equipment to be compact, user-friendly, and effective. Their range includes treadmills, exercise bikes, cross trainers, and strength training equipment. This variety allows users to mimic the diversity of a gym workout within the comfort of their own homes.

The role of gym equipment in achieving fitness goals is pivotal, and Viva Fitness recognizes this. Their equipment is designed to target specific muscle groups and promote overall fitness. Additionally, Viva Fitness products are built with an emphasis on durability and performance, ensuring that they can withstand rigorous and frequent use.

Viva Fitness has succeeded in establishing a strong foothold in India's fitness market, thanks to its understanding of the evolving fitness trends, commitment to quality, and ability to provide equipment that helps individuals realize their fitness objectives.

Fitness World

Fitness World - Best Gym Equipment Brand

Regularly featured among the leading gym equipment brands in India, Fitness World has carved its niche in both the commercial and personal fitness segments. Established over two decades ago, Fitness World has been instrumental in advocating the benefits of regular exercise and promoting fitness culture across the nation.

Their cutting-edge equipment, designed with precision and durability, caters to a wide range of fitness goals. Fitness World emphasizes the importance of proper nutrition, recognizing it as a key element in achieving optimal health and fitness. Their comprehensive offerings include advanced treadmills, cross-trainers, and strength training equipment, acknowledging the diverse needs of their clientele.

Fitness World's innovative approach to fitness includes taking into account the role of digital technology in modern workouts. They have integrated smart technology in their equipment, allowing users to track and customize their workouts for maximum efficiency.

Their dedication to quality, innovation, and customer satisfaction has solidified Fitness World's status as a trusted and respected brand in the Indian fitness industry, continually contributing towards healthier lifestyles and making fitness accessible to all.

Lifelong

Lifelong- Best Gym Equipment Brand

The next noteworthy brand in India's gym equipment market is Lifelong, renowned for its comprehensive range of high-quality, durable fitness products. Lifelong has managed to carve a niche for itself in this highly competitive arena by consistently delivering top-notch fitness solutions that cater to the unique needs and preferences of its diverse clientele.

Lifelong is one of the emerging brands in the fitness sector, making waves with its innovative, user-friendly designs and advanced technology implementation. Their equipment portfolio includes treadmills, cross-trainers, cycles, and multi-gyms, among others. Each product is designed with a focus on ergonomics and user safety, ensuring a comfortable, effective workout experience.

What sets Lifelong apart is its commitment to quality and customer satisfaction. The brand has a robust quality assurance process in place, ensuring each product meets stringent quality standards. Additionally, Lifelong offers exceptional after-sales service, reflecting their dedication to customer satisfaction.

Kore

Kore - Best Gym Equipment Brand

Following Lifelong, another impressive brand in the Indian gym equipment market is Kore, known for its diverse and affordable range of fitness products. Kore's product line caters to the rising trend of home workouts, offering versatile and compact equipment that can transform any space into a functional home gym.

The benefits of home workouts are manifold - flexibility, convenience, and privacy being the key ones. Kore addresses these needs by providing equipment such as dumbbells, resistance bands, and yoga mats that are designed for easy storage and mobility. Moreover, the brand's fitness kits are perfect for those starting their fitness journey, with bundles that cater to various workout styles.

In line with latest trends in fitness equipment design, Kore's products also exhibit a blend of functionality and aesthetics. They feature ergonomic designs that prioritize user comfort and safety, while also sporting sleek and modern looks. This combination has made Kore a go-to brand for fitness enthusiasts who seek quality and style.

Lastly, Kore's emphasis on affordability without compromising quality positions it as a reliable choice for India's growing fitness-conscious population. The brand's commitment to delivering value has contributed significantly to its reputation in the fitness equipment market.

Factors to Consider when choosing a Gym Equipment Brand

Numerous factors come into play when selecting a gym equipment brand. One crucial aspect is quality control.

Quality Control: The durability and longevity of the equipment depend on the brand's implementation of quality control measures. Brands with superior quality control provide reliable and long-lasting gym equipment, ensuring safety and effectiveness for the user.

Affordability: Affordability is another significant factor to consider. Balancing quality with cost-effectiveness ensures value for money. Brands that offer quality products at competitive prices are often more appealing to consumers.

Functionality: Functionality is also vital when choosing gym equipment. The equipment should cater to various fitness goals, from weight loss to muscle building. Brands that offer versatile and multi-functional equipment tend to be more favored.

In addition to the above factors, warranty and after-sales service should not be overlooked. Brands with excellent customer service and warranty policies provide peace of mind, making them a preferred choice.

Conclusion

In conclusion, the Indian gym equipment market is burgeoning, driven by increased health awareness and disposable income.

Brands such as Jerai Fitness Pvt. Ltd, Into Wellness, Durafit, Fitness World, Lifelong, and Kore are dominating the industry, catering to diverse needs.

Despite import dependence and lack of standardization, this market holds immense potential for both established and emerging players.

Therefore, careful consideration of factors such as product range, quality, innovation, pricing, and customer reviews is crucial when selecting gym equipment.

 

Next Story
Top 10 Best Formal Shirt Brands in India 2023
Top 10 Best Formal Shirt Brands in India 2023
 

Did you know Indians buy more than 500 million formal shirts each year? That's an impressive stat, isn't it?

Well, if you're looking to join the trend, you're in the right place. We've got the scoop on the top 10 best formal shirt brands in India. From Louis Philippe's sophisticated elegance to Fab India's ethnic charm, you'll find a brand that fits your style and personality perfectly.

No need to wade through endless options; we've done the hard work for you.

So sit back, relax, and get ready to step up your formal wear game.

Louis Philippe

When you're after a seamless blend of style and comfort in formal wear, you can't go wrong with Louis Philippe. This brand's history is rich, dating back to 1989, when it was introduced by the Indian multinational conglomerate, Aditya Birla Group. Since then, it's become a front-runner in India's fashion industry.

Now let's talk about Philippe's designs. They're not just about aesthetics; they're about making you look and feel your best. The brand offers a variety of styles, from classic to contemporary, so you can always find something that suits your personal taste. Whether it's a crisp white shirt for a business meeting or a patterned number for a special occasion, you're covered.

Quality assessment is also a pivotal part of the Louis Philippe experience. Every piece of clothing undergoes rigorous quality checks, ensuring you get nothing but the best. From the fabric to the final stitch, the brand leaves no stone unturned.

Van Heusen

Next up, you've got Van Heusen, a brand that's renowned for offering an unmatched selection of formal shirts. This brand isn't only famous for its wide range of styles and fits but also for its innovative designs. Their forward-thinking approach to fashion brings fresh and unique patterns to the table that are sure to make you stand out in any professional setting.

One of the things you'll appreciate about Van Heusen is their commitment to sustainability. They've taken significant steps towards reducing their environmental impact. From using less water in their manufacturing process to recycling their waste products, Van Heusen's sustainability efforts are truly commendable.

Finally, let's not forget about the brand's legacy. Van Heusen has been in the fashion industry for over a century, proving that they're not just a passing trend. They've built a reputation for quality and durability that's hard to match. Whether you're looking for a classic white shirt or something a little more adventurous, Van Heusen has got you covered.

Park Avenue

Moving on to the third brand on our list, you'll find Park Avenue, another top contender in India's formal shirt market. Known for its high-quality apparel, Park Avenue has been a household name in India for decades.

The brand's history traces back to 1986, when it was launched by Raymond Ltd., one of India's largest textile and apparel companies. Since then, it's been synonymous with sophistication and style. You've likely appreciated the sharp lines, excellent fabric quality, and impeccable tailoring that are hallmarks of their shirts.

Let's do a quick quality analysis. Park Avenue shirts are crafted to perfection, using the finest quality materials. Their attention to detail is evident in every stitch, ensuring you look your best at all times.

Now, let's talk about Park Avenue's sustainability. In a world increasingly aware of the environment, Park Avenue is a frontrunner. They've implemented numerous initiatives to reduce their carbon footprint, including using organic materials and eco-friendly manufacturing processes. So, when you're buying a Park Avenue shirt, you're not just investing in a quality product, but also contributing to a greener planet.

Truly, Park Avenue is a brand that marries style, quality, and sustainability like no other.

John Players

Switching to John Players, you're stepping into the world of a brand that's known for its blend of fashion and affordability in the formal wear segment. The brand's design innovations set them apart, combining fresh, modern styles with traditional tailoring techniques. You'll find that each piece is a testament to their thoughtful craftsmanship.

John Players doesn't just focus on aesthetics, though. They're also leading the way in sustainability efforts. Their commitment to eco-friendly manufacturing processes is commendable, striving to reduce their carbon footprint and promote sustainable practices within the industry. It's not just about looking good, but also feeling good about where your clothes come from.

Even amid intense market competition, John Players holds its ground. They've carved a niche for themselves, offering quality at a price point that resonates with a large customer base. The brand's understanding of the market dynamics, coupled with their continuous effort to evolve and adapt, has helped them stay relevant and loved.

Peter England

If you're after top-notch quality in your formal wear, Peter England's shirts should be on your radar. Known for their exceptional fit and finish, these shirts are a staple in the wardrobes of countless Indian professionals.

Peter England's sustainability efforts are commendable. They're committed to reducing their carbon footprint through innovative manufacturing processes and the use of eco-friendly materials. You can feel good about your purchase, knowing it's from a brand that values sustainability.

When it comes to product varieties, Peter England's range is impressive. Whether you're looking for classic whites, bold prints, or something in between, you're sure to find a shirt that suits your style and needs. Plus, their sizes cater to a broad spectrum, ensuring everyone can find a perfect fit.

Brand evolution is a key part of Peter England's success story. They've consistently adapted to market trends and customer needs, reinventing their collections to stay relevant. They've evolved from a small-scale manufacturer to one of India's leading formal shirt brands.

Allen Solly

While you're exploring top-notch brands like Peter England, don't overlook Allen Solly, another heavyweight in India's formal shirt industry. Their innovation in designs is something that sets them apart. Allen Solly isn't just about creating stylish shirts; they're about pushing boundaries and setting trends. You'll find a wide range of designs, all crafted with meticulous attention to detail and a keen understanding of modern style trends.

But it's not just about looks. Solly's sustainability is a cornerstone of their brand philosophy. They're committed to producing eco-friendly products, reducing waste, and promoting sustainable business practices. So, when you buy an Allen Solly shirt, you're not just getting a fashionable piece of clothing; you're contributing to a greener planet.

Finally, let's talk about the brand's legacy. Allen Solly has been in the business for more than two decades, and they've earned their reputation through consistent quality and a commitment to customer satisfaction. Their legacy is built on a foundation of trust and reliability, which has made them a favorite among discerning customers across India.

In short, Allen Solly combines style, sustainability, and a strong legacy to provide you with the best formal shirts in the market.

Raymond

Next on the list, you've got Raymond - a brand that's synonymous with premium quality in India's formal shirt market. A leader in the textile industry, Raymond has been weaving its magic for decades, but it's not just about style and quality. They're also known for Raymond's sustainability. They've made a significant commitment to reduce their environmental footprint, with initiatives aimed at conserving water, reducing waste, and promoting energy efficiency.

But that's not all. Raymond is also a hub for innovation. Innovations in Raymond have been instrumental in redefining the Indian clothing industry. They're consistently developing new fabrics and styles to cater to the evolving needs of their customers, without compromising on quality.

Don't think they're just a big name in India, though. Raymond's global reach is something to be admired. With a presence in over 55 countries, they've managed to make a mark on the international market too. From the bustling streets of Mumbai to the high-end fashion districts of Paris, Raymond's shirts are loved worldwide.

Blackberrys

Switching to Blackberrys, you're stepping into a world of sharp tailoring and innovative design in the formal shirt sector. This brand takes pride in its unparalleled fabric quality, ensuring you get a shirt that not only looks good but feels good. Every thread woven is a testament to Blackberrys' commitment to quality and perfection.

The brand's innovative designs have set it apart from your average shirt maker. The range of styles they offer lets you effortlessly transition from office suave to after-hours casual. It's a combination of traditional elegance and modern aesthetics, making Blackberrys a trendsetter in the industry.

But Blackberrys doesn't stop at crafting impeccable shirts. They're also deeply committed to their sustainability initiatives. They've streamlined their manufacturing processes to minimize waste and reduce their carbon footprint. They're not just making shirts; they're contributing to a sustainable future.

Flying Machine

If you're looking for a blend of comfort and contemporary style in your formal wear, Flying Machine should be your go-to brand. Known for its innovative designs, this brand seamlessly blends tradition with modernity. Flying Machine's sustainability initiatives are commendable as they're committed to eco-friendly production processes. This not only lessens their environmental impact but also ensures you're supporting a brand that values the planet.

Flying Machine is your ticket to affordable luxury. They've mastered the art of delivering high-quality materials and superb craftsmanship at prices that won't break the bank. You don't have to compromise on style or comfort to fit your budget. The brand's extensive range of formal shirts is designed to elevate your office wear, adding a touch of sophistication to your everyday attire.

The innovative designs of Flying Machine reflect a unique blend of the latest trends and timeless classics, ensuring there's something for everyone's taste. Their attention to detail and commitment to quality make them a standout choice in the competitive world of formal wear. So, for those seeking a combination of style, comfort, and sustainability, Flying Machine is a brand worth considering.

Fab India

Moving on from Flying Machine, you'll find Fab India to be another brand that's redefining the standards of formal wear in India. Known for its unique designs and quality fabrics, Fab India is a brand that's sure to leave a lasting impression on you.

Fab India's sustainability is one of the key aspects that sets it apart from other brands. They're committed to using eco-friendly materials and processes to reduce their environmental impact. This means you're not just looking good in your formal wear, you're also making a positive impact on the environment.

The unique designs of Fab India's formal shirts are a reflection of India's rich cultural heritage. They seamlessly blend traditional and modern aesthetics, creating a style that's truly unique. You'll find their shirts to be a breath of fresh air in a sea of generic designs.

Fab India's global influence is also notable. With stores in several countries, they're spreading the beauty of Indian craftsmanship to the world. So, when you choose Fab India, you're not just choosing a shirt, you're choosing a piece of art that's recognized and appreciated globally.

Conclusion

In choosing your next formal shirt, you're not just picking a piece of clothing, but also expressing your style and values. Each brand offers something unique, and your brand preferences say a lot about your fashion sense and personality. Whether you're a traditionalist who prefers Raymond or lean towards the contemporary designs of Van Heusen, it's all about finding the right balance between comfort, style, and price.

Shopping platforms have made it easier for you to explore these brands and stay updated with the latest fashion trends. From e-commerce giants like Amazon and Flipkart to the brands' own websites, you can shop at your convenience, compare prices, and make an informed choice.

In the end, the best formal shirt brand is the one that suits your needs and aligns with your style. So go ahead, explore these brands, try on different styles, and find that perfect shirt that makes you feel confident and stylish.

After all, your wardrobe should reflect who you are. And remember, no matter what brand you choose, the most important thing is to wear it with confidence and pride.

Frequently Asked Questions

Which of These Brands Offer the Widest Variety of Sizes for Formal Shirts?

You're asking about which brands offer a wide size range for formal shirts. Considering brand popularity, quality factors, and fabric options, Raymond stands out. It's renowned for its vast size variety catering to diverse customers.

Are Any of These Brands Particularly Known for Their Sustainable or Ethically-Sourced Materials?

Yes, some brands are recognized for their sustainable manufacturing processes, ethical labor practices, and eco-friendly packaging. They're committed to reducing environmental impact while still producing top-quality formal shirts.

What Are the Price Ranges for the Formal Shirts From Each of These Brands?

You're asking about price ranges. It varies, considering fabric quality comparison, brand popularity analysis, and formal shirt durability. Still, generally, you could expect to spend anywhere from ₹800 to ₹5000 per shirt in India.

Do These Brands Offer Shirts That Require Minimal Ironing or Are Wrinkle-Resistant?

Yes, many brands offer shirts requiring minimal ironing or are wrinkle-resistant. It's part of their fabric quality comparison. This feature improves shirt longevity and formal shirt comfortability, making them a great choice for busy individuals.

What Kind of Warranty or Return Policies Do These Shirt Brands Have?

You'd need to check each brand's policy clarity for warranty or return details. Online purchase returns vary, as do in-store exchange procedures. It's essential to understand these before making a purchase.

Conclusion

So, you've seen the top formal shirt brands in India. Whether it's Louis Philippe's class or Van Heusen's style, Park Avenue's sophistication or John Players' variety, there's something for everyone.

Don't forget Peter England, Blackberrys, and Flying Machine for their unique blends of fashion and comfort. Lastly, Fab India's ethnic twist on formal wear is worth a try too.

No matter your preference, you're sure to find your perfect shirt from these top brands.

 

Next Story
List of Best Alcohol Brands in India for Every Palate
List of Best Alcohol Brands in India for Every Palate
 

Imagine sipping on a glass of Amrut's single malt whisky, relishing in its rich flavors. Now picture this - you're about to explore 40 best alcohol brands in india, from such exquisite whiskies to refreshing beers.

You'll dive into the world of both international and local brands that have shaped India's diverse alcohol market. Despite various state policies and social attitudes, these brands have managed to not only create a niche but also redefine consumer preferences.

So, get ready to discover the taste, the tradition, and the innovation that make up India's vibrant alcohol industry.

This isn't just a list; it's an invitation to a flavorful voyage.

Alcohol Market in India

You're about to navigate the vibrant landscape of India's alcohol market. It's a rapidly evolving industry, fueled by changing social norms, increasing disposable income, and urbanization.

From market size and growth, key players and trends, to challenges and future outlook, let's get you acquainted with the ins and outs of this dynamic market.

Market Size and Growth

As you delve into the Indian alcohol market, it's crucial to understand that it's one of the largest in the world. It is estimated at US$52.4 billion in 2021 and projected to boom to US$111.2 billion by 2033, growing at a CAGR of 7.33%. This growth is driven by factors such as rising incomes, changing lifestyles, and increasing urbanization.

The top alcohol brands in India contribute significantly to this growth, with their diverse and appealing offerings. Furthermore, the market's expansion is propelled by the strategies of top liquor companies in India, who continually innovate and adapt to changing consumer preferences. Their efforts, coupled with a burgeoning consumer base, are set to keep the Indian alcohol market in a steady upward trajectory.

Market Segmentation

In understanding the alcohol market in India, it's essential to know it's segmented into various categories, with whisky, rum, and beer being the prominent ones. Whisky leads with over 60% share, resonating with the tastes of many Indians. Rum has a significant presence, especially in the coastal regions and the south. Beer, though smaller in comparison, is the fastest-growing segment. Other spirits, such as vodka and gin, also have a presence.

Market segmentation offers a clear view of the landscape where top alcohol brands compete. This understanding can help you, as a consumer, to navigate through the options. It also aids businesses in crafting strategies to capture a slice of this burgeoning market.

Let's delve into the key players and prevailing trends in India's alcohol market.

Pernod Ricard and Diageo are two international heavyweights with a strong presence. However, don't overlook the influence of top alcohol companies in India like United Spirits, Radico Khaitan, and Amrut Distilleries, who are giving stiff competition with their power-packed brands.

One of the key trends you're seeing is the shift towards premium brands. Consumers aren't shying away from shelling out more for better quality and branded alcohol.

Craft alcohol, with its unique and locally-produced appeal, is also gaining traction.

Additionally, online alcohol sales are on the rise, offering you convenience and a wider selection at your fingertips.

These key players and trends are shaping the future of India's alcohol market.

Challenges and Complexities

Navigating the Indian alcohol market isn't without its challenges and complexities, particularly when it comes to strict regulations and varying policies across states. It's a mixed bag, where the alcohol brands in India must adhere to a maze of state-specific laws and high taxes, constraining their reach and profitability.

It's not just about the legalities, though. You're dealing with societal stigmas around alcohol consumption in certain regions, which can impact market penetration. Affordability becomes another issue as high taxes and excise duties elevate prices.

Future Outlook

Despite the challenges you're facing, the future of the alcohol market in India looks promising, with a strong growth trajectory predicted over the coming years. The best alcohol brands are expected to innovate, providing premium and customized options. This is due to rising disposable income and evolving consumer preferences.

Here's a snapshot of the future outlook:

Factors Current Scenario Future Projection
Market Size Large and growing Expected to double by 2033
Consumer Preferences Shifting towards premium brands Trend likely to continue
Regulation Complex and state-specific Need for streamlined policies for sustainable growth

Top 10 International Alcohol Brands in India

Now, let's turn your attention to the top international alcohol brands that have captivated the Indian market.

Names like Dewar's, Black Dog, and Johnnie Walker Black Label might ring a bell. They, along with Chivas Regal and Ballantine's, make up a part of the top 10 list we're about to explore.

Dewar's

dewar's alcohol brand

In your exploration of India's vibrant alcohol market, you'll find Dewar's, a renowned international brand, solidly positioned in the top ten list. This Scottish whisky brand is among the best alcohol in India, owing to its smooth taste, quality, and consistency.

Dewar's has successfully blended into the Indian culture, catering to the sophisticated palate of the Indian whisky lovers. It's not just a brand, but a testimony to the evolving tastes of Indian consumers who appreciate international alcohol brands.

Offering a range of aged whiskies, Dewar's has carved a niche for itself in the Indian alcoholic beverage market. So, if you're looking for an international touch in your drink, Dewar's is a go-to brand in India.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 40%

Black Dog

Black Dog - Top Alcohol Brands in India

If you're seeking a truly distinctive whisky experience, you can't overlook Black Dog, another international brand that has made its mark in India's top ten. This renowned Scotch whisky, one of the best liquor in India, is known for its rich, matured flavor and smooth finish.

Whether you're a whisky connoisseur or just starting to explore, Black Dog is a must-try. The fantastic blend of malts and grains makes it stand out among popular liquor brands. It doesn't just offer a drink, but an experience that takes you through a voyage of exquisite flavors.

It's not surprising to see why Black Dog continues to hold its own in a market bustling with countless liquor brands. So next time you're in the mood for a fine whisky, consider Black Dog.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 42.8%

Johnnie Walker Black Label

Johnnie Walker Black Label - Top Alcohol Brands in India

After savoring the smooth finish of Black Dog, your next stop on best alcoholic drinks exploration should be Johnnie Walker Black Label. This internationally acclaimed whisky is one of the top liquor brands in India, recognized for its rich, complex flavor and iconic square bottle. Johnnie Walker Black Label is a blend of about 40 whiskies, each aged at least 12 years. It has a uniquely smoky finish that sets it apart from other whiskies.

Available Variants With Alcohol By Volume Percentage:

  • Johnnie Walker Red Label: 40% ABV
  • Johnnie Walker Black Label: 40% ABV
  • Johnnie Walker Double Black: 40% ABV
  • Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve: 40% ABV
  • Johnnie Walker Platinum Label: 40% ABV
  • Johnnie Walker Blue Label: 40% ABV
Aspect Description
Type Scotch Whisky
Origin Scotland
Taste Rich, complex, smoky
Popularity High among Indian consumers
Price Premium

Enjoyed neat, on the rocks, or in a cocktail, Johnnie Walker Black Label never disappoints.

Chivas Regal

Chivas Regal - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Continuing your journey through India's favored alcohol drink names, you'll find Chivas Regal holds a prominent spot in the top ten international alcohol brands. This Scotch whisky, known as one of the richest and most indulgent blended Scotch whiskies, has won the hearts of Indian consumers.

The alcohol brand name, Chivas Regal, is synonymous with luxury and quality. This brand offers a variety of aged whiskies including the 12, 18, and 25-year-old blends. Each one is unique, with the 18-year-old blend being particularly admired for its complex flavors.

If you're looking for a sophisticated drink, Chivas Regal is a great choice. Its popularity in India is testament to the country's appreciation for high-quality international spirits.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 40%

Ballantine's

Ballantine's - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Next on the list of top international alcohol brand names in India, you'll find the distinguished Scotch whisky, Ballantine's. This whisky, steeped in tradition and craftsmanship, holds a significant place among the best alcohol in India.

Ballantine's, renowned for its rich, smooth and complex character, offers a range of expressions that cater to diverse palates. You'll find the Ballantine's Finest, a refined blend of malt and grain whiskies, and the Ballantine's 12-year-old, an elegant, creamy and complex whisky that's a favourite among connoisseurs.

The brand's commitment to quality and consistency has earned it countless accolades and a loyal following. So, if you're exploring the world of whisky, you can't go wrong with Ballantine's – it's a testament to the best that Scotch whisky has to offer.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 40%

Teacher's Highland Cream

Teacher's Highland Cream - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Diving deeper into the realm of international alcohol brands in India, you'll definitely encounter Teacher's Highland Cream, a standout among the top alcohol brands in india.

Hailing from Scotland, this whisky has earned its place as one of the best tasting alcohol in India, boasting a unique blend of over 30 malt and grain whiskies. Its rich, full-bodied flavor, marked by fruity hints and smoky undertones, has won the hearts of many.

Available Variants With Alcohol By Volume Percentage:

  • Teacher’s Highland Cream: 40% ABV
  • Teacher’s 50: 50% ABV
  • Teacher’s Origin: 40% ABV
  • Teacher’s Golden Thistle 12-Years-Old Islay Cask Finish: 40% ABV

The brand's consistent quality and distinctive taste make it a popular alcoholic drink in India, enjoyed neat, over ice, or in cocktails. So, if you're exploring the Indian alcohol scene, Teacher's Highland Cream is a must-try.

It's not just a brand; it's an experience that reflects India's love for fine spirits.

Seagram's 100 Pipers Deluxe

Seagram's 100 Pipers Deluxe  - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Often, you'll find Seagram's 100 Pipers Deluxe on the list of top-shelf favorites in India, as it's renowned for its smooth and rich flavor profile. This brand is a leading name among alcoholic beverages brands, offering an unparalleled taste experience that appeals to refined palates.

As a part of Seagram's international portfolio, 100 Pipers Deluxe exudes a luxurious aura, underlining its status as one of India's most loved imported whiskies. Its unique balance of malt and grain whiskies delivers a splendidly full-bodied flavor, earning it a loyal following.

Whether you're a connoisseur or a casual drinker, Seagram's 100 Pipers Deluxe is sure to impress with its impeccable quality and distinct character. It's a true testament to the rich heritage of Seagram's alcoholic beverages brands.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 40%

Black & White

Black & White  - Top Alcohol Brands in India

If you're a fan of international liquors, India's appreciation for Black & White's Scotch whisky should be no surprise to you. This brand is a standout in the famous alcohol names list and is considered one of the best liquors for ladies in India. Black & White's smooth, light, and flavorful profile makes it a preferred choice for many.

Black & White Features Details Popularity in India
Type Loved for its high-quality Loved for its high-quality
Taste Smooth & Light Favoured by ladies and beginners
Origin Scotland International fame transcends to India

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 40%

Grant's Family Reserve

Grant's Family Reserve - Top Alcohol Brands in India

You'll find Grant's Family Reserve on the list of top 10 international alcohol brands in India, showcasing the country's taste for premium Scottish whisky. As part of the list of 40 best alcohol brands in India, Grant's Family Reserve has carved a niche for itself among discerning whisky enthusiasts.

This brand is renowned for its unique blend of the finest single malt and grain whiskies. You'll appreciate the rich, smooth taste with notes of malted barley and hints of cut herbs. Grant's Family Reserve stands out not just for its exceptional quality but also its commitment to traditional distilling methods.

It's a testament to India's evolving palate, where international brands like Grant's are gaining popularity and recognition.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 42.4%

Vat 69

Vat 69 - Top Alcohol Brands in India

In your exploration of India's top international alcohol brands, Vat 69 certainly demands attention. This Scotch whisky, with its distinctive yellow label and a reputation for quality, is popular among whisky enthusiasts. It's not the highest alcohol percentage drink in India, but it delivers a robust 40%, which is the standard alcohol percentage in whisky in India.

Vat 69 is known for its smooth, medium-bodied profile with hints of spice and vanilla. It's the kind of drink that you can enjoy neat, on the rocks, or mixed in cocktails. Its widespread availability and reasonable price point also contribute to its popularity.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 40%

Top Alcohol Brands in India

Now, let's shift our focus to some top alcohol brands (Daru brand name) in India.

You might recognize names like Indri, Jack Daniel's, and Jameson, or perhaps the 12-Year-Old offerings from Glenfiddich and Glenlivet.

These brands stand out in a vast and diverse market, so let's take a closer look at why they're favorites among Indian consumers.

Indri

Indri - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Where should you begin when exploring the top liquor brands in India? Try starting with Indri, a name that's steadily making its mark on the list of 40 best alcohol brands in India.

Indri is renowned for its quality spirits, offering a delightful blend of tradition and innovation. They've mastered the art of creating exceptional beverages that cater to a variety of tastes, ensuring there's something for everyone.

From their distinctive whiskies to their smooth vodkas, Indri's offerings are a treat for the senses.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 46%

Jack Daniel's

Jack Daniel's - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Continuing your exploration of top alcohol brands in India, you'll definitely come across Jack Daniel's, a globally recognized brand that's made a significant mark in the Indian market. Among the list of 40 best alcohol brands in India, Jack Daniel's stands out with its distinctive charcoal-mellowed flavour. Loved for its smooth and unique taste, it's a preferred choice for many Indians.

Available Variants With Alcohol By Volume Percentage:

  • Jack Daniel’s Old No. 7 Tennessee Whisky: 40% ABV
  • Jack Daniel’s Tennessee Honey: 35% ABV
  • Jack Daniel's Single Barrel Select Tennessee Whisky: 45% ABV
  • Jack Daniel's Gentleman Jack Tennessee Whisky: 40% ABV
  • Jack Daniel's Legacy Edition Series Second Edition: 43% ABV

Whether you're enjoying a quiet evening or celebrating a momentous occasion, a bottle of this Tennessee whisky often graces the table. Its variants like Jack Daniel's Honey and Jack Daniel's Fire have found their own fan base too.

Despite stiff competition, Jack Daniel's continues to strengthen its foothold, proving its mettle in the diverse and dynamic Indian alcohol market.

Jameson

Jameson - Top Alcohol Brands in India

As another top pick, you'll find Jameson Irish Whisky among the list of 40 best alcohol brands in India, winning hearts with its smooth, rich, and sweet flavor. This Irish delight is triple distilled and aged for a minimum of four years, ensuring a remarkable blend of warmth and spice that you'll relish.

Available Variants With Alcohol By Volume Percentage:

  • Jameson Irish Whisky: 40% ABV
  • Jameson Black Barrel: 50% ABV
  • Jameson Caskmates Stout Edition: 40% ABV

Jameson's popularity in India is undeniable, with its signature blend becoming a staple in many households and gatherings. It's not just the taste, but the brand's commitment to quality and sophistication that sets it apart.

The Glenfiddich 12-Year-Old

The Glenfiddich 12-Year-Old - Top Alcohol Brands in India

In your exploration of top alcohol brands in India, you'll surely come across the Glenfiddich 12-Year-Old, a truly premium and renowned single malt Scotch whisky. Part of the lineup of costly alcohol brands in India, this Scotch is a symbol of luxury and taste.

It's not just expensive alcohol in India, it's a mark of sophistication. Each sip takes you on a journey through its rich, fruity notes and distinct oakiness, a testament to its 12-year maturation process. Despite its price, it's a popular choice for those who appreciate quality over cost.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 40%

Glenlivet 12-Year-Old

Glenlivet 12-Year-Old - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Next up on your list of top alcohol brands in India is the Glenlivet 12-Year-Old, a single malt Scotch whisky that's known for its smooth and delicate flavor. This premium whisky is a star on our list of 40 best alcohol brands in India.

The Glenlivet 12-Year-Old can transport you to the Scottish Highlands with each sip. Its fruity and summery palate, coupled with a hint of toasted oak, has won over many Indian consumers. This Scotch stands as a testament to the Glenlivet distillery's commitment to producing high-quality spirits.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 40%

Paul John

Paul John - Top Alcohol Brands in India

India's Paul John whisky is one you'll not want to miss out on in your exploration of the country's top alcohol brands. As you delve into our list of 40 best alcohol brands in India, you'll find that Paul John stands out with its exquisite range of single malts.

Crafted from Indian barley and matured in American oak barrels, this Goan whisky offers a symphony of flavours. You're treated to a delightful play of spice, fruit, and honey on your palate. It's no surprise that Paul John has bagged numerous global awards.

Known for its balance, complexity, and character, it's an Indian brand that's giving its Scottish counterparts a run for their money. Indulge in a glass of Paul John to truly understand India's thriving whisky scene.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 55%-57%

The Rockford Reserve

The Rockford Reserve - Top Alcohol Brands in India

While you're savoring the nuanced flavors of Paul John, don't forget to explore The Rockford Reserve, another top contender in India's alcohol market.

Available Variants With Alcohol By Volume Percentage:

  • Rockford Reserve Whisky: 37.5% ABV
  • Rockford Classic Whisky: 42.8% ABV
  • Rockford Reserve Sherry Finish: 42.8% ABV
  • Rockford Supreme Whisky: 42.8% ABV

This whisky is known for its smooth blend, making it a favorite among connoisseurs and casual drinkers alike. The Rockford alcohol percentage stands at 42.8%, packing a punch that's just right for your palate.

It's a blend that's not just about strength, but also offers a unique flavor profile, making it a must-try. Despite being a premium brand, the highest price of alcohol in India isn't the Rockford Reserve. It offers a refined experience without burning a hole in your pocket.

Blenders Pride

Blenders Pride - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Another brand you should consider on your journey through India's top alcohol brands is Blenders Pride, renowned for its exceptional quality and affordable price. Despite not being the most expensive alcohol in India, it's favored by those who appreciate fine liquor. Even though it's not the most expensive liquor in India, it's still considered a premium brand.

Available Variants With Alcohol By Volume Percentage:

  • Blenders Pride Reserve Collection: 42.8% ABV
  • Blenders Pride Rare Premium: 42.8% ABV
  • Blenders Pride Vintage: 42.8% ABV
  • Blenders Pride Select: 42.8% ABV
  • Blenders Pride Original: 42.8% ABV

Here's a brief overview:

Attributes Description
Type Whisky
Origin India
Price Range Affordable to mid-range
Taste Smooth, with a blend of Indian grain spirits and imported Scotch malt
Popularity High

Whether you're a connoisseur or a casual drinker, Blenders Pride offers a unique experience that balances quality and cost, making it a must-try in the Indian alcohol market.

Monkey Shoulder

Monkey Shoulder - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Your journey through India's vibrant alcohol scene wouldn't be complete without experiencing the smooth, rich taste of Monkey Shoulder. This blended malt Scotch whisky is one of the strongest whiskies in India, yet its complex flavours of vanilla, honey and spiced oak are balanced and approachable, making it a hit with both seasoned drinkers and newcomers.

Monkey Shoulder's versatility also makes it one of the best female alcoholic drinks in India, as it's equally enjoyable neat, on the rocks, or in a variety of cocktails. Its playful brand image, coupled with its high-quality blend, has propelled Monkey Shoulder to the forefront of India's alcohol market.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage:43%

Glenmorangie 10-Year Original

Glenmorangie 10-Year Original - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Why haven't you tried Glenmorangie 10-Year Original yet, one of India's top-rated whisky brands? Its smooth, velvety texture, and a unique blend of flavors make it a must-try for whisky enthusiasts.

If you're looking for the strongest alcohol in India, this isn't it. But it's a perfect balance of strength and sophistication.

The Glenmorangie 10-Year Original is known for its non-smelling alcohol feature. Unlike other strong spirits, it doesn't have a pungent smell, making it a favorite among those who prefer a subtle aroma. The brand's meticulous distillation process ensures rich, complex flavors while maintaining a gentle scent.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage:43%

After Dark

After Dark - Top Alcohol Brands in India

If you're on the hunt for a top-notch whisky, After Dark should be one of the first brands you consider. This Indian whisky isn't just known for its smooth, rich flavour, but it's also one of the cheapest alcohol in India.

Don't let its price tag fool you, though. After Dark's quality is on par with pricier brands, boasting a complex profile that's a treat for your taste buds. It's perfect for those nights when you want to unwind after a long day.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 42.8%

Amrut

Amrut - Top Alcohol Brands in India

While you might be familiar with international whisky brands, don't overlook Amrut, an Indian single malt that's been making waves in the global whisky scene. Amrut's whiskies are crafted in Bangalore, taking advantage of India's unique tropical climate to create distinctive flavors and accelerate maturation.

You'll find notes of tropical fruits, rich malt and subtle spices in their expressions. The brand's Fusion Single Malt, combining Indian and Scottish barley, has been lauded globally. In 2010, it was even rated the world's third best whisky!

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 50%

Director's Special

Director's Special- Top Alcohol Brands in India

Next on your list of must-try Indian alcohol brands is Director's Special, a top-notch whisky that's renowned for its smooth and robust flavor. This brand, under the umbrella of United Spirits Ltd, has been a staple in the Indian market since the early 80s.

It's a blend of Indian grain spirits and imported Scotch malts, offering a unique taste that's both affordable and satisfying. You'll appreciate its rich, full-bodied character, and mellow finish. Whether you're a whisky novice or a seasoned connoisseur, Director's Special is a brand you can't afford to miss.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 44.1%

Penderyn

Penderyn - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Moving on from Director's Special, let's explore Penderyn, another noteworthy brand in the Indian alcohol market. Originating from Wales, Penderyn is esteemed for its single malt whiskies that have gained favor among Indian consumers. You'll appreciate its smooth finish, characteristic of traditional Welsh distillation processes.

Here's a quick look at Penderyn's popular offerings:

Product Type Notes
Penderyn Madeira Finish Single Malt Whisky Matured in ex-bourbon barrels, finished in Madeira casks
Penderyn Peated Single Malt Whisky A hint of peat adds a unique smoky flavor
Penderyn Legend Single Malt Whisky Light and fruity, with notes of vanilla
Penderyn Sherrywood Single Malt Whisky Matured in ex-bourbon barrels, finished in Oloroso sherry casks

Experience Penderyn's distinct flavor profile, you won't be disappointed!

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 46%

Rampur

Rampur - Top Alcohol Brands in India

If you're looking for a top-notch Indian single malt whisky, you can't go wrong with Rampur. Produced by Radico Khaitan, this brand has been making waves in the international whisky scene.

It's distilled in the foothills of the Himalayas, a region known for its perfect whisky-producing climate. You'll love the unique blend of rich flavours with a touch of Indian exoticism. This whisky offers an enticing balance of sweetness, fruitiness, and spice, with a hint of malty creaminess.

Rampur boasts a well-rounded body and a long, satisfying finish. It's a testament to the craftsmanship of Indian whisky makers.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 63%

Royal Stag

Royal Stag - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Looking for a robust whisky with a distinctive flavor? You're sure to find it in Royal Stag, a standout among India's top alcohol brands.

This premium whisky is a blend of grain spirits and imported Scotch malts, offering a smooth yet complex flavor that's hard to resist. Royal Stag isn't shy about its ambitions, with its tagline, 'It's your life. Make it large.' And it's not just talk - it's India's first non-artificially flavored whisky.

Available Variants With Alcohol By Volume Percentage:

  • Royal Stag: 42.8% ABV
  • Royal Stag Barrel Select: 42.8% ABV

It's popular among connoisseurs and casual drinkers alike, which is why it's one of the largest selling whiskies in India.

McDowell's No. 1

McDowell's No. 1 - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Savoring a glass of McDowell's No. 1, you're experiencing one of India's top-selling alcohol brands. This brand is widely recognized for its distinct flavor and quality. You'll find it dominating the whisky sector, not just in India, but across multiple international markets.

Available Variants With Alcohol By Volume Percentage:

  • McDowell's No.1 Luxury: 42.8% ABV
  • McDowell's No.1 Platinum: 42.8% ABV

McDowell's No. 1 boasts of a diverse portfolio. It includes premium whisky, brandy, and rum, each offering a unique taste. This brand's success is a testament to its consistent quality and innovative marketing strategies.

Grab a look at this table:

Product Description
Whisky Offers smooth and rich taste
Brandy Known for its exquisite flavor
Rum Loved for its robust character

Imperial Blue

Imperial Blue - Top Alcohol Brands in India

When it comes to popular spirits in India, you can't overlook Imperial Blue, a superior blend of Indian grain spirits and imported Scotch malts that's renowned for its smoothness and taste. This brand is a market leader and a go-to choice for many Indian alcohol enthusiasts. It's loved for its unique character, versatility, and affordability.

Whether you're sipping it neat, on the rocks or mixing it in a cocktail, Imperial Blue never disappoints. It's not just the taste that's impressive, but the brand's marketing campaigns have also struck a chord with the masses, making it even more popular.

Alcohol by Volume Percentage: 42.8%

Officer's Choice

Officer's Choice - Top Alcohol Brands in India

Next on your exploration of top Indian alcohol brands, you'll find Officer's Choice, a highly popular brand known for its distinct and palatable blend of Indian grain spirits and Scotch malts. It's no surprise that this brand stands out in the market, offering a variety of whiskies that cater to diverse consumer palates.

Available Variants With Alcohol By Volume Percentage:

  • Officer's Choice Blue: 42.8% ABV
  • Officer's Choice rum(new): 42.8% ABV
  • Officer's Choice Black: 42.8% ABV

Take a look at the table below to better understand Officer's Choice:

Aspect Detail Impact
Blend Indian grain spirits and Scotch malts Unique, smooth flavor
Popularity High Indicative of quality and consumer trust
Variety Multiple whiskies Catering to diverse tastes

Whether you're a whisky connoisseur or just starting out, Officer's Choice is a brand you'll want to experience.

Signature

While you're exploring top alcohol brands in India, don't forget to check out Signature, a premium whisky brand that's renowned for its rich blend and exceptional taste.

Available Variants With Alcohol By Volume Percentage:

  • Signature Rare: 42.8% ABV
  • Signature Premiere: 42.8% ABV

Signature is a product of United Spirits Ltd, a subsidiary of Diageo, and is known for its smooth and smoky flavor profile. It's matured in charred oak barrels, which lends it a distinct richness and depth.

Signature has two popular variants: Signature Premium Grain Whisky and Signature Rare Aged Whisky. Both variants have carved a niche for themselves in the Indian market, thanks to their consistent quality and affordable pricing.

Whether you're a whisky connoisseur or a casual drinker, Signature is worth trying for its uncompromising quality and superior taste.

Defining "Top Brands"

In determining the top alcohol brands in India, you'll need to consider a mix of market dominance, consumer preference, and consistent high-quality production. These factors aren't arbitrary as they're reflective of the brand's ability to meet the needs and tastes of their consumers, which is a critical determinant of success in this competitive industry.

  • Market dominance is determined by the brand's share in the Indian alcohol market. You may look at their sales figures, their distribution reach, and the number of products they offer.
  • Consumer preference, on the other hand, can be gauged through surveys, reviews, and brand popularity. If a brand consistently ranks high in consumer preference, it's a sign that it's doing something right.
  • Quality production is another crucial factor. You can't overlook the taste, aroma, and overall quality of the alcohol. Brands that maintain a consistent high-quality product are often seen as reliable and trustworthy. You might also want to consider awards and recognitions that the brand has received for its products.

Factors Shaping Brand Popularity

Understanding the factors that shape a brand's popularity in the alcohol industry can give you a clearer picture of why some brands stand out in the crowded Indian market. The taste, quality, and price of a brand's offerings are significant in influencing consumer choices. A brand's reputation and marketing strategies also play a crucial role in its popularity.

Now, let's consider the impact of societal trends. With a growing middle class and a rising number of young consumers, there's been a shift towards premium products. Brands that offer these high-quality beverages tend to be more popular. And don't overlook the power of innovation. Brands that introduce unique flavors or blends often garner more attention.

Another factor is accessibility. Brands that are readily available across different regions gain greater visibility and popularity. Lastly, societal acceptance and cultural relevance matter. Brands that align their messaging with cultural norms, promoting responsible drinking, for instance, tend to resonate more with consumers.

Frequently Asked Questions

In India, regional preferences vary greatly. North Indians favor whisky, while rum is popular in coastal areas. Beer's growing amongst the youth nationwide. However, vodka, gin and other spirits also have a growing presence.

How Do the Alcohol Consumption Habits Differ Between Urban and Rural Areas in India?

In urban areas, you'll find a growing trend towards premium and imported brands. However, in rural areas, locals prefer cheaper, local brands due to economic constraints and limited availability of international brands.

What Are Some Notable Indian Craft Alcohol Brands and What Makes Them Unique?

You're asking about Indian craft alcohol brands. These brands, like White Rhino, Simba, and Bira 91, stand out for their unique brews, innovative flavors, and focus on local ingredients and artisanal production methods.

How Are Online Alcohol Sales Regulated in India and What Impact Do They Have on the Market?

You're asking about online alcohol sales in India. They're regulated by state, with some permitting sales while others don't. This diversification impacts the market, offering convenience and wider access, but also posing regulatory challenges.

What Measures Are Alcohol Brands in India Taking to Promote Responsible Drinking?

Alcohol brands in India are promoting responsible drinking by launching awareness campaigns, introducing alcohol-free alternatives, and sponsoring events that emphasize moderation. They're actively partnering with NGOs and the government to curb alcohol misuse too.

Conclusion

You've now navigated the vast landscape of India's top alcohol brands, appreciating the intricate factors that influence their popularity and market standing. From legendary whisky blends to unique craft beers, India's alcohol market reflects a diverse palette of tastes, preferences, and cultural influences.

The Indian alcohol industry isn't just about vibrant diversity, it's also a dynamic and rapidly evolving sector. The push towards premiumization, the rising popularity of craft alcohol, and the increasing convenience of online sales all point to an industry on the move. As a consumer, you're part of this exciting journey.

Remember though, the alcohol market also has its challenges. Taxes, regulations, and cultural nuances all impact the market's growth and distribution. It's important to understand these complexities as you explore your drink of choice.

 

Next Story
How Covid-19 has Impacted the Dairy Industry?
How Covid-19 has Impacted the Dairy Industry?
 

The Covid-19 pandemic now in its second year and with lockdown restrictions still in place has taken a toll on the retail industry and the supply chain. With the uncertainty of the pandemic still at large, the consumer's habit of mass buying and stocking up on essential items has not stopped. Thus, the supply gap gave impetus to local brands and increased consumption of dairy products. This shift enabled local and regional brands with local manufacturing units and distribution networks to plug the supply gap.

The Shift in Consumer Preference 

Despite the challenges, one of the sectors in India that handled the pandemic well is the dairy industry, especially in terms of packed dairy products. What boosted the industry was that the COVID-19 pandemic dramatically affected consumer’s dietary habits. As the lockdown gave people the opportunity to rustle up dishes just like chefs do, the broadening culinary engagement pushed up consumption of dairy products.

With more and more people locked in their homes, consumers ended up spending extended hours in their kitchens, thus, leading to a surge in household consumption of dairy products. Demand for categories such as cheese and paneer witnessed an especially greater demand due to their versatile nature. 

Also, another factor that is aiding dairy product consumption is the growing preference for nutritious vegetarian food. As Indians quite often see vegetarianism more as a good virtue rather than a life choice, the negativity of the pandemic and lockdown led people to opt to eat more paneer and other packaged dairy items as compared to non-vegetarian options. Hence, the Covid-19 pandemic and the ensuing focus on nutrition have boosted paneer sales.

Over the last 12 months and going forward, consumer behavior will be different than it was pre-pandemic, and as that behavior takes root, dairy products supply chains will need to adjust from farm-to-fork. Furthermore, the pandemic also ensured consumers stirred away from loosely available products and chose to consume more locally available or regional branded dairy products. This caused an accelerated shift in the supply chain and vastly prompted PM Modi’s vision of ‘Vocal for Local’.

Although the biggest component of India’s dairy market is liquid milk, seeing the demand for longer-lasting value products, manufacturers converted the surplus milk into highly demanded value-added dairy products such as paneer, butter, cheese, ghee, and sweets, thus further boosting the dairy industry.

Most importantly, the global pandemic being a major health crisis, was the silver lining for the dairy industry. While other industries and sectors across India struggled, Indian consumers turned towards indulging in homemade comfort food. Consumer choices shifted to consuming products made from organic materials. This set manufacturers in the dairy sector to expand their product offerings.

How Bright is the Future?

As the end of the pandemic remains uncertain, and the best option for survival being hygiene and health, people have realized that it’s important to improve one’s immunity. Hence, consumption of dairy-based ingredients continues to be the favorable option for many.

Furthermore, Covid-19 has brought about a shift in the buying pattern of consumers and many dairy players acknowledge food safety has fuelled a growing trend in consumer preference towards packaged and branded products.

The outlook for the dairy sector in India continues to be positive on the back of government support, increasing population, per capita consumption, and expenditure on value-added products such as paneer, cheese, and butter items.

In the long run, the domestic demand for value-added products such as paneer will only continue to rise. Towards strengthening the value-added product market, the Government may consider measures such as rationalization of GST to build market resilience, giving further impetus to regional brands.

Moreover, the dairy industry, which was facing headwinds during the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, has turned this crisis into an opportunity as the supply and consumption of value-added dairy products has risen and only continues to witness an upward trajectory.
 

 

Next Story
Why Retailers are Betting Big on Sustainable Fashion?
Why Retailers are Betting Big on Sustainable Fashion?
 

Sustainability is a strategical decision of operating in the ecological, social and economic environment without leaving any negative footprint. Businesses these days are focusing on being ethical and sustainable where social media is also acting as an essential tool in educating customers about its importance. Businesses too are promoting their activities and stories, raising awareness towards sustainability. As todays’ consumer is well-educated and environmentally conscious, thus making the fashion brands deliver the same too. 

Though the retail fashion industry is known for ‘trends’ and ‘fast-fashion’, there is a shift seen in the popularity towards sustainable fashion and eco-friendly shopping. 

As per the report by UN Environment Programme, “10 percent of global carbon emissions are produced by the fashion industry”. Quoting that this is “more than all international flights and maritime shipping”. 

Fashion brands are now focusing on trending pieces in consumer’s wardrobes with responsible and ethical choices. The consumer is making conscious buying decisions keeping the organic and natural brand value of the retailer in mind, as the same reflects their personality too. 

There is a huge increase in search of ‘sustainability-related keywords’ as per the report by Lyst, which include searches like ‘recycled polyester, ‘vegan leather’, ‘organic hemp’ ‘Econyl’, ‘organic cotton’, ‘modal’ and many more. 

Fashion and Environment

Fashion brands are ready to change the game with the ultimate goal of ‘good for people and planet’. The global ethical fashion market is expected “to grow to $9.81 billion in 2025 and $15.17 billion in 2030 at a CAGR of 9.1 percent” as per the numbers by sustainable fashion industry statics. 

There is a huge shift observed in consumer behavior during a survey made by Mckinsey towards sustainability goals. Consumers are more conscious in terms of their lifestyle to lessen the environmental impact, they are looking for more for recycling of the product and even expecting environment-friendly packaging too. Thus, sustainability is going to be on top of the mind of consumers and brands in the coming future by building emotional attachment and delivering end-to-end sustainable brands. 

Elisa Niemtzow, VP, Consumer Sectors & Membership at BSR (Business for Social Responsibility) mentioned, “Consumers’ growing interest in ‘zero-waste’ and ‘no buy’ in fashion and beauty signals growing sensitivities in consumers to question their purchases and align them with their values.” 

A meaningful change is expected if consumers, businesses, and brands align their functions with SDGs for everyone with everything on it.

Sustainable and Conscious Fashion Brands 

The brand which achieved the highest rating when it comes to sustainability in fashion is ‘Stella McCartney’ known as a pioneer of eco-friendly ethical luxury fashion, which offered sustainable wardrobe alternative. The strategy of the brand stands on 4 strong pillars, which takes care of people (ensuring smooth supply chain), respect for nature (ensuring environmentally friendly fabric), caring for animals (ensuring animal welfare), and providing circular solutions (3R as environmental Mantra). 

Keeping all these benefits of being sustainable various brands are saving the planet from harmful pesticides and toxic chemicals. Every brand has a different focus in terms of serving Mother Earth and being sustainable, like empowering the rural weavers (FabIndia), using full natural Indian textiles (The Jodi Life), handspun fabric for fashion enthusiasts (KhadiCult), using organic cotton (Pero), recycled cotton (Chola The Label), engaging women in making re-cycled bottle (The Body Shop), eco-friendly textile (Anokhi), empowering rural women (Okhai), using organic fibers (Nicobar), zero waste mission (Doodlage, Insom, Homanwear), surplus cotton fabric (Pomogrenade) and many more. 

Many brands are adapting to a new eco-friendly fashion by a sustainable lifestyle, Mio Borsa producing vegan leather, Maati using up-cycled fabric, B Label is a revolutionary agro-based co., Viscose Staple Fibre by Aditya Birla Group as LIVA fabric, and a wide range of vegan apparel is made available by No Nasties. 

Todays’ consumer is ready to pay more for the brands promising for a healthy environment, up-cycling waste material, eco-friendly structure and reaching out to older generation to millennials by narrating their brand stories. 

Sustainable Fashion for Better Future

Brands have to be conscious from manufacturing (making) to end of use (disposing of) in the context of fashion. The practice of being ethical and sustainable should be a norm to be practiced by all fashion players in the coming time. 

Your consumer is well educated, show them in detail the fabric of your cloth, how the same is different from others with the business model your business is aiming for. 

According to a FashionScope report by McKinsey, “Sustainability is making ground in India, where the local market is forecast to reach nearly $60 billion in revenues in 2022, making it the sixth-largest in the world after the U.K. and Germany”. 

The government is also making its efforts towards making Indian fashion more sustainable; Arvind Mills and Raymond are promoting Khadi products in partnership with Air India and bamboo charcoal fiber was also highlighted by NITI Ayog Forum for North East. 

Whether the product is sustainable or not, brands have to market the same in an environment-friendly way by making the product more durable as well as focusing on the supply chain.

 

Next Story
2021 Denim Trends to Look Out For!
2021 Denim Trends to Look Out For!
 

The enduring appeal of denim is that in the 140-odd years of its existence, it’s become one of the most popular fabrics in the world. The fabric remains a favourite among young designers, experimenting with cut, wash and finish to take familiar denim jackets and jeans to surreal new heights and consumers who are accepting these variations positively. 

Fashion-conscious consumers want clothes with a strong identity that can help them define themselves. Experimentation and an envelope-pushing attitude are a means of making clothes that become an extreme want instead of an essential need. Beneath the excessive embellishment is an appreciation of individuality. A redefining of aspirational dressing will cater to young consumers who wish to express themselves through clothing with a personalised approach that allows them to stand out from the crowd. 

Ideas around age are changing; 30 is the new 20, and 40 is the new 30 – and with this, a new, youthful focus permeates fashion, with broad appeal across generations. The line between ‘grown-up’ and ‘youthful’ clothes is blurring. Street inspired collections and street wear fashion is on a rise. This displays in clothing that overlaps the line between casual and smart. Nostalgia will always play an important role in fashion. 

The renewed interest in vintage denim, both in fit and fabric, has taught consumers the value of authenticity. There will be a growing appreciation for more considered wardrobes built with future-proof items over the instant gratification of throwaway fashion. There will be a more artful approach to product and design, going beyond high-quality basics to ensure both the enduring appeal and identity defining character of their signature items.

Denim this season takes indigo to a whole new level through a gamut of washes and techniques. Washes like Ice wash,  bleached blue wash, ombrés add fluidity and summer lightness to the collection. There will be an emphasis on  clean and mild washes with a raw touch while distressed and authentic used look denim will be there as  high fashion products. We could see the introduction of relaxed fits, which are ideal for easy-breezy summer days. The old-school relaxed fit is precisely the kind of denim that fashion conscious consumers are looking for.

A portion of the trend this spring-summer is retro and 80s inspired. Fabric plays a very crucial role as the styling gets minimal this season.

Classic jeans are revamped this season. Denim basics and workwear are fine-tuned in an artistic way. Artfully updated denim assortments with subverted design details and concept cuts that give classic items an edgier appeal. Denims are embellished with patches in embroidered and print form. Craftsmanship is key, as younger consumers become infatuated with time-proven classics.

Love of retro style from the late 80s develops a global influence. Inspiration is taken from Native American culture, military clothing and vintage denim style, and melded with contemporary Japanese design to form a distinctive Japanese-American aesthetic. Hand-painted prints further enhance this story's tasteless aspect.

Casual looks become more directional while paying homage to country styling. Simplicity and comfort rule the day in this deconstructed and unfussy trend. Workwear classics are updated with new design details and silhouettes, while rich burnt tones add a subtle nuance. A new type of uniform emerges that is utility-inspired but decidedly non-military in presentation. Standard-issue styles get a street-wear update with exaggerated pockets, functional straps, and anti-fit silhouettes. Utility greens are contrasted with oranges, while washed blues keep this look grounded and signal the coming of summer. Manufacturing advancements blur the line between product categories, where lightweight layers blend shirts with jackets and outerwear. Specialised treatments and utility details are as important as the items themselves. 

Beach-inspired casualwear is updated, with retro references from the 70s inspiring striking graphics and textures, while hybrid styling with global crafts and Eastern influences adds sophistication. Resort-inspired trend focuses as much on how we feel in our clothing as how we feel about it. Easy tailoring and smart casualwear are inspired by 80s leisurewear and country club styles. Denims in striking blue or stark white are teamed with formal shirting and lightweight outerwear for a slick take on off-duty style. 

Different kinds of colour dyes and dyeing techniques are gaining popularity, and this story goes one step further by using dyes on denim products. Over dyed and tinted jeans are some of key fashion products this season. Classic stripes are spliced in this story, and solid denim is interrupted with flashes of global craft patterns in striking tones.

High functionality and utility details will be a popular trend this season. Versatile products crafted out of rigid and stretch fabrics with functional details will be looked upon. Ergonomic patterning and construction will be added to the product. Consumers will be looking for multi-purpose jeans, which can be worn at different occasions, and a single pair can solve dressing complexities of the entire day.
 

 

Next Story
Food Hygiene Becomes Foremost Priority for Consumers Post COVID-19
Food Hygiene Becomes Foremost Priority for Consumers Post COVID-19
 

One of the most desirable consequences of Covid-19 has been the increased all-round consciousness for hygiene. And among several types of hygiene such as personal hygiene, environmental hygiene etc which impact our day-to-day lives, food hygiene has naturally emerged as a major issue for regulators, consumers and above all, for food manufacturers and companies. The constant need to be watchful of what is ingested or goes inside of our bodies can never be exaggerated enough. The recent pandemic has only further highlighted the need for making food hygiene a priority for all. 

Unpackaged Food: An Invitation to Disaster 

There has been repeated reporting of how the open and unpackaged food sold in the streets, fashionably called street food, has in a way been responsible for unsafe and unhygienic food consumption in the country. Particularly, during the pandemic, if the food maker doesn’t maintain personal hygiene, wears masks and gloves and keeps sufficient physical distance from fellow workers, the food prepared is highly risky to consume. 

The unhygienic and unsafe food leads to a vicious cycle of disease and sickness particularly impacting the elderly, the sick and the children, adding to the already high burden of disease pervading in the country.   

Food-Borne Diseases: An Economic Cost

The rise in outbreak of food-borne diseases and safety cases has continued to be reported periodically from different parts of the country. In fact, unsafe food and water have been cited to be the biggest cause of preventable infection in India. Not pursuing basic food safety practices such as wearing an apron, accessing and using tap water, using soap for cleaning utensils, and storing food in proper refrigerated facilities is an invitation to food-borne diseases. This also has an economic cost. It has been estimated that food-borne diseases cost the country a whopping $15 billion.

The Numbers Are Far Too Scary to Ignore

In India, food-borne diseases (FBD) lead to 120,000 deaths each year imposing a burden of over 8 million Disability Adjusted Life Years (DALYs). In fact, children under 5 years are at 40 percent more risk with around 30,000 deaths each year. These are frightening figures which are only expected to rise further in the coming years. 

The Pandemic-Driven Exigency 

These ongoing measures were given a new impetus when Covid-19 showed up resulting in a new set of guidelines. In addition to the existing food safety protocols, the food businesses were directed to ensure that food handlers and workers are made aware of the symptoms of the virus, the risks emanating from it as well as the good practices to circumvent those risks. Training programmes on risk factors, safe food handling, social distancing and other protective behaviours such as wearing of face mask, hand washing with soap or using alcohol-based sanitizers were made mandatory. In addition, food premises including areas of food establishment such as preparation, storage and packing areas, equipment and containers besides toilets and washrooms were to be periodically sanitized without fail. There should be limited food workers/ handlers in a kitchen or areas of food preparation, packaging etc with each worker strictly maintaining personal/social distancing. Further, the personnel involved in delivery, transport and distribution mechanisms must also rigorously observe Covid-related social distancing and personal hygiene norms and practices.

Therefore, for food to be finally consumed in a safe and hygienic manner, it must become high priority for the entire ecosystem of food manufacturing, distribution and consumption. From hospitality and restaurants to food manufacturers and food vendors to food handlers and finally the food-consuming individual, everyone needs to be aware of and engage in hygienic food practices. “A man is what he eats,” a German philosopher had once said. Good food hygiene practices not only reduce morbidity and mortality but also relieve pressure on the already overburdened health infrastructure and services in the country. And even more importantly, by keeping more people healthy and thereby raising the quality of human capital, the much-touted demographic dividend in the country can truly be tapped.

 

Next Story
How an Omnichannel Retail Experience Will Transform the Furniture Industry in Post-Pandemic World?
How an Omnichannel Retail Experience Will Transform the Furniture Industry in Post-Pandemic World?
 

COVID-19 and the subsequent lockdowns have reshaped how we live, shop, and interact with each other. One of the biggest transitions so far is work from home (WFH), which will only stay, with more and more companies increasingly adopting it the world over.

The pandemic has also affected several industries and pushed them to innovate further. The furniture industry is no different from this standpoint.

The sector witnessed a significant slowdown in sales and operations, especially during the initial lockdowns when consumers were locked in their homes. The remote working culture clearly came as a bummer to the offline furniture business. Even when the markets began to reopen after a few months, consumers continued to stay at home primarily because of the fear of contracting the coronavirus.

However, at the same time, this transition also created a new opportunity for businesses to go digital and start selling furniture online. As consumers shifted to buying furniture online, brands and retailers in this space began to capitalize on these new possibilities.

Rise of Online Furniture

With home spaces emerging as their new work zones, a major part of India’s corporate employees started investing in home office furniture, including study tables, laptop tables, office chairs, bean bags, and recliners, among others. Similarly, a significant part of sales also came from the increasing demand for gaming chairs, as the options for outdoor entertainment had drastically reduced during this period.

Not only millennials and Gen Z have switched to online furniture brands, but traditional consumers have also started embracing these online retail models in the recent past. The Indian e-commerce industry, which was slated to become a USD 200 billion market by 2026, seems to achieve this goal much earlier, as highlighted by the IBEF industry research report.

The Growing Role of a Business Website

To bank on the new growth avenues that online brings to the table, businesses must start paying more attention to their official websites. At a time when Google search is the first thing that consumers engage in before shopping, it’s essential for businesses to make their website their new business card.

To achieve this objective, they must prioritize digital merchandising and strive to establish a robust online presence. Investing in activities like podcasts/webinars, virtual product tours, and 360-view showroom presentations can work wonders. Doing so will not only help them drive awareness around their brand and the products they offer, but it will also make the entire shopping journey more seamless and effective.

The Need for Robust Supply Chains

As online retail for furniture expands across India, businesses must maintain a strong supply chain to ensure quick and seamless delivery of products. They must equip themselves with the right tools and response strategies to tackle any unexpected emergencies or interruptions that could hinder their operations. Aspects like production-capacity optimization, demand management, cross-tier risk transparency, etc., should be looked at with greater precision to prevent unforeseen disruptions. All these factors will ultimately decide which businesses will thrive or be outshined by competitors.

Design-Driven Approach and Quality At Scale

With the deluge of companies and brands across India, retailers must manufacture and promote competitive products that are unique in nature and design, and ensure that no other brand can imitate the same. Apart from this, they should also focus on manufacturing quality products at scale that are easily affordable. For this, it’s highly crucial to provide the MSME sector with the much-needed fillip in the form of initiatives that focus on easy access to funds, skill development, and indigenous crafting abilities. Not only will this ramp up domestic sales, but it will also attract foreign brands to invest in the same.

Turn Omnichannel

Retailers must also note that offline experience can never get outdated and will continue to play a vital role in success despite the immense growth of online business models. An online presence alone will not be sufficient for them to ensure success in these times. Therefore, they must adapt to an omnichannel ecosystem to offer the best of both worlds (online and offline) to consumers. Although online has gained impressive traction over the years, and unexpected events like COVID-19 have added to the popularity, businesses must realize that it can never replace the element of ‘touch and feel’ when it comes to buying furniture.

Hence, an omnichannel approach, where consumers can get 24x7 assistance during their online shopping journey, be it related to placing orders or any other query through real-time chat and video call. At the same time, they should also be enabled to experience the product, which can be done through creating more experience stores in the nearby markets that are close to consumers. Providing this kind of blended commerce experience to consumers is of utmost importance for brands to taste success in the post-COVID era.

Final Word

India’s domestic furniture market is slated to clock at a CAGR of 12.91% between 2020 and 2024 owing to the rapid developments and innovation in this space. The global market, on the other hand, is estimated at USD 1.1 trillion. Comparing them will give you a clear idea of how much growth potential India currently holds. Our furniture industry has an immense and endless growth possibility, especially due to the burgeoning demand for comfortable furniture, which has gained more traction in the post-COVID era.

To leverage the untapped growth opportunities in the times to come, brands must focus on four key factors. One, consolidation of the fragmented market through standardization. Two, connected commerce that combines both emotional and functional elements of the consumer experience. Third, emphasizing domestic manufacturing in terms of both scale and quality by leveraging initiatives like Make in India and Vocal for Local. Lastly, bringing Indian artisanship to the forefront with concerted efforts towards design sensibility on supply and demand sides. Looking at the mindful behavior of today’s progressive Indian consumers, a holistic approach keeping in mind all the aforementioned factors will play a pivotal role and help brands thrive in the post-pandemic world.

 

Next Story
How Watch Brands Have Moved Towards E-Retailing?
How Watch Brands Have Moved Towards E-Retailing?
 

The pandemic has driven commerce and trade onto the internet. This is especially true for the retail businesses as we have witnessed it changing over the past ten months.  

Significant changes in consumer shopping behavior are here to stay. Online buying has increased multifold, though the impact on price segments, is not clearly quantifiable just yet. With people restrained in their houses, their methods of dealing with isolation and uncertainty are reflected in their newly acquired shopping behavior. This includes bulk-buying, increased online surfing, and unpredictability in what, when, how, and where they buy things. Market dynamics are changing, so are the fortunes of business verticals. Brands are now grappling with the question of “where the customer”? 

While it was the Gen Z kids doing most of the online purchasing in the pre-pandemic period, now they have been joined by Gen X, Y, and even the 'baby-boomers’. Everyone is online and the retailers have started focusing on how they can cater to the requirements of each generation. The COVID-19 has changed the way we use the internet; in many households, buying groceries and shopping apparel online have replaced store and mall visits.

When it comes to luxury products like watches – Swiss Luxury Watch brands that earlier hardly considered the internet a serious retailing option, are today fighting for eyeballs. With minimal to no outdoor activity, the watch industry has been facing its most challenging time since its revival in the early ‘90s. This period of uncertainty has resulted in brands rescheduling the launch of novelties and repositioning existing collections.

Urbanization across the country is impacting the millennials and demand for products that are aesthetically pleasing, unique with smart features, and projecting a luxury appeal are gaining in popularity. Interestingly, price is not a game-changer. Brand value is.

Marketing and PR budgets have been completely reworked and the focus has shifted to social media with the print medium losing its traction among most TGs. Though we are separated physically, social media acts as a fantastic way for various communities to connect. With social media flourishing, Bloggers and Influencers have replaced Brand Ambassadors, and a personality is associated with a brand only for a limited duration. This pandemic has brought in a lot of business disruptions and has led to brands re-think their marketing strategy. Brand collaborations are on the rise. Co-branding has also become a norm rather than an exception, and brands are open to making connections across different genres.

The Swiss watch brands have been consistently making efforts to bring in new product innovations that will create a connect with the upcoming generation. One thing the watch brands could capitalize on during the pandemic is the smartwatch features that are becoming a rage with the new generation. A whole collection of “smartwatches” with multiple functions and connectivity are now offered by Swiss brands. Clearly, the target audience seems to be the young urban youth.

The lines between fashion, lifestyle, and luxury are getting blurred as brands have started to realise how customers have evolved and exposure has increased. One important aspect for Gen-Z, while they are shopping online, is that they are always on the look-out for the next big thing in the market. With new features and an improved line of products making its appearance in the market almost every other day, the brands have been trying their best to stay relevant and fresh during these unprecedented times.

The good news is that work from home routines have actually increased disposable income, though net income may have decreased. These are the megabucks that brands are chasing.

 

Next Story
How Pandemic has Changed Grocery Retailing in India?
How Pandemic has Changed Grocery Retailing in India?
 

It’s tough when the markets change and all sectors are forced to innovate. In today’s social distance minded economy, the game of grocery retail, in particular, has changed a lot. 

When lives and livelihoods were at threat, grocery retailers played a vital role in society. Plagues and pandemics have occurred earlier too but grocery shopping has seen a drastic change approximately after 200 years. The act of buying is not changing, what is changing is how the customer will buy?  

Indian grocery retail has seen many transformations from haat, to weekly bazaar, to neighbourhood stores, to mom-and-pop stores, to new age experiential mall culture. The latest catchphrase ‘new normal’ is bringing new trends and changes in the retail business. Even last year during Diwali, Indian e-commerce has seen the expansion of e-groceries instead of electronics or big items as in the previous year. 

According to Albinder Dhindsa, CEO, Grofers, “Groceries have become the focus in this season where people are staying at home and not mingling with each other.”

The contribution which e-grocery (less than 5 percent) used to make within e-commerce is changing. 

As per the report by RedSeer and BigBasket, “Currently the online food and grocery retail hold a minuscule part of online retail with only 0.2 percent penetration and it is predicted to grow by 55 percent to reach 1.2 percent of the market by 2023.” 

Future Customer

According to a famous saying by George Bernard Shaw, “There is no sincerer love than the love of food.” And despite the struggle, the grocery retail business rose and met the challenges posed by the pandemic. The industry has confronted the changes in consumer buying behavior patterns and saw an emergence of new consumer segments. 

‘Back with a Bang’, ‘Stay Frugal’, ‘Keep Cutting’, ‘Cautiously Extravagant’ and ‘Get to Normal’ are the five new consumer segments as per EY Future Consumer Index. This pandemic has given momentum to the grocery business and these segments have helped in leveraging that momentum. 

The Indian market has the largest consumer segment, and as per the data by Invest India. “The overall retail market is set to cross the $1.75 trillion mark by 2026, and it is set to grow at a CAGR of 30 percent for gross merchandise value to be worth $200 billion by 2026.”

Online grocery space has accelerated and start-ups in the online grocery sector raised $665.7 million funding in 2019. With penetration of the internet, usage of smartphones, disposable income, adoption of 5G, and literacy towards technology, this online grocery dream is expected to reach $1.5 billion by 2023 from the consumer pockets of Tier II and Tier III cities. 

Click and Collect

The biggest change to grocery has been the boom in online ordering - making orders either through phone, WhatsApp, e-mail or website. The consumer is getting all India delivery of branded products through digital India without any geographical constraints. Powerful AI algorithms have given a push to online ordering by creating a personalized experience for customers along with targeted marketing. 

BigBasket reported that the brand has seen a three-fold growth in terms of the order in new customer acquisition, while retention of new customer cohorts has increased by 60 percent. 

On one side where surveys are reporting the inclination of consumers towards online shopping, the fact of maintaining CDP data or using AI for delivering excellent results cannot be ignored. 

Frank Sinopoli, President, Grocery Neighbor said, “Things are changing, the world is chaotic and with that comes opportunity.”

He started a 53-feet long truck with floating carts delivering fresh produce to food deserts and connecting local farmers with their communities. India under its Atam Nirbhar plan has also started ‘Citymandi’ a mobile martin the Uber model. The vision ensures the direct purchase from farmers, innovative technology to manage the supply chain, and an AI-enabled cloud system. Many retail experts have strengthened their delivery services during Covid-19, apps like UberEats, Amazon Prime/ Now, InstaCart have contributed a lot in shipping the groceries straight to the door. 

BigBasket, a unicorn in the field, and Grofers, soon to be a unicorn, with many other players in the online grocery market has seen 76 percent y-o-y sales in 2020.  

Managing inventory through inventory-based model (Amazon, Supermarket, Grofers, Paytm Mall), Hyperlocal model (Dunzo, Swiggy, Instamart), and Mixed model (Flipkart, Reliance Jio) - each player carves a piece of pie with smooth delivery in minimal time. 

A recent partnership of Grofers with Reckitt Benckiser with ‘Deliver Safe Program’ to win customers' confidence in online shopping will break the chain of infection. 

How to Boost Growth

Decisions made by the grocery market in today’s scenario are going to create a competitive advantage beyond 2020. Data is the key and advanced algorithms with next-generation personalization will help in maintaining a loyal customer base for small and big grocery players in the coming time. The frictionless experience encourages satisfaction and can make the consumer purchase repeatedly because of flexibility in terms of preparing the cart (real-time talk to customer support), making it easy checkout (pay online or pick up in-store), or delivery of out-of-stock items to the doorstep. 

Like other online retail businesses, smart-shelf technology to manage the expanded category can be implemented by the grocery business to manage the inventory. 

Pandemic has created uncertainty, grocery retailers that will ensure agility, automation, handling cross-channel assortment, and redress the operations based on emerging dynamics will thrive in the post-Covid world.  
 

 

Next Story
Witness the marvels of nature with Rahul Mishra's New Spring Summer 2021 collection- The Dawn
Witness the marvels of nature with Rahul Mishra's New Spring Summer 2021 collection- The Dawn
 

The Philosophy

In its incomprehensible ways, nature knows how to sustain herself. When the last tree is felled, life will sprout from the cracks and blanket what is left behind. The starry night will conspire with crystal dew drops and concoct an array of bright hued mushrooms. Rings of magic will emerge. Entrapments of old souls, akin to a billion years ago, frilling in layers and ornamented with wildflowers—will be penchants of a new dawn.

Death will translate into life. Like a beautiful beginning veiled in a painful ending, weed, lichens & ‘the mushroom’—shall render old to new. Perhaps the growth circles of a tree will re-form themselves on the skin of a mushroom only to say, that the soul lives on. The utopian aftermath due to human deeds where life will refill the planet after we are gone.

The Collection

‘The Dawn’ contemplates the state of environmental damage and imagines the world that shall live beyond the interference of the human species. It emerges from an intensified realisation during the lockdown that the humans may not have to save the planet, but themselves. The planet perhaps shall survive regardless and the human species may succumb to their weakness. Filmed in a pristine marble dump-yard situated in the state of Rajasthan in India, the collection represents a flush of life. A retrieval of colour to a world drained of its natural resources, abundance and animation through years of piling marble dust.

Witness the marvels of nature with Rahul Mishra’s New Spring Summer 2021 collection- The Dawn

The models, as nature herself, wear exotic mushrooms separately hand tacked over the glimmering tree-bark-texture hand embroidered on tulle and silk organza that is further embellished with wildflowers. As says the botanist, Nicholas P. Money, ‘Mushrooms are masterpieces of natural engineering, the most wondrous inventions in evolutionary history.’ Each of the mushroom forms is individually engineered through a unique pattern making process assisted by novel hand embroidery techniques, in order to achieve a realistic fall and movement.

The Silhouettes

Shape shifting silhouettes constructed with meticulous placement of these forms aim to replicate life in convergence with human imagination. A coming together of hands to lay the quintessential craft of hand embroidery alongside design intervention and contemporary application of our core values of slow, ethical & sustainable couture. Garments that wish to propose to its viewer, a simple question—do we wish to continue witnessing the marvels of nature present to us on this planet? Because we may be required to dig within ourselves for wisdom and realise the change.

Witness the marvels of nature with Rahul Mishra’s New Spring Summer 2021 collection- The Dawn

“What mushrooms have taught me about the meaning of life”

—Nicholas P Money, Professor of Botany and Western Program Director at Miami University in Oxford, Ohio

“Mushrooms are masterpieces of natural engineering. The overnight appearance of the fruit body is a pneumatic process, with the inflation of millions of preformed cells extending the stem, pushing earth aside, and unfolding the cap. Once exposed, the gills of a meadow mushroom shed an astonishing 30,000 spores per second, delivering billions of allergenic particles into the air every day. A minority of spores alights and germinates on fertile ground and some species are capable of spawning the largest and longest-lived organisms on the planet. Mushroom colonies burrow through soil and rotting wood. Some hook into the roots of forest trees and engage in mutually supportive symbioses; others are pathogens that decorate their food sources with hardened hooves and fleshy shelves. Mushrooms work with insects too, fed by and feeding leaf-cutter ants in the New World and termites in the Old World. Among the staggering diversity of mushroom-forming fungi we also find strange apparitions including gigantic puffballs, phallic eruptions with revolting aromas, and tiny “bird’s nests” whose spore-filled eggs are splashed out by raindrops.

Witness the marvels of nature with Rahul Mishra’s New Spring Summer 2021 collection- The Dawn

Mushrooms have been around for tens of millions of years and their activities are indispensable for the operation of the biosphere. Through their relationships with plants and animals, mushrooms are essential for forest and grassland ecology, climate control and atmospheric chemistry, water purification, and the maintenance of biodiversity. This first point, about the ecological significance of mushrooms, is obvious, yet the 16,000 described species of mushroom-forming fungi are members of the most poorly understood kingdom of life. The second point requires a dash of lateral thinking. Because humans evolved in ecosystems dependent upon mushrooms there would be no us without mushrooms. And no matter how superior we feel, humans remain dependent upon the continual activity of these fungi. The relationship isn’t reciprocal: without us there would definitely be mushrooms. Judged against the rest of life (and, so often, we do place ourselves against the rest of nature) humans can be considered as a recent and damaging afterthought.”

 

Next Story
Transformation of Kirana can Generate 3.2 million New Jobs
Transformation of Kirana can Generate 3.2 million New Jobs
 

The transformation of just 10 percent of the 13 million traditional grocery retailers in India, known as Kirana stores, could boost retail consumption by more than 5 percent and generate approximately 3.2 million new jobs in India.

According to a new report from Accenture and Trust For Retailers and Retail Associates of India (TRRAIN) titled ‘Transforming Kirana Stores to Drive Economic Growth,’ the report outlines a strategic approach for unlocking value by transforming Kirana stores through a seven-stage framework that focuses on store location and layout; technology; store funding; and product placement, among other factors.

“The rapid changes in consumer behavior and acceleration of online commerce, mandate that the Indian retail ecosystem transform to meet emerging consumer needs,” said Piyush N. Singh, India Market Unit lead. 

“As the lifeline of the Indian retail sector, a digital-led transformation of Kirana stores can result in significant economic gains, including a nearly 1 percent employment growth in India. The transformation process needs to be expedited with comprehensive policy intervention, technology support, and, most importantly, collaboration between key ecosystem players,” he further adds.
 
“The modernization of Kirana stores will not only help improve consumption and local employment but will also have a positive impact on the retail ecosystem in terms of new growth opportunities,” said Sameer Amte, a managing director in Accenture’s Strategy & Consulting business in India. “We believe with an improved, intelligent supply chain infrastructure, easier access to technology and funds, these stores can redefine the future of the Indian retail landscape.”
 
The modernization of Kirana stores should focus on local assessment, funding assessment, store layout, technology, product placement practices and customer engagement.

Transformation of Kirana can Generate 3.2 million New Jobs

“India is a nation of shopkeepers, and Kirana stores play a crucial role in the Indian retail sector, which in turn contributes nearly 11 percent of the nation’s gross domestic product and 8 percent of its total workforce. Kirana transformation will not only help store owners improve profitability but also add value to the customers and overall ecosystem. This report puts the spotlight on the pivotal role of the Kirana stores in the community and the impact of their transformation not just on them and the industry, but also on India as a whole,” said B.S. Nagesh, founder of TRRAIN. “We believe the report will serve as a foundation as we march ahead in our journey to impact millions of Kirana store owners in India.”
 
E-commerce and cash-and-carry retailers can leverage Kirana stores for last-mile delivery in remote places and in turn support them with digital technology such as digital payment solutions at the point of sale, the report highlights.
 
Intermediary players such as wholesalers and logistics providers need to modernize to fulfill the needs of the transformed retail ecosystem, it further adds.
 

 

Next Story
The Impact of COVID-19 on Sustainable Fashion Innovation
The Impact of COVID-19 on Sustainable Fashion Innovation
 

Even before the COVID-19 crisis, the fashion industry had begun to make changes, many of which have been accelerated by the crisis. Innovation, particularly in challenging times, has proven its relevance time and again to reinvigorate business as usual to achieve organisational objectives, and brands, manufacturers and retailers that are looking to innovation at this time, are better prepared to emerge stronger from the crisis. In a newly released report ‘The State of Circular Innovation in the Indian Fashion and Textile Industries’, Fashion for Good highlights some of the challenges in the region as well as the opportunities for innovation and investment. Fashion for Good also addresses these challenges through their programmes to accelerate and scale these technologies as well as through collaborative initiatives with key players in the industry.  

Promising Areas for Innovation in COVID-19 Times

The crisis has brought the industry, and the structure of the fashion supply chain in particular, into sharp focus, highlighting three key areas of innovation opportunities in the fashion value chain: Supply Chain Transformation, Stock Management and Digital Acceleration. Though these areas have long been on the industry’s radar, given the devastating impact of the crisis and the immediate need for alternative solutions, they have received tremendous attention. 

The Impact of COVID-19 on Sustainable Fashion Innovation

With the significant disruption to the demand and supply chain across the fashion ecosystem, there has never been a more urgent need for transformation towards sourcing practices that are more demand-driven and more sustainable on both the social and environmental fronts. The current situation has called for on-demand and micro-factory solutions that more closely match demand and supply and can easily ramp up production as and when needed, using manufacturing processes which can help reduce waste throughout the supply chain and provide localised logistic solutions. Innovation in the field of predictive manufacturing, sorting and recycling should help to ensure resources are used more efficiently and effectively, ensuring a robust, sustainable business model for the future. Producing less with more recycled content and on a more predictive/ just-in-time manner potentially places brands in a better financial position and prepares them should they encounter another crisis in times to come.

As sales decline with many stores having to shut down, vast volumes of unsold and unshipped garments are now a costly resource. The crisis presents brands with the opportunity to re-examine the importance and utilisation of resources, to diversify their customer base and find innovative means to sell, reuse or rent excess stock. Transparency and traceability solutions also come into play to identify potential issues and solutions, to make informed, data driven decisions to reduce excess stock. Transparency solutions not only help to resolve short-term issues resulting from the crisis, such as the build-up of excess stock, but they also provide useful tools for identifying risks and mitigation strategies for the future. 

In the meantime, some of the shifts we are witnessing in the fashion industry, such as the digital step change, are mostly an acceleration of the inevitable — shifts that were likely to have happened further down the line had the pandemic not prioritised their urgency now.

The Impact of COVID-19 on Sustainable Fashion Innovation

As the crisis has prevented physical contact within and between every stage in the fashion supply chain — and will likely still pose limitations on manual processes, physical meetups and travelling for some time to come — the fashion industry is evaluating options to shift into the digital space along the entire value chain.

When speaking of digitisation, we are mostly referring to replacing current manual and physical practices with more efficient and sustainable digital technologies, such as innovations in digital design processes, digital means of merchandising, planning and selling garments, virtual fashion as well as innovations in consumer engagement, such as fitting solutions, online and virtual selling to name a few. 

The crisis demands an acceleration of sustainable initiatives to remain competitive. The pressing issues currently faced across the industry have prioritised, elevated and accelerated the need for innovation to meet the challenges ahead and for the industry to emerge stronger from this crisis. As an industry, we have persevered through challenging times, have shown our resilience, ingenuity and creativity to emerge all the better. We have numerous allies and champions across the industry whose steadfast commitment to sustainability and innovation is needed to ensure they remain a priority moving forward.
 

 

Next Story
How has the Pandemic Changed the Dynamics of the Dairy Industry?
How has the Pandemic Changed the Dynamics of the Dairy Industry?
 

The COVID-19 outbreak early this year wrecked almost every industry worldwide. India’s dairy industry is no exception. Its business operations were hit hard as the industry had to navigate the negative effects of the pandemic on logistics, an abrupt change in demand consequently impacting the supply.  Due to the nationwide lockdown, consumption from non-essential commercial establishments such as restaurants, hotels, bakery, sweet shops, theatres, and malls, suddenly dipped to zero. 

Plus, for milkmen and vendors who collected loose milk from dairy farmers and then supply it to urban consumers, the ban on travel ruthlessly disturbed this arrangement.  Milk procurement from small farmers, who were outside the umbrella of organized cooperative and corporate sector dairy networks, was equally impacted. That was a jolting setback for the dairy industry as well as farmers. 

Unfortunately, the industry faced a few more exceptional challenges. It wasn’t possible to entirely cut down the milk production considering the plunge in demand and issues in supply. Irrespective of the market mayhem, a cow had to be milked daily for its health. On one hand, it increased the cost of a dairy farmer and on the other, the situation left them with surplus milk with no trade taking place. 

Moreover, the pandemic didn’t eliminate the need for dairy products. But raised a different concern. Products such as curd and paneer are perishable and have a short shelf life. Hence, these were not stocked by families as their back up plan during the lockdown. As these can’t be stored for selling at a later date, and the dairy supply chain operations were severely disrupted, surplus availabilities of dairy products had to be discarded.  Another factor that added salt to the injury was the drastic declination in the consumption of cold products like ice cream, flavored milk, and yogurt. In order to keep ourselves safe, most of us have avoided the food known to enhance cough and cold.

In no time, India, the largest and thriving dairy producer in the world with 187.7 million tons of milk production, as per the data from NDDB, and a high turnover rate, received a hard blow.

But every dark cloud has a silver lining. If this pandemic has brought unprecedented challenges and uncertainties, it has also given an opportunity to the dairy industry to look beyond and unleash its potential. Precisely, this is how several players in the industry responded to the pandemic. Identifying the need of the hour, they forayed into new product categories. Products for immunity boosting such as haldi doodh (turmeric milk), camel milk, and goat milk started gaining attention. Consumer choices are shifting to consuming products made from organic materials. Further, considering health and hygiene are two key factors in the era of new normal, the demand for fresh and organic products will rise in the years to come. This has set manufacturers in the dairy industry to expand their offerings.

No doubt, due to the rapidly changing industry environment as well as consumer behavior, the dairy businesses experienced ebbs and flows of demand and supply. But on a brighter note, weighing the current developments, we are foreseeing a U-shaped growth curve for the dairy sector, wherein the industry is expected to regain its stable growth in days to come.

 

Next Story
Up your Comfy Tracksuit Style Statement in 2021
Up your Comfy Tracksuit Style Statement in 2021
 

Several lockdowns later and almost a year after, the COVID-19 pandemic has altered not only life but major lifestyle choices to fit people’s stay-at-home requirements. Not socializing and staying indoors has led people to rely on comfort over style, and it is pretty understandable. Chilling in your tracksuit is definitely the new normal. But who says you can’t bedazzle the tracksuit look to feel a little festive this New Year?

Tracksuits and Runway Fashion

While tracksuits originally surfaced in the 60s serving the very practical purpose of being a comfy apparel for athletes, they didn’t take much time to get popular for everyday lounging. They resurfaced as style statements for street wear as popular musicians and artists helped tracksuits evolve as a pop culture statement. The iconic Paris Hilton and Jennifer Lopez track-suit look is still unforgettable having inspired tonnes of runway designs over the years, still continuing to be a “cool” style statement in the fashion realm.

Some Celebrities Who Revolutionized Tracksuits in 2020

The trendy tracksuit look has been revolutionized in the last decade where people have in general gravitated towards casual styles. The five-time Grammy-winner Billie Eilish is a pop culture sensation who has taken the tracksuit look to another level. Her authentic comfort style has inspired several teens to get on the track-pants bandwagon!

Up your Comfy Tracksuit Style Statement in 2021

Here is a click of Kylie Jenner sporting a Veluor Tracksuit with style and accessories. It only goes to show that glamour and track-suits can definitely be a theme, which has in fact gotten popular, even before comfort was priority.

Up your Comfy Tracksuit Style Statement in 2021

How To Up Your Tracksuit Game in 2021?

Staying at home has always been about comfort. So much so now, that one wouldn’t know how to do without it! Why not up your style game with a comfy tracksuit look, and enter this New Year with style?

Play with solid colours and accessories or perhaps solo prints, florals and other apparel patterns like Tara Sutaria and Kiara Advani in their fun looks.

Up your Comfy Tracksuit Style Statement in 2021

 A neutral tracksuit can be paired with non-chalant slippers or a comfy pair of shoes. Kareena pulls off this look while also pulling off more glamorous athleisure looks.

Up your Comfy Tracksuit Style Statement in 2021

You can opt for a bold print on top with solid pants for another statement look. Neon tracksuits could be your thing too, accessorized with a brass coloured chain or perhaps some white shoes. Here’s how the power couple Raveer and Deepika aced the Neon tracksuit look.

Up your Comfy Tracksuit Style Statement in 2021

Club it up with a jacket or a pair of shades. Need a little inspiration? You can look up runway tracksuit pieces or perhaps celebs who chose monochrome, patterned or a combination of styles for their look. Statement accessories often add the much needed bling to your look. Channelize your true sense of style and explore colours, patterns and accessories to up your tracksuit game in 2021.

 

Next Story
Five Trends to Rule Indian Home Appliances Industry in 2021 ? ?
Five Trends to Rule Indian Home Appliances Industry in 2021 ? ?
 

As 2020 raged with the pandemic, home appliances industry in our country, like many other sectors, has faced unprecedented challenges. As this fateful year ends and we prep ourselves to live the ‘new normal’ way in 2021, the exciting news of the arrival of multiple COVID-19 vaccines is helping restore consumer’s confidence and revive demand for companies in home appliances sector. 

At this point in time, here are the top 5 trends that are expected to sway the Indian home appliances industry in 2021:

Boost in Domestic Manufacturing: Following the recent India-China standoff, the clarion call for ‘Aatmanirbhar Bharat’ by Government, and Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) schemes, domestic manufacturing for household appliance products is expected to give a prolific boost in 2021. Many companies in the home appliances sector have already started to ‘Manufacture in India’, limit and/ or eliminate imports and produce new products based on localized needs, features or India-specific innovations. Since the imported commodity price for consumer electronics products is anticipated to increase in 2021, it will further propel the trend of manufacturing domestically.

Home Utility & Wellness Products to Become the Rage: As the ongoing saga of work-from-home or remote work and online learning trickles ahead to the next year and people continue to stay indoors for longer hours, utilitarian products which complement the stay-at-home and do-things-yourself lifestyle are booming in demand. For instance, household appliances such as refrigerators, dishwashers, indoor air purifiers, washing machines, and low-cost as well as premium electronic devices are expected to be bought and sold in large volumes in the coming year. Also, given that the pandemic has reaffirmed the importance of healthy living, a new and innovative category of wellness products has come up as ‘need of the hour’ solution; these types of anti-COVID, anti-infection, or health-consciousness-based home appliances will again be in high demand in 2021.  

Digital-First Business Will Be Priority: The whole world turned to online and digital during COVID, and the home appliances sector can obviously be no exception. 2021 will be the year when both big and small-sized companies in this industry will be compelled to focus whole-heartedly on digital-first business strategies. Even traditional product-based home appliance players may switch entirely from ‘brick-and-mortar stores and shops’ to e-tail or digital commerce, or will at least try to go ‘phygital’ (physical+digital). The companies will also be looking at using digital tools/ technologies to engage and interact with consumers (especially tech-savvy millennial customers), market their products, optimize operations, and so on. 

Purposeful Innovation for Future-Forward Advancement: In order to stay relevant and ahead-of-the-curve in these uncertain times amid changing consumer behaviour(s), home appliance makers are currently feeling the need to diversify product portfolios and innovate purposefully and mindfully. In today’s age when consumers are increasingly looking for personalized and easy-to-use products and/ or experiences, product or technology-based innovation in home appliances must focus on 3Cs, i.e. convenience, connectedness, and customizability to the end-users. By integrating novel technologies such as IOT (Internet of Things) or AI (Artificial Intelligence) into products/ solutions, future-forward companies will be looking to aid the lifestyle and solve daily-life household problems/ challenges of their potential customers. 

‘Go Green and Clean’ Will Be In: The global virus outbreak has not only made us more health-conscious, but also collectively raised our consciousness and commitment towards the environment, and for providing cleaner and greener solutions for planet Earth. For the Indian home appliance industry, the upcoming year ushers a great opportunity to come up with more environment-friendly products. Furthermore, a large number of companies building/ manufacturing the appliances are expected to re-look and transform their production and distribution value chain (from sourcing, manufacturing to packaging and so on) in a way so that maximum use of clean energy and eco-friendly products or raw materials can be made, and the circular economy concept can be embraced for good. 
 

 

Next Story
Manufacturing & Retail Trends That Will Drive Growth Of Indian Furniture Sector In 2021
Manufacturing & Retail Trends That Will Drive Growth Of Indian Furniture Sector In 2021
 

Over the past few months, the pandemic and the resultant lockdown have created disruptive trends that have altered the personal and professional lives, across sectors. From home offices, home schools, and the need for individual space to accommodate peaceful extended indoor time in a family home has given a rise to the need for multi-functional, convenient, and customised furniture that can make ‘living’ comfortable and functional. This, coupled with the slowing down of international trade and the thrust in ‘local for vocal’ and ‘Make in India’, as well as a rise in e-commerce for furniture, have all further given a boost to the Indian furniture manufacturing sector.

As per a recent report, the Indian domestic furniture market is expected to grow at a CAGR of 12.91 percent during the period of 2020-2024, while the global furniture market is estimated at $1.1 trillion. The Indian market size, in comparison, comes to be less than 5 percent, highlighting the huge growth potential. Apart from the domestic furniture market, the potential for furniture exports also shows great promise, with several countries looking to move their manufacturing base out of China, in the post-COVID-19 era.

While the above shows overall promise, there are key trends that will drive this growth, which are as under:

Changing Consumer Preferences

As mentioned above, the pandemic and the lockdown has changed customer preferences largely as comfort and functionality have become as significant as design and aesthetics. With the need to spend extended hours at home, sharing space with family members while working from home/ studying from home, and spending leisure time together, the furniture set up for homes has changed. Manufacturers and retailers will see a continuation of this trend well into the coming year, and there will be a rise in demand for multi-functional, comfortable, and aesthetic furniture for the home. Additionally, with the increasing awareness about sustainability and recycling, consumers are making more informed choices, picking engineered wooden furniture/ refurbished furniture over plastic furniture.

Policy Support for Manufacturing

As India aims at becoming a global manufacturing hub, there has been a major policy push, with initiatives like ‘Make In India’ and ‘Vocal for Local’ etc., that has given a boost to the manufacturing sector, including furniture manufacturing. As per the Make in India initiative, the GoI aims to increase the share of the manufacturing sector in the country’s GDP to 25% by 2025. Additionally, in August 2019, the Government permitted 100 percent FDI in contract manufacturing through the automatic route, further encouraging the growth of the sector.

Rise in E-Retail for Furniture

One of the major disruptions witnessed during the lockdown was the sudden rise in e-commerce. While there has been a rise in need for modular, multi-functional and customised furniture for home-offices and home-schooling, the lockdown saw a shift, with consumers preferring to purchase these online instead of from the traditional stores, thereby changing the face of Furniture retail. And these changes are not restricted only to the urban market but are also seen in smaller towns and tier II cities, as most urban professionals are migrating away from cities to work from their home towns, due to remote working options. 

Rental Furniture Demand

With the changing consumer trends about design and functionality, another major trend that is driving the growth of furniture retail is the rental furniture sector. With the increased financial uncertainty and economic slowdown, several millennial consumers, who are either living alone or sharing space with friends, are opting to rent functional and smart furniture via online portals, instead of investing in a lifetime purchase of furniture. Apart from being cost-effective and convenient, the rental furniture portals also offer flexibility and access to varied designs, on one platform, catering to the changing tastes and needs of the millennials.

Supportive Logistics Infrastructure

One of the key aspects to drive the growth of manufacturing and retail is a robust logistics and supply chain infrastructure. With the government's focus on developing a robust road, rail, and international freight network, coupled with a thrust on technology-enabled supply chain and warehousing ecosystem, the country is set to witness rapid development in the logistics and supply chain sector. The e-commerce rise, on the other hand, is also driving the growth of the sector, with efficient last-mile deliveries, reverse logistics, and speedy deliveries that are also enhancing the supply chain networks, ensuring robust infrastructure support for a booming manufacturing sector.

While the above-mentioned trends are collectively set to drive the furniture manufacturing and retail sector, the rise in export demand and renewed interest in commercial furniture once the offices re-open to full capacity, are other key factors that will also play a significant role in the rise of the sector. For manufacturing, India is already poised for success with the availability of resources, manpower, and superior technology, and policy support to drive this growth. Synergising these with easier access to capital, skilled labor, encouragement to indigenous design and artisans, and supportive factors to help MSME and larger manufacturers to collaborate, can together lead to attracting international investors and buyers.

 

Next Story
FMCG Trends to Look Forward to in 2021
FMCG Trends to Look Forward to in 2021
 

In the history of FMCG industry, the year 2020 will be remembered always because our economy and business witnessed some turbulent and unexpected changes. The COVID-19 pandemic has majorly impacted the attitude of the consumers and paved a new consumption pattern in them which is predominantly dominated by health & wellness, safety & assurance and taste & enjoyment. To cater to these growing needs of the consumers, FMCG companies are also bringing many new changes in their functioning. 

Here are some emerging trends for 2021: 

Health and Wellness 

Proactive living and good health have become the driving factors of all the innovations and consumer attitudes. In the last couple of months, consumers’ focus has been intensified on health. 80% of people living across the globe are going to eat and drink healthy in the years to come. Consumers have understood the preventive health strategies now. Immunity strengthening products will be given more priority by the consumers for a long-term. A data by FMCG survey even shows that 43 percent of global consumers are actively looking for ingredients that strengthen their immunity with the everyday food and drink they consume. The most prominent ingredients that consumers will continue to consume are omega 3, vitamin, calcium, protein, probiotics/ cultures.  

Investments in Digital 

With social distancing norms in place and uncertainty to general business, larger players have also invested in digital technologies to reduce cost structure and increase business continuity. Companies are extending partnerships with multiple digitally native players to expand reach with digitally native customers. A large FMCG player is participating in the digitalisation journey for general trade (GT) – an app for its GT stakeholders now has 0.23 million outlets onboard and seen a double rise in order value and number of SKUs ordered. Companies have also invested in more agile planning solutions and explored digital in manufacturing to enable continuity to business and respond better to the crisis.

Safety and Assurance 

After seeing so much of crisis in 2020, consumers are looking forward to those opportunities which don’t induce any risk both financially or health. As consumers are putting maximum emphasis on value and trust, the trend of safety and assurance has emerged. The coronavirus pandemic has also raised people’s awareness towards conserving the earth for better quality of life for us and future generations. They have realized that the way we treat our mother earth, it will also treat us in the same way. Even people have shifted to natural products and are no longer indulging in those products, which are made in unnatural ways and exhibit animal cruelty. Consumers are looking for such products which are natural, real, authentic and nutritional. They are not preferring any such products which they haven’t heard of. 

Save to Thrive 

Compared with pre-COVID-19 expectations, the percentage of respondents globally expecting positive revenue growth is down 40 points. In India, the outlook is down by 20 points. In India, according to a survey by Deloitte, 73 percent of the companies surveyed expect to undertake a cost reduction programme in the next 12 months. They are concerned with their current cost structure. Companies have cut down on their discretionary spending, Due to COVID-19, companies optimised on their trade spend, with focus on ensuring product availability in the channel (as consumers stocked up) and reduction in advertisement budget across major players. Reduction in advertisements, specifically television advertisements, saw various B2C start-ups take up top advertisement spots.

Taste and Enjoyment 

While following the trend of eating healthy, consumers aren’t ready to compromise on health. A lot of home-grown exotic products will be on rise. With the advent of digitilisation and increase in influencer marketing, consumers will like to demonstrate the good taste and sophistication. Eating out will also be there in 2021 just for the need for comfort and escapism from the pressures of everyday life. While no matter how much positivity and freshness we usher in the new year but the truth is that the uncertainty from this year will continue into 2021 and beyond.   
 

 

Next Story
Key Trends Transforming FMCG Delivery Space
Key Trends Transforming FMCG Delivery Space
 

The year 2020 has driven unprecedented business change across the world, including the food industry. Here are some trends that were visible in 2020 and will be defining and leading the way in 2021 as well.

Contactless Deliveries

Thanks to COVID-19, contactless deliveries was a trend that began early in 2020 but will continue well into 2021 unless the vaccine is administered to everyone across the globe. The trend caught on as there was an increased consumer caution around hygiene. It mitigates the risk of virus transmission by limiting contact between people during transactions. Additionally, the robust digital payment ecosystem made the process even more smooth and safe. In some cases, contactless deliveries were also enabled through the use of robots and drones, which might just gain more popularity in the future.

Hygiene

Customers have adopted many habits during the pandemic that are here to stay. They have many reservations about sourcing perishable food produce from unhygienic wet markets. Hygiene and physical contact being the primary concern among the concerned customers. FMCG companies are launching products online before the traditional retail stores, with e-commerce sales recording 56 percent growth in the first quarter of 2020 and 38 percent increase in June 2020, according to India Brand Equity Foundation (IBEF). India’s e-commerce industry is projected to reach $99 billion by 2024, growing at 27 percent CAGR over 2019-24, with grocery being one of the key drivers of incremental growth, as per IBEF.

Hygiene is also impacting brand loyalty. The change in purchase patterns is also evident. It has been observed that customers are increasingly looking at certified and tested quality products than lower quality products that could potentially cause harm in any way.

Transparency
 
The food industry has recognized that transparency builds consumer trust. Consumers now expect food labels to provide better transparency around the product lifecycle. The customer’s quest for chemical-free and preservative-free food alternatives is another key trend. Therefore, the pandemic has accelerated consumer interest in a more holistic approach to health, which includes a greater understanding of hygiene and safety.

Collaboration

The food companies have slowly realized that collaboration is key to ensure doorstep deliveries as consumers want products and services to be brought directly to them, irrespective of their geography.

Speaking on the shift in trend, Shan Kadavil, CEO, FreshToHome said, “Today’s customers are smart. They seek validation for the products they consume. Therefore, a certification of a product’s safety and quality are of utmost importance. There has also been a change in the purchase pattern as the customers of today are looking for a quality product that is transparent in its ingredients, neat in packaging, and allows traceability of source. FreshToHome platform offers the freshest meat and fish thanks to the AI-powered supply chain technology, aided by a cold chain used by its sellers. This is to ensure that our customers get 100 percent chemical-free and preservative-free products."

Online shopping is the new normal and an undisputed way forward when it comes to safe and secure purchases. The food sector, that has been gradually attracting consumers since 2018, has seen a paradigm shift in shopping behavior and is currently enjoying the attention. 

Thus, with ever-increasing numbers of online buyers and digital disruption, the food industry in the e-commerce space will continue to grow owing to more sophisticated digital networks.
 

 

Next Story
How Kiranas Have Survived And Thrived During COVID-19
How Kiranas Have Survived And Thrived During COVID-19
 

The COVID-19 pandemic and the consequent lockdown have dramatically changed the way people shop for what they need. While stepping out to a supermarket was earlier a matter of course, customers are now hesitant to expose themselves to crowded places. The solution to this has come from an unexpected quarter, kirana stores.

Earlier struggling to stay afloat amidst the stiff competition from supermarkets and e-tailers, Kirana stores have been quietly servicing the needs of 1.4 billion Indians since lockdown began. While large supermarkets and e-commerce stores have grappled with supply issues, neighborhood stores with fewer resources but a greater connect with the hearts of their consumers have gained in popularity. 

Paving the Way for Return of Mom-and-Pop Stores

There are over 12 million Kirana stores across India, providing daily essentials and groceries to the families in their vicinity. Through the advent of malls and megamarkets, they have retained their presence and continue to thrive, particularly in the lockdown era.

- Fear of Exposure at Big Stores

Over the past few months, people across India have been nervous about stepping out and exposing themselves to the virus. This fear is exacerbated in the case of supermarkets where there are many other customers who could put them at risk. Kirana stores are thus the natural choice to opt for, as their smaller premises allow fewer people in at a time. Moreover, with most supermarkets and large retailers forced to shut shop during the lockdown, Kirana stores are often the only option.

- Lack of Choice in Online Deliveries

Many customers turned to e-commerce solutions like BigBasket or Swiggy Groceries to get their essentials, but even these come with their pitfalls like delays in delivery, minimum order value, and the inability to choose one’s own produce. Instead, customers can simply step out to the nearest Kirana store and pick up what they need. This also allows them to select products after personally checking for freshness or any blemishes.

- Quick Shopping Experience

With online deliveries, one has to wait several hours and often an entire day before the purchases show up, which can be inconvenient. Instead, one can quickly step out and collect essentials as and when needed from a Kirana store.

- Personal Connect

As opposed to the impersonal experience of shopping online or at a supermarket, the shop owner at a Kirana store often knows his customers well and makes the interaction a friendly one, which encourages the buyer to return. The personal connect also allows for experiences and requests that would not be possible elsewhere, such as the customer calling up the store owner and requesting for certain items to be kept aside for himself. 

- Digitised Experience

What is remarkable to note is how the Kirana stores have rapidly adopted new technologies such as digital payments and contactless delivery to ease up the buying process, particularly in a post-Covid world where customers are reluctant to handle cash or cards. The adoption of POS machines and UPI payments by even tiny stores in small towns has enabled a safer shopping experience and also furthered digitisation more rapidly.

Overall, consumer expenditure at Kirana stores has gone up by around 40% since lockdown began in March.

How Kirana Stores are Making Waves in Post-COVID India

To understand the exact impact of the Kirana stores in post-lockdown India, EY conducted a survey across metro and non-metro cities. The survey found that 20% of Kirana stores have started using online platforms to get assistance with deliveries and have a steady supply of goods coming in, while 40% state that they would like to partner with online platforms to help them grow further. Furthermore, 79% of Kirana stores in non-metros and 50% in metros are seeing new customers come in post-lockdown, which indicates a renewed trust in hyperlocal communities. The need to adopt new technologies to improve sales and supply chain management was also recognised; 58% of traders in metros and 46% in non-metros are convinced that digitisation is now a must for them. 

In response to this boom in Kirana's growth, the Indian government is drafting new e-commerce policies that will help these stores integrate better into the online ecosystem. Once these policies are in place, Kiranas will be given special packages of incentives to handle both online and offline sales. Moreover, corporate giants like Amazon, Flipkart, and Reliance are now taking an interest in Kirana stores as potential fulfillment partners for their grocery divisions, such as Flipkart’s onboarding of over 50000 Kirana stores to deliver to 850 cities ahead of the festive season. 

As India struggles to recover from the blow dealt by the lockdown, Kirana stores have emerged as the unsung heroes helping a country with its daily needs. As storeowners adapt to changing consumer behaviors by adopting technology while continuing to provide the personalised Kirana experience, they could very well emerge as the hubs that strengthen the FMCG distribution network and help the industry recover sooner. 

 

Next Story
FMCG Trends for 2021
FMCG Trends for 2021
 

As India prepares to enter 2021, there are some good tidings. Going by the latest reports, the economy is in the revival mode. With vaccines to combat COVID-19 a reality – although mass availability is some way off – hope abounds that the pandemic may be brought under control, sooner rather than later. 

All of which augurs well for the FMCG segment, which is India’s fourth-largest sector, employing three million-plus people. In the Rs 4.0 lakh crore industry, household and personal care items comprise around 50 percent of FMCG sales. While the urban segment contributes around 55 percent of the total FMCG revenues, the market in rural regions is expected to record faster growth. As semi-urban and rural India grows at a robust pace, FMCG products already account for half of the total spending in rural areas.

Significant Facts and Figures

Despite the pandemic’s impact on consumer spending behaviour in 2020, the situation is expected to turn around in 2021. Currently, most households remain wary about what they purchase and the frequency of purchases. In 2020, lockdowns and other pandemic-related restrictions meant people preferred purchasing essentials online, including FMCG goods, rather than visiting brick-and-mortar stores. 

The possibility of vaccines being available in India at some point, however, will lead to increased sales from conventional outlets such as local markets, hypermarkets and kiranas, among others. But digital will continue being a parallel purchase mode because both urban and rural people have developed a degree of comfort regarding online orders. 

The biggest benefit of online shopping is that it can be done from the safe confines of homes without worrying about social distancing norms. As per a Nielsen Global Connect report, online shopping has seen an increase of more than 20 percent.

Meanwhile, an intriguing fact – rural markets performed relatively better than urban ones after the coronavirus outbreak. Data analytics firm Nielsen noted that in June 2020, there was a strong bounce-back in sales of FMCG goods across rural and semi-urban markets even as bigger cities saw a decline.  In 2021 too, the sales revival in Bharat may continue outpacing that of India. 

Partly, this is attributed to the severity of the pandemic in urban zones whereas Bharat faced relatively less stringent lockdowns. Also, the reverse migration of workers to their native places would have increased rural demand. Though most workers are said to have later returned to the cities, some preferred to stay back. These trends could continue to play out in 2021. 

Deploying Digital

Given the pandemic-linked disruptions to supply chains, FMCG players deployed digital technologies in a big way to drive BCPs (business continuity plans). Having learnt the benefits of e-commerce, FMCG entities are expected to maintain their digital presence even after normalcy is restored and COVID-19 comes under control. The shock of the pandemic has made it clear that an omni-channel approach of physical plus digital sales is the best way to drive BCPs in case of any future disruptions. 

In 2021, FMCG companies will need to invest in tech tools that enable e-ordering, e-invoicing as well as e-collections via digital payment platforms. Innovations in digital would be the way forward in overcoming sudden disruptions in supply chains. Keeping this in mind, a global food company is aiming to create a mobile application that could serve as a digital sales model. Rather than sending its reps into the market, it is seeking to find solutions allowing retailers to place orders directly via WhatsApp, mobile or an app. 

A Deloitte Consumer Tracker survey indicates there is a rising shift towards BOPIS (buy online pickup in-store), besides the growth in pure-play online purchases and deliveries. The main motivators: safetyand the option of browsing through entire product portfolios more efficiently from the comfort and convenience of one’s home. 

Moreover, even as most economies continue facing headwinds and muted consumer demand, the FMCG sector will see sustained growth in select segments. For instance, consumers are raising spends on health, hygieneand nutritional products,including packaged goods. As people prefer staying indoors to avoid the risk of infection, e-commerce is their first choice in purchasing products. 

The changing consumer patterns are due to mounting awareness about immunity-boosting products and those deemed safe, against the backdrop of coronavirus concerns. Accordingly, companies would need to tweak their product portfolios and distribution strategies. 

As we welcome 2021, the focus on consumer data, behaviour trends and digitalisation must continue. In the months ahead, demand-driven supply will count more than supply-side drivers. In the post-COVID era, consumers would undoubtedly continue calling the shots in driving FMCG sales. 
 

 

Next Story
COVID-19 Impact: APAC Beauty and Personal Care Industry Innovate To Survive The Pandemic?
COVID-19 Impact: APAC Beauty and Personal Care Industry Innovate To Survive The Pandemic?
 

The outbreak of COVID-19 has further heightened consumers’ awareness of sustainability and health.

Growing Consumer Interest in Sustainability and Health 

According to Mintel’s Global COVID-19 Tracker, 87 percent of Indian consumers have indicated that environmental issues have become a higher or lower priority for them – second only to eating healthily. Meanwhile, Mintel Global Consumer research shows that 78 percent of South Korean consumers would like to see more innovative environment-friendly products, and 90 percent of consumers in Japan think it is important to manage their emotional wellbeing.

Therefore, how to share and showcase sustainability initiatives and precisely respond to consumer’s health needs is one of the most important factors for brands to engage consumers now and in the years to come.

Haircare, Clean and Green Beauty Drive Innovation and New Experiences 

Consumers are always ready to embrace new concepts and experience new products, regardless of how the market changes. China’s haircare market has maintained steady growth over the past five years with a compound average growth rate (CAGR) of 4.8 percent, according to Mintel research. 

Haircare products’ import value in the first half of the year increased by 21 percent, compared with the same period the previous year. Interest in haircare is continuously growing among Chinese consumers, with many haircare brands taking inspiration from the skincare industry and innovating around textures and ingredients.

Moreover, Mintel Global Consumer research indicates that 75 percent of consumers in Australia and New Zealand love trying new experiences. As competition for clean and green beauty continues to grow, especially from Western markets, ANZ beauty brands should work harder for their consumers and lean into expertise to stand out in the congested beauty market, rather than just focusing on clean or proving dermatological efficacy or safety.

Angelia Teo, Research Manager, Mintel Beauty & Personal Care, Asia Pacific, said: “The beauty and personal care industry in Asia Pacific has taken a hard hit due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Consumer attitudes and behaviours have shifted as a result and the industry has faced unprecedented challenges, but also opportunities. Innovation is also flourishing in the sector. In our annual Asia Pacific Beauty and Personal Landscape, we’ve focused on the evolution of consumer trends and market opportunities for brands.”

 

Next Story
Global Activewear Market to Reach $353.5 Billion in 2020
Global Activewear Market to Reach $353.5 Billion in 2020
 

2020 has been a rollercoaster year for a good number of industries and activewear is no exception.

According to the research data analyzed and published by Comprar Acciones, the market is estimated to be worth $353.45 billion in 2020. It is projected to grow at a 3.7 percent CAGR in the period between 2020 and 2026, to reach $439.17 billion by the end of the duration.

For the key players in the industry, the challenging year has left little option but to adapt. One of the recent trends for top activewear players is a shift to direct-to-consumer sales.

According to the NPD, online sales of activewear will account for 40 percent of all sales in 2020, a new high.

NIKE - For Nike, the top sportswear brand globally, there was a 75 percent increase in online sales during its fiscal Q4, which ended in June 2020. At the time, the brand closed 90 percent of physical stores. For the first time, e-commerce revenue accounted for 30 percent of its total revenue.

During the three-month period which ended on August 31, 2020, Nike’s online sales rose once again, this time by 82 percent. This took place although retail outlets had reopened.

Thanks to the surge in e-commerce, the company offset losses as annual sales only dropped by 5 percent. From $39.1 billion in fiscal 2019, it dropped to $37.4 billion during fiscal 2020 according to its earnings report.

Total revenue for fiscal Q1 2021 amounted to $10.6 billion, with $1.5 billion as net profit. Despite having shed over 40 percent in March 2020, Nike’s stock is up by 40.79 percent year-over-year (YoY) as of December 11, 2020 and 35.80 percent year-to-date (YTD).

 ADIDAS - At the height of the pandemic, Adidas closed down over 70 percent of its retail stores. As a result, its revenue for H1 2020 sank by 27 percent to $9.81 billion.

During the three-month period which ended on September 30, 2020, its revenue amounted to $7.01 billion. Operating profit fell by 12 percent during the quarter to $934 million while net profit totaled $677 million.

Despite the overall drop in revenue, Adidas online sales increased by 93 percent in Q2 2020 alone. In April and May 2020, growth accelerated at a triple-digit rate. During Q3, online sales surged by 51 percent.

PUMA - On the other hand, Puma’s operating profit had grown sevenfold and its annual sales had doubled in the six-year period leading up to 2020. However, during Q1 2020, its net profit fell by 61.6 percent YoY to $39.1 million against $1.4 billion in total sales. E-commerce sales for the period rose by 40 percent. By Q3 2020, however, the situation had improved with sales rising by 13 percent to $1.87 billion and operating profit by 17 percent to $223 million. Notably, direct-to-consumer sales grew by 60.9 percent during the period.

Overall, Puma saw total e-commerce sales for the first nine months of 2020 grow by an impressive 66.5 percent.

UNDER ARMOUR - For Under Armour, the three-month period which ended on September 30, 2020 saw wholesale revenue drop by 7 percent to $830 million. However, like the other activewear giants, the company saw direct-to-consumer sales rise by 17 percent to $540 million. Its revenue for the period was $1.43 billion with $38.9 million as net profit.

US Athleisure Items to Account for 31 Percent of Apparel Sales in December 2020

Besides embracing direct-to-consumer sales, dominant sportswear brands are also capitalizing on the thriving athleisure market.

According to NPD, athleisure items like sweatpants and sweatshirts are projected to account for 31 percent of total apparel spending in the US during the 2020 holiday season. Comparatively, the segment had a 26 percent share in the 2019 holiday season.

OLD NAVY -  According to the company’s earnings report, Old Navy had an increase of 55 percent in the activewear segment. The reason for this was that more customers wanted comfortable clothing as they spend more time indoors.

ATHLETA - Athleta, Gap’s brand for female workout clothes, similarly recorded an increase of 35 percent in net sales. On the other hand, Banana Republic, famed for work apparel, had a decline of 34 percent in net sales.

ABERCROMBIE & FITCH - Abercrombie & Fitch has also experienced success with Gilly Hicks, which sells women’s loungewear and bras. During the most recent quarter, it saw a double-digit increase in sales as online sales soared over 100 percent.

In a bid to get a share of the pie, Kohl’s is planning to launch a brand known as FLX for active apparel in 2021.

The US athleisure market is estimated to reach $105.1 billion in sales in 2020 according to Euromonitor and Coresight. Compared to 2019, that would be a 9.2 percent decrease, attributed to the pandemic and reduced in-store shopping. However, the two forecast a rebound in 2021, projecting that the sector will grow by 7.9 percent YoY.
 

 

Next Story
Snacking Becoming A Larger Part Of Consumer's New Normal
Snacking Becoming A Larger Part Of Consumer's New Normal
 

Snacking around the world, which was already a rapidly increasing behavior, has only accelerated as consumers spend more time at home. At the same time, the majority of respondents see snacking as a growing part of their everyday lives in the future

Almost 9 in 10 global adults (88 percent) say they are snacking more (46 percent) or the same (42 percent) during the pandemic than before, with millennials and those who are working from home right now being especially likely to say they prefer snacks over meals (70 percent and 67 percent, respectively), says The 2020 State of Snacking Report by Mondelēz International and The Harris Poll.

The 2020 State of Snacking Report underlines the growth in snacking worldwide and how behavior, sentiment and routines surrounding food are being reshaped by COVID-19.

The report informs the company’s strategy to bite into the $1.2 trillion total snack industry as it continues to lead the future of snacking by delivering the right snack, for the right moment, made the right way.

“Findings from our State of Snacking report reinforce the key role that snacking plays in the lives of global consumers, the growing importance of snacking during 2020 and the moments of peace it provides as individuals and families stay home and continue to face challenges brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic,” said Dirk Van de Put, Chairman and CEO of Mondelēz International. “As we empower people to snack right, we are proud of the role we play in the lives of consumers everywhere by delivering sources of comfort, connection and community that are difficult to find in this year of isolation.”

“The results of our State of Snacking survey not only underscore the value snacking brings to families and individuals, but help us to even better understand the evolving needs of our consumers worldwide so that we can continue to adapt and offer them the snacks they want, where, when and how they want them,” Van de Put added.

Important Source of Comfort, Connection and Community

Comfort is the #1 driver of snacking this year, as more than half of global adults have been buying nostalgic snack brands from childhood (53 percent) and snacks that bring back good memories (59 percent) during the pandemic. 
Two-thirds say snack time is one of the few moments of peace (64 percent) and bright spots in their day (63 percent), including three-quarters of parents who are working from home (76 percent and 75 percent, respectively).

Snacking also offers bite-sized moments of satisfaction and peace, with a majority of respondents noting it has helped distract them from a trying year.

66 percent noted that “Snacking is one of the few sources of reward and satisfaction in my day,” while 65 percent believe that snacking has given them much needed moments to themselves over the past few months.

Health and Wellness Remain Top of Mind

As snacking increases, so too does the focus on healthy products and ingredients. More than half of global adults have relied on snacks for nourishment during the pandemic (54 percent), attesting that snacks have been nourishing to their body, mind, and soul during these strange times (64 percent).

A majority are also more mindful snacking at home, saying they are more focused on the snacks they eat these days (57 percent), and that they have more control over the portions they eat because they are snacking at home more often (66 percent).

Changing Purchasing Behaviour

Virtual snack shopping has reached a tipping point, with almost of half of respondents buying online

Half of global adults say they have started to buy snacks online more often than they do in-store or offline (47 percent), with 7 in 10 planning to continue shopping for snacks online once the pandemic is over (69 percent).

A majority say the pandemic has opened their eyes to so many more ways to get snacks than they knew existed before (57 percent), including 3 in 10 who have discovered snacks to try on social media (28 percent).

 

Next Story
How The Indian Mattress Industry Is Coping With COVID-19?
How The Indian Mattress Industry Is Coping With COVID-19?
 

Necessity is the mother of invention, no doubt this is the hard time and the time which will lead to new possibilities, innovation, and development in this field. This pandemic COVID-19 had completely turn-around the global economy. From the local to international business, each field of the service provider is facing the impacts of this epidemic. The Indian mattress industry has also not untouched by its impact. Though the mattress industry had been waiting for the silver lining since the last year and now dark clouds of the pandemic had made the vision smoggier.

As per the recent announcement, Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman may announce the stimulus for the hard-hit sectors of the economy due to the COVID-19 situation. According to media reports, the government is looking at the stress in various sectors including, the health and allied sectors. The mattress industry may get a silver lining over this dark cloud, impacts are visible on the retail sector but the silver lining has shown some hope through e-commerce. As per the belief of humanity where there’s a will there's a way, similarly, the Indian mattress industry is coping up with covid-19 and diligently working to mitigate its impact.

Here is a SWOT Analysis for a better understanding of this matter.

S- Strength

Indian mattress industry’s strength is that it is aware and understands the need of the consumer and works accordingly. Following are the focus points which work as strength for the industry.

The industry is very conscious about safety, health, and hygiene. Factories and offices are taking preventive measures to maintain proper safety and hygiene.

Evolving preferences and tastes of consumers strengthen the demand for mattresses and bedding products.

WFH culture has somehow strengthened the market as people tend to work for more hours and with discomforts but by buying proper mattress line they have increased the demand and taken care of themselves.

Lifestyle change is a root of several diseases such as arthritis, backache, spine, and joint-related problems which drives demand for better quality and comfortable products.

W- Weakness

Indian mattress Industry may dive into deep loss if the retail sector stays in bad condition for longer. The industry believes in to find and look for ways to turn a weakness into an opportunity. So, the industry is doing it in the following manner.

The shift in consumer preferences is one of the major weaknesses but again the industry has taken this as an opportunity and this change in preferences has led to progression and impacted the quality of the mattress positively.

Though retail is restricted due to a pandemic but e-commerce is showing a ray of hope which is not only convenient but also correct as per government restriction and appropriate according to the need of an hour.

O- Opportunities

Following are the opportunities for the Indian mattress industry-

With the help of extensive and in-depth ortho and body-needs-based research, mattresses are diversified as per the need of consumers.

Through Technology, the uniqueness of mattresses has been maintained such as protection from dermo-allergies.

The Paradigm shift towards modern orthopedic mattresses, attract consumers for their health and durability perspective.

GST factor has also formalised the economy and it shows a dynamic shift in business from unorganised to organised providers.

Government initiatives for housing for all also contributed by giving a boost to mattress consumption and the industry as well.

An increase in consumerism, demand, and consumption of comfort by consumers of this age i.e. millennials and generation z give a spike to the modern market

T- Threats

Elements which are coming up as a threat or challenges for the Indian mattress industry are the following-

Bleeker outlook of consumers on their financial conditions is a big threat. To deal with financial stress, the mattress companies are exploring EMI options for not only industries but also for smaller standalone.

Lack of consumer awareness and transportation is also a major threat because long-distance warehousing of these items becomes infeasible. Though the industry is dealing with these challenges by shifting from retail to e-commerce.

Conclusion

During these corona times, the utmost priority of the Indian mattress industry is to stand shoulder to shoulder for spreading awareness, comfort and to provide safe & sound sleep to buyers.

 

Next Story
Healthy, plant-based snacking: Emerging snack trends in India
Healthy, plant-based snacking: Emerging snack trends in India
 

The ongoing coronavirus pandemic has led to a shift in consumer behavior even when it comes to their snacking preferences. This resulted in overnight innovation in the snack food market, which comprises salty snacks, confectionery, baked snacks, and frozen snacks. The need to eat healthy food, environmental concerns, convenience, affordability, and at the same time trying out something unique are the factors that would drive the growth of the snacking industry in 2020.

Many emerging markets rise to the top of those with an increased appetite for snacks. Seeing sales growth in non-essential categories, like snacks, is a good indicator that consumers in these countries are ready and able to spend beyond the bare necessities, marking an incredible opportunity for FMCG companies in these markets, despite the pay-cut or job loss because of the COVID-19.

Here are some of the trend spotlights:

Healthy at convenience

Non-communicable diseases such as diabetes, stroke, and heart attacks are estimated to contribute to 73% of all deaths. Governments around the world have implemented taxes, campaigns, labeling, and advertising reforms to help consumers make healthier food choices. And, COVID-19 has also made the urgent need of shifting towards healthier snacking options. People are becoming mindful snackers and are also looking for clean labels. Companies are in the process to adjust their action plans in addressing these rapidly increasing consumer needs. The good news is, this healthy food trend is creating new opportunities within snacking and adjacent categories.

On-the-go snacking products

Portability has become one of the main criteria of consumers, who are either working from home or leading a busy schedule. However, on-the-go snacking could be a concern when it comes to sustainability, due to their disposable nature and use of excess packaging. But, many companies are dealing with this major concern to shrink by deciding to produce minimum packaging waste. They have introduced recyclable and biodegradable packaging solutions. Many companies have been urging the consumers to send back the wrapper or the bottle of their company’s location and for that, they are attaching an envelope with their address mentioned in it. It has been seen that almost 40 percent of wasted fruit and vegetables are “imperfect” produce that has been turned away by supermarkets for not complying with cosmetic standards. As a result, snacking companies are also working to reduce food waste. For example, an emerging snacking brand in the UK launched a new range of crisps made from surplus fruit and vegetables, as it aims to give value to oddly shaped, discolored, or blemished fruits and vegetables.

Plant-based snacking

There has been a rise in plant-based diet among consumers in the past few years and the snacking sector has also modified their ingredients according to the consumers’ growing preferences. The global plant-based snacks market was valued at USD 34.69 billion in 2019 and is forecast to reach USD 73.61 billion by 2028, according to Future Market Insights. From vegan jerky, almond milk yogurt, to vegan protein bars, the plant-based snacking market is going through a plethora of innovations to cash in on the trend. They are targeting health-conscious consumers.  Conventional crisp-making methods, such as deep-frying, have been replaced with a trend for popped and puffed crisps. Popped and puffed snacks often use ‘healthier’ ingredients such as seaweed, lentils, chickpeas, and seeds.

Way forward

The FMCG landspace is going through a major transformation in the past few months. Due to the coronavirus pandemic and even after the pandemic subsides, the trend of healthy eating is going to stay for a longer time because consumers have understood that nothing is precious than their wellbeing. The vending industry is one of the most affected industry because most of the snack vending machines are set up either in offices or metro stations. Though metro stations are operational now, many offices are still shut. According to a report by ResearchAndMarkets.com, the global snack food market is expected to grow from USD 210.4 billion in 2019 to USD 215.9 billion in 2020 at a CAGR of 2.7%. This low growth is down to an economic slowdown across countries affected by Covid-19.

 

Next Story
How E-commerce Furniture Industry has changed during recent times?
How E-commerce Furniture Industry has changed during recent times?
 

In recent months, the COVID-19 pandemic has managed to transform how people live, shop, and interact with others. They are cautious about being socially active and disclaimer to follow social distancing, using sanitizers, wearing masks, etc. have somehow become a part and parcel of life now, gradually preparing everyone to brace for the ‘new normal’.

While the pandemic has affected business operations in almost every industry globally, e-commerce platforms are adopting new technologies in order to keep up with consumer needs and offer a hassle-free shopping experience. In India, many e-commerce furniture platforms are witnessing huge shifts in consumer behavior and frequently changing business trends. Let us explore how this pandemic is changing the e-commerce furniture industry.

COVID-19 shifting consumer behavior

According to an IBEF industry research report, Indian e-commerce was expected to grow to USD 200 billion by 2026. However, the lockdown, followed by unlocking phases saw the market landscape and demands of costumers indicating a huge rise, signifying that the sector will hit expected figures much sooner. Here are some basic consumer behavior changes that have been reported in the last few months through different surveys:

  • 8 in 10 buyers have switched their shopping habits
  • Over 70% of people are ordering products online that they were purchasing normally from stores
  • Approximately 5 in 10 shoppers hesitate to visit stores now
  • 80% of retailers believe that the virus spread has a deep impact on customer response
  • 30% of businesses expect that the pandemic will cause their e-commerce establishment to grow

Among all this, a major setback being observed is a pause in production and diminished labor force after the lockdown. Some believe that these changes are temporary; with time the community will move swiftly beyond the survival mode and digital adaptation will bring huge transformations in the coming years.

New emerging world order in retail

Brands can no longer wait for the lockdown to be lifted completely and rely entirely on offline presence. They have to adjust to new norms of online marketing, a perspective that can increase sales and convert buyers. Retailers switching to online platforms should upgrade to an omnichannel ecosystem and propose innovative shopping experience by interpreting new buying behavior, and reallocate resources. So far, Coronavirus has disturbed the entire structure of how things were working conventionally. Like many others, the situation with the furniture industry is also changing.

Shutdowns, slow manufacturing, dump inventories, etc. in countries like China, Italy, and India during this pandemic have become common. Luckily, things are getting back on track as every country is recovering at its own pace from the crisis. India has stopped using, buying, and collaborating with Chinese products to benefit local brands while championing the ‘Vocal for Local’ initiative, part of Aatmanirbhar Bharat Abhiyan.

E-commerce: A boon

E-commerce is now being widely considered a blessing during this pandemic. Companies that have an established online portal for furniture shopping gained huge benefits in fulfilling customer needs. Those who recently invested in digital platforms with an online presence are also trying to survive. According to some market survey reports, almost 33% surveyed said they avoid offline stores, while a significant percentage said they’ll avoid such stores in the future.

This is the time furniture brands, manufacturers, and retailers need to develop an effective supply chain response to alleviate risk and face any interruptions in the future.

Good time to make an online presence

The seriousness of the virus has urged people to stay home, leading to an increase in online sales. In the future, a boost in e-commerce growth rates is expected as online marketplaces will be less impacted than offline retailers. According to the SaaS platform provider, Quantum Metric, online sales increased 52% compared with the same time frame a year ago. Additionally, the number of online shoppers has increased by 8.8% since the pandemic began, pointing towards the increasing presence of online customers.

Be it a furniture brand or a retailer, it’s important to ensure that the website is equipped with features that can help in connecting the gap between online-offline like customization, 360-views, high-quality zoom-in facility, detailed shots, and much more.

Technology is boss

These days, technology is enabling working-from-home, impacting communication with friends, colleagues, and family, and becoming an integral part of online shopping. The latest addition is augmented reality (AR), an important component of online shopping through which buyers can make decisions from the comfort of home.

Alternative to the offline furniture market

The growing concerns around COVID-19 in India and other countries have induced big changes for customers and businesses. Every seller is seeking to provide a better customer experience and showcasing their products through virtual formats. Digital activities like podcasts, webinars, virtual product tours, showroom presentations, etc. have entered the realm of ‘new normal’ in the world, marking a tipping point for the adaption of e-commerce.

What’s next?

Today, we've learned that technology has made lives easier and better during this challenging time. With unlocking, the demand for furniture, appliances, electronics, etc. began to increase. However, people are spending money carefully and avoiding crowds, resulting in more online purchases.

In a nutshell, technology and the COVID-19 pandemic have affected the global economy considerably. Every business around the globe is unfolding to accept this situation, and websites are taking over offline stores. Thus, the only available option for business survival during such times is to prioritize digital merchandising, stay strong, and mark an effective online presence.

 

Next Story
How to Start a Successful Online Gaming Website
How to Start a Successful Online Gaming Website
 

Have you been bitten by the digital bug? Are you looking to translate your current skills and knowledge into the virtual world? Perhaps you have grown disheartened with the current state of affairs within the traditional retail marketplace. These are some of the most compelling reasons why the online community holds a wealth of opportunities.

This is particularly the case if you have experience with online gaming platforms and you are a budding developer. However, there is a major issue that needs to be overcome. While you might very well have developed some of the most exciting games, these will never appeal to the audience if they are not promoted in the correct manner. So, what are some of the steps that you should take if you hope to reach your intended customer base? How does website design come into play and why does partnering with an e-commerce platform often represent the best choice? Let's take a look at these questions to get a better understanding of what is in store.

A Picture Speaks More than 1,000 Words

The online community is a very visual world. Some of the most successful gaming websites are understandably associated with a clear and attractive layout. So, be sure to take a look at portals such as comeon casino India and others. What do they all share in common? You will likely notice a handful of characteristics including:

  • A clear and concise layout
  • A compelling call to action (such as to sign up or to play for free)
  • Quick navigation between pages
  • A mobile responsive website design

We need to keep in mind that it only takes a matter of seconds for a visitor to decide whether or not she wishes to explore your website in greater detail. So, first impressions are incredibly important.

Why Leverage the Power of an E-Commerce Provider?

Of course, many game developers are not entirely familiar with the world of enterprise e-commerce. This is why working in synergy with a reputable provider is often the best way to take the guesswork out of the equation. Furthermore, the utilities and tools supplied by these platforms are much more functional when compared to those associated with free hosting services such as WordPress.

E-commerce providers can likewise offer a host of ancillary benefits such as:

  • A centralised means to monitor your ongoing marketing campaigns.
  • Drag-and-drop website templates.
  • Secure point-of-sale systems.
  • The ability to accept a host of different payment options.
  • 24/7 customer support if you happen to run into a problem.

Although a quality e-commerce provider will require some type of paid monthly subscription, the fact of the matter is that this small financial commitment will ensure quality results.

On a final note, creating a successful gaming website will take time, effort, and patience. This is why you should always be realistic with your expectations. Results will undoubtedly follow in the near future.

 

Next Story
What the future of personal care industry will look like?
What the future of personal care industry will look like?
 

The personal care industry is itself undergoing a makeover. The evergreen segment has witnessed many high-profile acquisitions last year. Thanks to the technology and product innovations, the sector is on a roll since virtual try-on and online marketplaces have entered the picture. As per a report, the global skin care products market size was valued at 134.8 billion in 2018. It is now expected to expand with a CAGR of 4.4% from 2019 to 2025 due to the rapidly growing global cosmetics industry. Rising demand for sunscreen, lotions, and face creams is further projecting affirmative outcomes.

According to Zion Market Research, the global beauty industry is pegged to reach $863 billion by 2024. The craze to look flawless is one of the biggest driving forces of the market which, despite being highly saturated, is proving to be one of the best investment bets for market players. However, increased awareness and emphasis on health are driving favorable figures this year.

Here’s how the future of the personal care industry will look like:

‘Hygiene’ to get due attention

With a clear focus on health in the years to come, the industry is expected to move towards hygiene and personal care items. Besides, health experts have repeatedly urged the populace to practice good hand hygiene since the coronavirus outbreak unleashed. The pandemic swelled the sales and prices of hand sanitizers across international markets with demand exceeding supply in the online as well as offline stores. The industry, which was valued at USD 2.7 billion in 2019, is now anticipated to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 22.6% from 2020 to 2027.

Products with natural goodness

Skincare accounts for approx. 45% of the overall cosmetic product’s sales. Going by the survey conducted this May (by digital marketing firm Bazaarvoice and the online product review platform Influenster), two-thirds of the women want greater transparency when it comes to labeling clean products. It reveals a growing appetite for ingredient transparency as people are consistently refraining from using chemical, paraben, and sulfate-laden products. Users are gradually inclining towards brands that are using naturally sourced or plant-based constituents for skincare routines. The reason is that such products do not harm the skin anatomy while providing the power of antioxidant-rich superfoods.

Specific products for millennials and Gen Z

Rather than using the one-size-fits-all strategy, the personal care industry will see a segmentation targeting Generation X, Y, and Z as per their unique needs. Millennials and Gen Zers are trendsetters responsible for steering many revolutionary changes at various stages, be it against single-use plastic or rooting for workplace inclusions. Hence, addressing the skincare woes of this demographic becomes a necessity. We will see different products concocted to suit the distinct skin requirements of both generations.

More emphasis on marketing digitally

By this time, we all know how crucial social media is in bringing visibility and followership for a business. More than half of the world uses social media or networking platforms. Moreover, it allows companies to access precious data that contains information about customers' present buying behavior and preferences. The data enables brands to engineer a product and formulate the right products, campaigns, and messaging to attract or mold consumer’s opinion in favor of their new offering or an ingredient. Hence, we can expect digital marketing to take the lead over traditional forms in the years to come.

Gender-neutral products

Historically, women are seen as the face of beauty products. The trend is likely to change for the good in the future. We might bid goodbye to this era of gender-based biases as grooming is equally important to both the sexes. Today, leading cosmetics companies are roping in male ambassadors to market their products. Dismantling stereotypes, the lines between men and women will blur with the beauty and fashion industry becoming fluid with its approach. So, we may soon not see ‘For Women’ or ‘For Men’ tags below the packaging at all.

Eco-friendly Outlook

Research says that the vegan and environmentally sustainable market is set to reach USD 20.8 billion by 2025 worldwide. Consumers are trying to stay clear of goods that are sourced from unethical means and are embracing cruelty-free and vegan products. In fact, vegan products are gaining popularity because of their superior content.

Technology will be at the forefront of the personal care industry. With AI- and ML-integrated IoT devices being developed, data will take the centre stage in deciding the personal skincare routines for individuals based on their skin analysis. Personalization will rule the beauty industry with sensitive messaging and sans creating the divide based on cultural diversity. The omnichannel approach will seamlessly integrate experience and sales for both customers and retailers. The future of the personal care industry is indeed open, exciting, and rife with new opportunities.

 

Next Story
How maternity fashion has evolved in India
How maternity fashion has evolved in India
 

Today, maternity clothing is much more reflective of personal style and differs from person to person. The baby-doll dresses of the '60s to sheer ensembles worn by modern celebrities, the maternity fashion has changed over the years.

Being a woman takes a lot of coconuts. But we understand the need to be comfortable and confident, no matter what changes your body is going through. These days there is no need to conceal your bump and women wear fashionable maternity clothes that flatter your shape throughout your nine months of pregnancy. We all want maternity look like Anushka Sharma, Kareena Kapoor Khan, Blake Lively, and Angelina Jolie while taking a stroll in the streets or dipping in the pool. 

We are here to sort your maternity wardrobe by putting these trendy, flattering, and unique options together that’ll help you maintain your personal style throughout your nine months.

Night scenes

Eye-catching prints and patterns will lend a playful feel to your maternity wardrobe. Your growing shape can let you carry off maximalist motifs like wide stripes, intricate prints, bold animal designs for the night party scene. Keep a bold Lipper and accessory understated.

10 to 6 sorted

Whether you choose primary brights or pretty pastel, stick to just one striking piece and team it up with neutral tomes of effortless elegance while at work. During this time, every woman needs a few cool cover-ups in their wardrobe for work. Front open, biker jacket, cape, or blazer can work with myriad outfits and will be on high rotation in your line-up of maternity looks.

“Over the years, the trend of maternity wear has changed with more and more women wanting to flaunt their bump rather than hiding it. Earlier, the mindset was to hide the bump by wearing loose and bigger size clothes which have now changed and women want to be more fashionable be it at work or outings. During pregnancy women go through a lot of changes and dressing well helps them gain more self-confidence,” shares Master Franchisee Seraphine India, Rajat Kapoor.

90’s style

If you ask any pregnant woman what is the one maternity piece that she can’t live without, the answer will definitely be denim overalls. They never went out of style, even princess Diana herself wore one. This trend is timeless and really compliments maternity wear in so many ways. You can choose a short or a long one with a shirt underneath and some cool kicks or even a long-sleeved one for a full denim look.

Active wear

The mommy-to-be should always feel the optimal comfort and light support while exercising during pregnancy. The active wear during maternity must fit well, flatter your body, and is perfect for growing bump. The London-based maternity brand, Isabella Oliver offers a wide variety for the mommy tribe to look chic and relaxed at the same time while they workout.

Go casual and breezy

At the time when your body is changing month-by-month, shoes, bags, and jewels offer an easy way to tap into new season trends. Whatever trimester it is, the right finishing touches can take a look from simple to standout. Jeans and lower are slightly difficult at the time of growing bump but brands like Seraphine which is even Royal’s favorite, the Duchess of Cambridge, Kate Middleton, and adored by celebs like Angelina Jolie, Jennifer garner offers a wide selection of breezy and casual yet stylish maternity staples. Go for a flattering wrap dress with an adjustable belt which can also be helpful in nursing later.

 

Next Story
How COVID 19 has impacted fashion retail?
How COVID 19 has impacted fashion retail?
 

The CoronaVirus pandemic has had sweeping repercussions on all sectors of the economy worldwide. However, the sectors that will be extremely hard hit are the ones that come in the category of non-essential spending. Design Apparel and footwear definitely come in this category. At the Milan Fashion Week this February, Giorgio Armani chose to live-stream his new collection rather than invite visitors – a direct offshoot of the rampant spread of positively tested cases in Italy. Let us look closely at the UK retail sector, since the UK is a country that attracts billions of tourists from across the globe every year; London is known to be the hub of cultural and commercial activity with maximum retail sales in the European region. It is now estimated that the apparel sector in the UK will be the worst hit with a decline in spending by 1/5th or 20.6 % less than the usual spending. Sales of clothing and footwear in the UK alone are expected to decline by GBP 11.1 billion, which is the equivalent of US $ 13.06 billion.

In other words, it is the equivalent of the combined clothing sales of the 3 market leaders – Primark, Marks & Spenser and Next. All 376 Primark stores spread out in 12 countries have been closed until further notice. Primark – owner, ABF (Associated British Foods) stated that this would account for a loss of some US $ 751.5 million of net sales per month. Nike, Gap and H&M are temporarily suspending online operations and have closed down their retail outlets in an attempt to curb the spread of the lethal Corona virus. 

Asia, which is mainly the hub of production for garments and footwear has exhibited a knee jerk reaction and is predicted to go through some devastating consequences in so far as its fashion and design industry is concerned. Manufacturing units that deal with materials, which were up until now being sourced from China, are in a dire situation.

The Indian government has given strict directives saying that the workers cannot be terminated nor should there be a reduction in their wages. The partial lockdown of factories in Bangladesh has had enormous ramifications; the 1000 factories which have been locked down are the source of livelihood to 1.96 million workers, reporting a loss of a business to the tune of US $2.67 billion in cancelled orders from retailers and brands, which have witnessed a rapid plummeting of sales and have more recently closed down stores in the US and across Europe.

The virus has coerced the world’s fashion capital New York to come to an abrupt halt. The US jeans giant Wrangler has extended its store closure until 31 March. In Mexico and Central America, the factories are shutting down on account of retail stores suddenly closing their shutters in response to the primary need of the hour – social distancing. Mexico, which had already lost significantly to the US market in the last decade, has predicted a decline in exports by at least 10 percent as its factories, which include fabric and denim giants with the likes of Kaltex cut down on capacity.

The wedding season in India begins in October and continues till early spring. For many, the wedding season goes right up to April. Everyone who is part of the fashion industry looks forward to this season. All the interconnected chains involved like the fashion designer, craftspeople who do the zardozi and dabka embroidery, the daily wage workers etc know that this is their time of the year to make a neat sum that shall support them for the rest of the year. But the Covid-19 and the measures to curb its spread like social distancing have dampened the spirit and sentiment of the wedding market big time. Manish Malhotra, TarunTahiliani and Sabyasachi have shut operations. India Fashion Week that was scheduled to be held in New Delhi from March 11 to March 15 has been postponed. Valmort Barcelona Bridal Fashion Week has been postponed from April to June, given the gravity of the current crisis. It is unlike anything the world has ever witnessed.

It has been forecast that the pandemic is going to peak in April with most stores remaining closed till the end of May. Non – food spending will start to recover only in June but a more regular pre-Corona outbreak spending in the apparel industry is expected to come about only by October 2020.

What has been experienced by the design industry worldwide, in the last two months, is just the beginning of a ripple effect. The COVID-pandemic will alter the complexion of the supply – production chain dynamics. There is, however, no need to panic – it is estimated that shopping online will replace in store shopping, in a huge way, especially for the big brands and international labels.

But before we even talk about the revival of the fashion industry, we need to commend the willingness of some of the biggest names in fashion in Italy and France to step up to the challenge – brands like LVMH and Coty have steered their production lines to manufacture sanitiser in the form of hydro alcoholic gel along with the production of masks. Chanel has contributed its services by moving to production of  masks and gowns while Armani to make surgical Overalls. Prada is contributing by making facial covers  for donation.H&M is working to make personal protective equipment for hospitals in Europe.

These gestures are what make the fashion and design industry problem solvers and come together as one unified global conglomerate ready to wage a war on the pandemic.

 

 

Next Story
Industry analysis of maternity clothing in India
Industry analysis of maternity clothing in India
 

As millennial women become moms, there is a significant shift in how they pursue their pregnancies. Years ago, pregnancy belly was a thing to hide under oversized clothes and dupattas, but not any more. The women becoming mothers today are confident of their bodies, they are choosing when to have their children and they are also enjoying the pregnancy and motherhood period. They do not merely depend on traditional wisdom but strike a balance with research and are fully aware of their situation as young moms. This shift is also seen in their choices that they make as expectant or nem moms- their dressing sense, their purchase behavior and how they wish to raise their children.

According to reports, the maternity wear industry in India had estimated at Rs 2,000 crores in 2017 growing at a CAGR of15-17% per annum. Among the apparel segments, innerwear appears to be a potential growth category across all categories. Maternity wear have made persistent inroads in India over the last few years, segmenting into pre-natal and post-natal clothing and accessories. Besides, women in the country have also started accepting maternity wear not as a luxury, but as a basic need. They believe in the idea of pampering oneself during the most beautiful period, i.e. motherhood.

Trendy mother on the go

Pre- and post-pregnancy is a period when a woman's body goes through tremendous changes. With these constant changes in woman’s body size and shape, appropriate maternity outfits are a must-have for every mom-to-be to ensure the level of comfortability. Women don’t have to compromise on fashion in order to have a comfortable pregnancy. While many brands have realized this gap and have launched a host of maternity apparel, this category is still fairly small in India, but picking up at great speed.

Innovation in maternity clothing

Maternity wear can be divided into two major categories- pregnancy and nursing wear. While they can be one or both, nursing wear allows women to comfortably work (at home or otherwise) while being able to nurse comfortably or pump. A lot of women need to be in friendlier clothes when they spend hours away from their child at work and need to pump at office. Having nursing friendly attire can make this much easier. There is also a plethora of variety in nursing wear i.e. bras to tank tops, sleep bras to shapewear, nursing pads, comfortable underwear etc. available, considering the changes a woman’s body undergoes post-pregnancy. The intent is most important to bring the ‘comfort factor’ which fits the changing needs of the mother’s body and skin-like feel of the fabrics.

Prominent factors behind the growth

Most pregnancy wear focuses on comfort and functionality but that doesn’t restrict to only pregnancy or nursing wear. Most of these apparel can be worn well after this period as well, the only differentiating factor is the comfort that these attires bring along which becomes a significant purchase driver due to pregnancy and nursing stages. This growing awareness is primarily from the market in the West, penetration of social media, nuclear families, higher discretionary spending and high disposable incomes have led to the growth of the maternity wear segment in India. Some other significant factors facilitating this trend are financial independence, emergent women workforce and affordability, among other things. Also, smaller family sizes have made each pregnancy special for today’s mothers, and they would like to live to the hilt during this time. Other factors like influences from the big screen and social media have also added to the growth of this segment.

The surge in the graph

Such upswing in the revenue graph indicated that the maternity care products industry in India is transforming drastically from a small-time interest market into a growing commercial sector. The market which was earlier unorganized has now turned into an organized segment primarily concentrated amongst the giant retail stores and leading manufacturing brands who are willing to expand their operations and capture the untapped market. The industry is further expanding by adding several other baby-care needs such as diaper bags, nursing pillows, baby apparel, baby accessories, dinner sets, baby bedding and blankets. The overall per capita spend on mom, and child care has grown primarily due to emerging categories in the market, and the price has not deterred the movement. On an average, the mass market, which is 52-53 per cent of India’s population is spending 1-1.5 lakh in 4 years of parenting and childcare when they’re raising a kid and living through the pregnancy journey. These are just ballpark figures which have led the mom and the childcare market to be as large as a US $ 74 billion in India today between products and services put together. This is growing at about 30-35 per cent on a year-on-year basis.

Conclusion

The market of maternity wear looks quite lucrative, holding immense potential of providing better choices of apparels and essentials for new mommies to make their motherhood most memorable. Moreover, it also empowers pregnant and breastfeeding mothers to make them feel confident, beautiful, and happy.

 

Next Story
40% of consumers are planning to increase online spend on apparel: Facebook-BCG Report
40% of consumers are planning to increase online spend on apparel: Facebook-BCG Report
 

The COVID-19 pandemic has created multiple fundamental changes in consumer behavior, some short term while some longer lasting than others. In order to equip businesses with the necessary knowledge to build for new path-to-purchase journeys,Facebook along with Boston Consulting Group (BCG) came out with a consumer sentiment survey, titled ‘Turn the Tide’, which aims to serve as a reference point on consumer insights, trends, and guidance for the industry, brands, and agencies as they begin to negotiate the commencement of operations. Now, Facebook and BCG have delved into how the spending sentiment is translating differently across categories, and provides recommendations for businesses to build for new path-to-purchase journeys.

Apparel, a popular product category has witnessed weaker consumer spending sentiment due to the financial uncertainty amid COVID-19. According to the report, Apparel is one of the ‘shrinking’ categories as consumers facing or expecting a crunch in their income increasingly prioritize essential goods and services. Additionally, the survey conducted by Facebook and BCG has noted that as consumers are not stepping out of their homes as often, it is bound to have an impact on social occasion clothing requirements.

a

Here are the key highlights:

The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the socio-economic fabric of India in the following ways:

  • Focus on health & safety (a 120% spike in online searches on health and immunity in India. 49% consumers intend to buy more vitamins, herbs, health supplements, etc. in the coming days)
  • Social distancing and restrictions on movement
  • Income uncertainty leading to weak demand
  • Re-calibration of consumer priorities leading to weaker consumer spending sentiment for discretionary categories like apparel

7 consumer trends will have an impact on the Apparel category:

  • Reversal of Past Trends (Trends that might be seen as temporary)
    1. Trading down and bargain hunting: 32% consumers are planning to trade down while 40% consumers are expecting discounts/ promotions during apparel shopping
    2. Shopping for utility: The number of consumers who shop due to functional reasons are expected to rise significantly
  • Acceleration of Existing Trends (High-potential permanent shifts in behavior)
    1. Embracing digital services & experiences: Digital influence in apparel sales to go up to60-65%
    2. Accelerated adoption of e-commerce and O2O: 40%of consumers are planning to increase online spend on apparel
    3. Strive for health and wellness: 1.4xrise in time spent on fitness apps, and an increase indemand for active wear/athleisure
  • New Habits (Stickiness of change is yet to be determined)
    1. Remote way of living: 79% consumers are unwilling to go out of their homes, except for work, negatively impacting the social occasion clothing requirement
    2. Superior hygiene and clean living – a new norm: Consumers want retailer to focus on high standards of store hygiene post the pandemic (57% globally) 

In the pre-pandemic scenario, the Apparel category in India was growing steadily and consistently. During 2015-2019, the apparel industry grew at a CAGR of 13%, with 90% of sales being driven via the unorganized sector. 67% of shopping was done through modern trade channels, as compared to just 7% via online channels. Although small, the online channel is growing fast, the online channel grew at a CAGR of 34% from 2015-19.

The new consumer path-to-purchase is dynamic, and filled with opportunities:

Pre-Purchase

Purchase

Post-Purchase

Digital Proliferation with more functional shopping

Expectation of delivering core shopping experience while meeting changing needs

Opportunity to strengthen advocacy to build aspiration

 

The Facebook-Boston Consulting Group recommendations to help brands recover and win through the new normal include:

b

Pre-purchase

  1. Leverage digital capabilities: Nike brought alive its digital capabilities by live streaming workout videos,training programs and expert tips from trainers
  2. Build social connect via influencer engagement
  3. Create personalised engagement through seasonal/promotion led campaigns
  4. Drive digital retargeting
  5. Prop up right proposition in messaging: Recognizing consumer needs, formal wear brand Fable Street pivoted to no stain clothing toindicate longer duration clothing

Purchase

  1. Win online by reimagining pathways and selling models
  2. Bring alive experiences withassisted shopping: Luxury fashion house Burberry leveraged AR/VR for virtual try on and purchase
  3. Replicate in-person experiences: Prada used sales associates drivenassisted shopping for product recommendations
  4. Re-vamp in-store experiences and institute hygiene &safety measures
  5. Optimize portfolio for value creation
  6. Relook at the Media Mix Model by aligning with the changing landscape to build efficiency in acquisition

Post-purchase

  1. Strengthen consumer engagement through loyalty programs, incentivizing social peer recommendation: Shoppers Stop delivered e-Gift voucher allowing consumersto engage with their loved ones
  2. Drive value by repeat purchase and consumer up trade, re-target existing consumers: Lime Road directly offered gold membership with a certainamount of purchase
     

 

 

 

Next Story
Retail Trends to Look Out for in the Gaming Industry
Retail Trends to Look Out for in the Gaming Industry
 

Whilst bricks and mortar videogame stores used to be the big earners, now online subscription models are where major retailers have focused their attention.

Although retail in the gaming industry used to be based around nothing more than casino gift shops and videogame purchases, the state of the market today is radically different. Online gaming retail accounts for a huge, and fairly young, section of the market. Whilst money to be made from consoles was once an enormous money-spinner for gaming companies, now tiny add-on costs are stacking up to create huge profits. The gaming industry is a rapidly changing one. Here are some of the trends that are on the rise right now.

Peer to Peer Retail

There is more of an appetite than ever for video gaming content, with users paying subscriptions to watch their favorite gamers at work.

There is more of an appetite than ever for video gaming content, with users paying subscriptions to watch their favorite gamers at work.

The peer to peer retail market is likely to continue to grow over the next year, with streaming services such as Twitch gaining popularity. Currently, many users sign up to watch their favorite players demonstrate exactly how to win a game of online poker, or how to defeat a boss on a tricky level. To someone who isn't familiar with the service though, it could be confusing understanding how it generates income.

The opportunities for money-making here are simple; advertising and subscriptions. In the subscription model, users can pay an $8.99 premium to remove all advertisements from their account. Some popular content creators also charge a small fee for extra content, usually $4.99 each month. Advertising is a little less straightforward. Twitch charges companies to place adverts on its homepage and between videos. As an incentive for these adverts to appear in a user's content, Twitch gives each user who reaches $100 worth of 'advert viewing time' per month, a portion of the proceeds. This sharing the wealth model provides Twitch with a stable income, advertisers with access to a unique demographic and content creators a small cut as well.

Game Subscriptions

Much as Twitch operates a largely subscription-based service, so too do many of the game company giants. The reasons for this are twofold. Firstly, the technology for games that worked perfectly as simple CDs in the early 2000s has become far more complex. Now in 2020 games are absolutely huge, require enormous amounts of storage space, and are far too complex to fit onto half a dozen CDs, let alone one. The larger games that were released in the late 2010s as hard copies proved this point, as many bugs were flagged up after just a few weeks of general release. To combat this issue, the ability to download a game and receive regular patches and bug fixes has become the norm.

The second reason that gaming as a service has become popular, is that it is a lot simpler to encourage customers to spend more money. In order for consumers to 'upgrade' their gaming experience beforehand, they would have to go to a game store and purchase a 'stuff pack'. This was often around the $20-$30 price bracket, which was a considerable expense. Now consumers have the option of buying just one item from that stuff pack, for closer to $2, an amount that many people will part with without a second thought. These micro-transactions are quickly becoming an enormous money-spinner for gaming companies.

Cross-Screen Gaming

Cross screen gaming is perhaps less an emerging trend and more a lesson learned. Over the last five years, companies chose to invest a lot of time and money into making their games playable across multiple platforms, perhaps Xbox, Computer, and Mobile phone. Unfortunately, the vast majority of these efforts have not landed well with consumers. It turns out that most frequent gamers use one or two platforms alone to play, generally a console or PC. Although they may well own other devices that are capable of gaming, these are more often used for watching content; for example phone and tablet.

There are a couple of exceptions to the rule of course. Some consoles have incorporated mobile phones as handsets for their games, to allow more players to join in if a household doesn't have multiple controllers. These 'party' games are certainly niche, but a nice that might be worth exploring further. The most useful thing to be taken from this cross-screen experiment though is the voracious appetite for gaming videos. Twitch is further ahead than perhaps anyone with that, but that's not to say there isn't room for competition.

 

 

Next Story
How COVID has impacted luxury retail?
How COVID has impacted luxury retail?
 

The novel Coronavirus has dramatically changed things overnight. The pandemic has presented a paradigm shift in consumer behaviour, whether it is with regards tothe daily lifestyle or spending on luxurious goods. Covid-19 has slashed revenues in half for most brands, but the luxury industry still remains hopeful that Chinese consumers will return to their previous levels of consumption soon after the outbreak stabilizes. The pandemic may bring a major change in the consumers' mindset and the value systems that underpin their luxury buying decisions.

According to the recent report by Bain & Company, global luxury sales could drop up to 35% by the end of 2020, this impact may be very subjective in regards of the country or the target population.

Change in Luxury Consumer Behaviour

Brands will focus on keepingthe millennials and Gen Z, who are already quite tech savvy, engaged through the digital platforms; fromshowing off their new collection to unravelling their couture designs. AI will step in to create more personalised experiences for different brands. Online buying will be more attractive in the future. This slowdown is apt for luxury brands to reinvent themselves to digitize their processes and enhance their systems and technology. This will allow them to develop operational efficiencies and provide personalised experiences to the consumers.

Luxury Brands entering into the cycle of innovation

One of the key drivers for brands post the pandemic would be to dive back into the business in full swing. In order to do so, brands will have to revamp their strategies by exploring new product categories at a cheaper price point, or revitalise their brands to bring in new strategies. Completely diversification would be a global trend due to the heightened omni channel approach that brands are already beginning to embrace. The global luxury consumer will see a new era, where luxury brands will explore markets with dual strategies; both at an accessible premium / entry level price point as well as a point where luxury will become more and more exclusive. The middle market consumer will drive sales for brands playing at the lower level whilst niche luxury consumers will become more conscientious towards their purchases.

Based on several factors most brands would adapt to these changes. However, certain brands which come from the old heritage luxury segments, for example, Chanel, Cartier, Patek Philippe and so on, would adopt a restricted approach. They may choose not to completely indulge in too many extensions or offerings post the pandemic, but rather adopt a more minimalistic and conscientious approach to attract their consumers, andconnect with them emotionally. Luxury is all about emotional connect and in order to do so, brands have to steer clear from all activities which signify aggressive sales tactics. Their approach will be to appeal to their consumers by talking about what they are doing to take care of their employees, their consumers and the brand as a whole.

When compared to the heritage brands, modern luxury brands like Armani, Versace, Jimmy Choo, etc, may have a different approach altogether.Theymay introduce varied offerings to keep their consumers interested in them and attract them with new line extensions and products, probably at a cheaper price compared to the previous collections.

The strategies that may be adopted depend on the country of origin of the brand, the type of brand DNA, and the perception it has in the market. Most of all the brand will only go as far as they know would be acceptable to their target consumer. They may not indulge in exploring several opportunities or new endeavours to excite consumers, and rather, focus on the “less is more approach,” as that is what luxury is all about.

A new Era of Phygitization (Physical + Digital)

Post the pandemic, the luxury consumer experience will be like never before. People will want to get back to the brick and mortar retail after over usage of digital platforms in the luxury buying space. However, the prolonged pandemic / lockdown phase has forced brands to explore and adapt to new technologies. Means such as AI technology, easy chat and online interaction options are being widely considered in the luxury consumer service space. A lot of these trends will continue post the pandemic for a very long term and some of them might end up becoming permanent means to keep the consumer-brand connect alive and relevant.

Brands are constantly updating their social media and other digital platforms, the way they would change store windows to adapt to seasons. There is a constant dialogue between the brand and the consumer today, whether it is about their workmanship, their story telling, how they are taking care of their employees and of course, safety measures during the pandemic. All of this is being done through the language of social media, and much of it is being highly appreciated by the ever-curious luxury consumer who wants to be connected with their favourite brands every step of the way.

Brands which can successfully adapt do this change, are the ones that will emerge stronger post the lockdown, and suffer a much lesser impact than others. 

 

The author of this article is Ms Smita Jain – Director, MGLUXM, S P Jain School of Global Management.

 

 

 

Next Story
Managing the Commercial Impact of the Coronavirus: Implications for the Sports Entertainment Industry
Managing the Commercial Impact of the Coronavirus: Implications for the Sports Entertainment Industry
 

With pandemic affecting everything around the world, and various governments forcing several restrictions on how to conduct oneself or a business, irreparable financial losses are being faced by businesses. Sports industry is not different. The global value of the sports industry is estimated at US$756 billion annually and COVID-19 has impacted this projection in more ways that one. To safeguard the health of athletes and others involved, most major sporting events at international, regional and national levels have been cancelled or postponed – from marathons to football tournaments, athletics championships to basketball games, handball to ice hockey, rugby, cricket, sailing, skiing, weightlifting to wrestling and more. The Olympics and Paralympics, for the first time in the history of the modern games, have been postponed, and will be held in 2021.

The Sports Industry is a major contributor to social and economic development. Its importance to facilitate coaching for aspiring sportspersons seeking guidance through training and coaching,  to nurture budding talent for all their recognition/laurels/achievements is recognised by people and the governments. Community Sports, for instance, present ample opportunities for the general public to have interaction and participation in events with established sportspersons. The training by trained coaches/trainers helps amateurs sharpen their skills and professionals could move on a well guided direction to enhance their ranking.

However, because of COVID-19 all the training and activities at the community sport centres has hit a break. Suddenly, the need to follow law of the land has risen for getting things back in action and re-think community sports in the new normal world around us. In view of the above, number of associated stakeholders, big or small, are facing newer challenges to ensure their ROI considering their legal positions on contracts/agreements (be it land owners or event organizers as none had perceived such situation and the absence of fall-out/termination and force majeure clauses), permissions considering health and safety guidelines, controlling expenditure on existing manpower, training and development, marketing/publicity expensing, cash-flows etc. Therefore, there are much strains and many obstacles on a promoter’s lap that need to be countered to mitigate risks in future.

Like many other natural calamities and pandemics the world has seen in past, cautious measures are required for starting, stabilising and growth in this industry. The focus, henceforth, may largely be on contracts/agreements, all-round training and development of employees, health and safety concerns for all, appropriate insurance to mitigate perceived losses (man, material etc), dos and don’ts in the complexes, detailed standard operating procedures, obligations and responsibilities of all/associated stake holders.

In India and with missing sponsors and media, the private operator’s day revenue is clocked by utilising available facilities on “Pay & Play”, “Training & Coaching” and “Corporate Days/Events” (involving various sports in an arena where multiple sports activities can be conducted). The more organised operators do have live streaming of events on Facebook/Instagram in addition to making photographers and videographers available during the event to derive a marginal added advantage on their price-tags and by seeking a minimum guarantee on attendees. The sponsored events by corporates are few though. 

The industry itself may be in new territory with newer paths to follow but with right strategies. With regulatory authorities/Governments freezing activities of contactable sports and permitting few non-contactable sports like Badminton, Table Tennis, Tennis only for single participation and Golf following safety protocols/physical distancing as of today, one may hope to see opening of team sports and contactable sports soon to save the industry from bigger losses. 

Sport is a major contributor spelling objectives and consequent advantages. Covid19 pandemic in the world has necessitated physical distancing and other safety protocol measures. The outcome is a disruption in routine life-style and that includes sports and physical activities. Many individuals are not able to actively participate in their regular individual or group sporting or physical activities outside of their homes. Under such conditions, many tend to be less physically active, have longer screen time, irregular sleep patterns as well as worse diets, resulting in weight gain and loss of physical fitness. The idea of sports is to go out in open and play for being physically and mentally active. This cannot be achieved in a closed door atmosphere and/or by use of electronic devices. It is important to maintain physical fitness, maintain endurance to be alert and swift. It is agreed that the concept of adapting to an online training session is prevalent these days but is useless for any aspiring youngster and a professional. This may be good for stretching, meditation, yoga and dance classes. 

The transformation, therefore, becomes important aspect in these defied conditions. Following recommendations seek support on safe re-opening of sporting events and conduct tournaments in order to maximize benefits that sport and physical activity can bring in the age of COVID-19 and beyond.

➢ Governments should work with well-regulated Sports Complexes under controls of Sports Authority of India, National Sports Academies and Private Operators.

➢ These may collaborate with health and care services.

➢ All centers must have appropriate and competent staffing for better results.

➢ All schools and civil society organizations representing various social groups should support physical activity at large under the protocols and progress recorded.

➢ The Governments (Center and/or State) should also provide stimulus package and overdraft facilities with long repayment period like being done for Center and State-regulated Sports Complexes/Stadia.

At the end, India needs to progress all-around at this stage. There should be financial build-ups and physical abilities improved in all segments for better outputs. All operators following SOPs/protocols may be recognized, ranking given, allocation of schedules with the expectation of results may be assigned to be progressive. These can be controlled by periodical checks/visits/progress. This is the only way forward to keep the Sports Industry healthy and competitive.

The article has been authored by Karan Bhalla, Director, Sports Maidan 

 

Next Story
The Fashion Ecosystem: A climatic take on Sustainable Fashion
The Fashion Ecosystem: A climatic take on Sustainable Fashion
 

Sustainable fashion is a well-structured philosophy and manoeuvre that promotes environmental and social responsibility, working hand-in-hand with fashionable and awe-worthy designs. It is a well-known fact that the fashion industry deals with a complex supply chain which includes production starting from yarn, which is then woven into fabric and then cut, and it is ultimately followed by being sewn into clothing. This process is indispensable its productivity extends across the globe.

Essentially, ‘Sustainability’ in the field of Fashion entails an array of diverse divisions and sub-divisions inclusive of social as well as ecological integrity. This article speaks about the climatic take on sustainability, bearing in mind that the fashion industry is a massive contributor to land, air and water pollution. ‘Fast fashion’ as a concept brings in mass production of clothing, where the designs go straight from the ramps to the showcases in designer stores. The ‘wear to discard’ approach is becoming increasingly popular due to a new trend coming into the fashion space every second.

Today, however, consumers are practicing mindful purchasing with a majority of them seeking awareness to meet demands. They partake in the race of apparel companies and industries who are transforming and practicing business models for the smooth flow of manufacturing processes and standard levels.

If we talk about global luxury brands like Gucci, they have already contributed effectively to reducing the environmental impact of their production processes. Their latest report showcased a 21 percent reduction in hampering the environment through new processes that have been adopted by the company on a global scale.

The luxury brand is forward-thinking in its strategy of generating a constructive and pragmatic change for our planet and its people. Gucci has formulated a game plan which aims to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 2050, which seems to be a commendable approach towards sustainability.

A generalized platform is needed to help fashion answer the call to increase sustainability and productivity simultaneously as currently, the fashion industry is responsible for 20 percent of wastewater and 2-8 percent of greenhouse gas emissions globally, with the possibly ascending by as much as 50 percent by 2030.

Coming back to the climatic take on Sustainable fashion, today, designers are focussing more on an 'eco-friendly change' approach that essentially reduces the number of microfibres that are later released into the environment. By using sustainable processes and practices which lead to a decreased strain on planet earth would help to inform others how we can carry fashion with sustainability.

Let's talk about some global fashion designers who are following the legacy of sustainable fashion and its approach. Now when you think of ethical luxury fashion, Stella McCartney is the name that individuals are becoming increasingly familiar with.

Materials used in her fashion house include ethically sourced wool, organic cotton, and recycled textiles, excluding fur and leather.

Another name is Katie Jones, who is a UK based knitwear fashion designer. Her brand practices sustainability as well as encourages social and environmental change. Her designs are playful aesthetics which are based on the "Waste Not" approach. Her production house turns the apparel and materials into colored textures that are fun while being wearable in all kinds of settings.

Like these international brands, homegrown brands like Label Varsha partaking in Indian ethnic wear, promote ethnicity and sustainability, using some of the most breathable cotton fabrics.

Now, if a designer wants to bring the change and add their name to the list of sustainable fashion designers here are some points that will help them achieve their goals.

  • Love and respect for nature- Always look for the strategies, production processes, and transformation that protects and serves sustainable materials as much as possible. These can be traceable and sourced from renewable sources, which are present in abundance.
  • Respect and love people- Whether it's consumers or farmers who help to grow crops and buy products, all are playing a significant role in the supply chain, one must ensure that they get positive impact and resources you are providing to them.
  • Respect and love for animals- In today's modern era, not all brands are vegetarian. Some processes involve animal lives, try avoiding those, and adopt cruelty- free methods for your production.
  • Sustainable solutions- Ensure that the brand follows circular solutions and principles which involve methods of regeneration along with restorative production processes.

Last but not the least, environmental safety is our responsibility as individuals and the movement to promote sustainable fashion can also start on a personal level. We must think about how one can contribute to the scene set in front of them and bring about a revolution.

When these basic ideologies are set in place and motion, processes and operations work exceedingly smoothly. Brands hold on to the weightage of the profits they are making and turn a blind eye to the irreparable impacts those profits are making on our ecosystem. Once the foundations are set in place with these ideologies, sustainability can come into vision.

 

Next Story
[Post Lockdown Strategy]: How footwear retailers are coping with post Covid impact?
[Post Lockdown Strategy]: How footwear retailers are coping with post Covid impact?
 

The outbreak of Covid-19 had a great impact on every sphere of life. The Coronavirus is indeed a health concern that is and will continue to impact buying patterns and business execution in the coming weeks and months. Since Covid-19 has been hitting the country with its global impacts, it’s for sure the most difficult and the trickiest time for the retail sector as the footfall at stores has dropped in leaps and bounds because people are staying indoors. They are advised about avoiding public places and encouraging social distancing. The government is also coming up with orders of nationwide lockdown. Retailers are also shutting their stores to prevent further outbreaks. Therefore, e-commerce has become the solution to the problems of so many out there and is seeing an upsurge in traffic. People from affected areas have been talking about the changes in the lifestyle, the opinions and reactions brought about by the Covid-19. It has resulted in many traditional offline stores to launch their collection online-to-offline.

 The footfall at the physical retail stores is unendingly decreasing due to Covid-19, following the instructions and guidelines from the government, the stores are operating under lockdown and therefore customers are heading towards online purchase more. So certainly, this is an interesting time for e-commerce to boom. Other countries such as Vietnam and Russia have also seen their populations turning to e-commerce more often to shop – with an increase of use measured at 57%, and 27% respectively. Walmart saw a 160% growth because of its’ standalone grocery app called ‘Walmart Grocery’. This could be good news for Internet usage is up 50% in some parts of the world as more aspects of our daily lives have moved online. Post lockdown also, traditional store customers will postpone purchases and the impact of COVID-19 will continue to boost the e-commerce sector as consumers will prefer to shop online. 

 Because of this pandemic, one needs for short term measures to understand consumer behavior pattern and to ensure business continuity. Liberty is the homegrown brand of the country, being one of the oldest and responsible brands, the brand itself says – “we care about people”, we have been very present at our all digital mediums, interacting with people on their well being, sharing powerful positive information, contributing to mankind’s help during the crisis, throughout the crisis.These attributes add up a lot of stabilizing/reforming the emotional connection between the people and the brand. We have been very natural and responsive as a brand towards society.

 So, in this crucial phase, Liberty Shoes is doing what we always skipped with an excuse on “lack of time”, we are improving the UI/UX of our websites to give our browser the best experience, improving on SEOs as the current and coming time will incline more towards the digital dependency, we are setting our foot more firm in the digital domain. 

Social media/influencer marketing tools are the mediums we are strengthening more. OOH medium is certainly not at all where we can look at, Cinema ads are again in questions of its survival. Print media used to be one of the most reliable media for us to reach out to the masses, but the challenges are different now and they need to be addressed differently.

 Personalized communication with consumers are also taking place, using the CRM database, we are reaching out to our consumers, to know their wellbeing, this will also add up to the main communication strategy at the moment.
 

Stopping this pandemic may require few steps like repeated shutdowns of the retail outlets which would save lives but would also hit the social well being in terms of lost jobs and livelihoods. Therefore, it’s high time for retailers to adopt adaptive business practices at this crucial stage. So the organization is buckling-up accordingly. We are keeping low on the marketing budget for obvious reasons. We are keeping a tight check on the market, keeping all our marketing tools ready for the year, but to launch any sort of significant marketing activity, we are adapting to wait and watch for the next quarter at least. Meanwhile with the introduction and focus on #AtmaNirbharBharat the future holds a great opportunity for the various Indian artisans and the Indian factories to grow in leaps and bounds. As of now, planning strategies doesn’t make any sense as the situation unfolds over the next few weeks, with some relaxations in the lockdown we hope that the situation finds a balance for running the operations efficiently and productively.

 

 

Next Story
How Fashion has Changed in the wake of COVID19?
How Fashion has Changed in the wake of COVID19?
 

The pandemic has had a deep impact on fashion and the art of dressing up. As much of the world shelters at home to prevent the spread of the coronavirus, pyjamas are undoubtedly becoming the new fashion trendsetter of the time, masks have become prominent to most wardrobes, and gloves seem next on the list. 

The coronavirus has brought the world to a standstill as we've only seen in apocalyptic movies before, but it is impossible to disregard the profound effects it is having on industries such as fashion either. Though there has been an undeniable fall in purchasing power and a change in buying habits, perhaps the most visible change the pandemic has triggered in fashion has been in the form of trends and new movements.

It is all about “home fashion"

Now that we are almost solely spending time at home and have embraced the home office life, it is comforting to say sitting at your desk in a restricting suit, or belly-cutting jeans has been forsaken for all things comfy. Clearly cognizant of this preference, fashion and retail brands have been launching collection, all endowed to our new way of life. Also, owing to the rise of videoconferencing and Zoom calls, we have seen a mullet-like approach in our regular outfits. Rather than “business in the front, party in the back,” we are witnessing the business on the top and casuals on the bottom. Such a new trend has been coined “top dressing” where you wear something smart and formal from the waist-up while anything goes underneath.

Masks, the new 'it' accessory

Nowadays, there is something without which nobody can leave their homes, it isn’t the wallet or the key. We all have a new priority-the Mask. Not only it is necessary for preventing the further spread of the virus, but they also cover half of our faces, so people would probably prefer something more aesthetic. The masks were already prevalent in Japan and Korea; however, recently, it has unavoidably and swiftly gained acceptance in the rest of the world. These days, the pictures of daily life, either on the front pages of the newspapers or on social media, demonstrate people trying to hide and protect themselves from their microscopic organism enemy. Immediately after the urge for the masks arose, fashion rushed to meet the need, as fashion always does. There appeared masks with various patterns and forms, for the ones who want to protect themselves but also to make it fashion.

 Back to Ecommerce

In a country where ecommerce penetration is still quite less, implementing omnichannel for fashion retailers was a mountain to climb. Ecommerce relies a lot on data, and while a true omnichannel setup would have taken considerably longer time to show benefits, the Covid-19 might have just reduced the timelines considerably.

Significant shifts in consumers’ preferences

Social distancing has underlined the importance of digital channels more than ever, and the lockdown has lifted digital as an urgent priority across the entire value chain. With shops closed around the world, consumers are moving to online. There is a common perception among masses that offline retail can become breeding grounds for transmission of the virus. According to several reports, the virus can survive on most materials for a few hours to a few days. Hence any online package reaching you at ambient temperatures is less likely to have the virus which makes ecommerce safer. Therefore, a strong online presence is a key to brands' survival now and their success in the future. Apart from that, the pandemic is also adding values around sustainability into sharp focus, emphasising discussions around materialism, over-consumption, and immoral business practices. An extensive drop in consumer spending on apparel will result in massive inventory build-ups.

Increase in conversion rate 

Due to the permission grant for ecommerce of non-essential items in Lockdown 4.0, fashion ecommerce spiked up almost immediately. If we do not look at marketplaces and focus on brand ecommerce, the pre-COVID conversion rate on an average would have been 1.5 to 2%. Now, the conversion rates have shot up to 3% on an average, which means for the same marketing spends; brands are getting larger revenue and conversions.

If these numbers are to be looked at, we do foresee a surge in ecommerce for fashion retail in the next few months. A very pertinent problem with ecommerce is the availability of options for shoppers and hence the need for offers and discounts. While many brands earlier proclaimed not going down the route as a reason for not venturing into ecommerce, almost everybody is now aligned to the fact that the discount is well compensated by scale, reduced operational costs and reduced manpower costs involved with ecommerce. Ecommerce has for long been considered to be another outlet by most fashion brands, but now ecommerce is being moved to an equal business vertical.

Conclusion

An excellent indicator of the fact that for fashion retailers, omnichannel or a greater focus on ecommerce might be the way forward, is that even during the lockdown, there were multiple instances when ecommerce for non-essential items were considered ahead of opening up for shops. It is true that e commerce poses its own set of challenges but with the right approach, proper implementation of the business logic and smart logistics, ecommerce might provide the right fuel for most brands to survive and flourish. Also, if we look according to the re-shaping of fashionwear, then the Great Depression and World War II transformed people's wardrobes; COVID-19 unavoidably will become a new trendsetter, but it is up to designers to lead this change.

 

 

Next Story
IS FAST FASHION THE WAY FORWARD?
IS FAST FASHION THE WAY FORWARD?
 

The Coronavirus or COVID-19 pandemic has seen a lot of changes in the ways several industries function. It has either brought new changes, or accelerated processes that were in the works already.

The Fashion Industry has been criticized time and again for its unsustainable ways, it’s hard-headed labour consumptions, and the pollution it causes. It is said to produce 10% of humanity’s carbon emissions along with being the second-largest consumer of our world’s water supply, according to the World Economic Forum. Owing to ‘Fast Fashion’ being all the rage, the production of clothes has almost doubled since the year 2000.

Fast Fashion is rightly termed as being an antithesis to sustainability and implying that the two may go hand in hand could be considered as equivalent to putting lipstick on a pig. These superficial changes are deemed as an attempt to disguise the undesirable nature of Fast Fashion, and the ramifications of it being a go-to for consumers all around the world.

This widening or magnified version of the Fast Fashion industry works on boundless growth, and anything in excess cannot be advantageous for the sate the world is in as of date. Keeping all this in mind, consumers have begun rethinking their consumption patterns while confined to the four walls of their homes, realizing how much, or rather little, we need for survival. When a limited set of resources is available at hand for individuals who are usually used to being able to satisfy all their demands and meet all their wants, the ‘new normal’ is quite the alteration.

Instead of popularizing ‘Work From Home Styling’ and ‘Tips and Tricks for the best Quarantine Look’, numerous fashion brands are shining a light on more serious issues like sustainability being a need of the hour, not only keeping in mind the losses faced due to the pandemic crisis, but also the fact that Climate Change is still a very real and apparent issue we are facing. Fashion is an extremely powerful component of our daily lives, empowering individuals every day to showcase emotions and dialogues through colors and patterns alike.

Sustainable fashion is using materials and other avenues in a manner where ‘ecological integrity’ comes into the frame, rethinking the system we work in today and call for an alternative shift to ‘slow fashion’. Slow Fashion is a movement based on the principle of sustainability, where homegrown fashion houses focus more on emotional, ethical, and ecological qualities and prefer them over uniformity and blandness. Slow Fashion respects the cultural diversity, the limited and unlimited resources at our disposal, and the ecological framework of the world we live in.

Glaring realities of greed, overconsumption, superficiality, and a ‘wear to discard’ approach have become apparent and allowed consumers and brands to reflect on the true meaning and power of fashion, and what people can do to help make the future, post-COVID-19, better.

Brands have now begun a more inclusive and compassionate approach, where they address issues as such, while homegrown labels and retail stores have taken to digital platforms for their brand’s survival post lockdown. The work of artists is being showcased and appreciated, and the world seems to shift its focus from capitalist greed to appreciation.

A reshaped narrative where ‘how’ replaces ‘how many’, is what can be expected post lockdown, where the ‘new normal’ becomes a thing of the past and where we look forward to relating the clothes we wear with the historic and cultural aspect that is their essence.

The article has been penned down by Yashraj Bhaiya, Director, Label Varsha

 

 

Next Story
The Impact of Covid-19 on the Fashion Design Industry
The Impact of Covid-19 on the Fashion Design Industry
 

The CoronaVirus pandemic has had sweeping repercussions on all sectors of the economy worldwide. However, the sectors that will be extremely hard hit are the ones that come in the category of non-essential spending. Design Apparel and footwear definitely come in this category. At the Milan Fashion Week this February, Giorgio Armani chose to live-stream his new collection rather than invite visitors – a direct offshoot of the rampant spread of positively tested cases in Italy. Let us look closely at the UK retail sector, since the UK is a country that attracts billions of tourists from across the globe every year; London is known to be the hub of cultural and commercial activity with maximum retail sales in the European region. It is now estimated that the apparel sector in the UK will be the worst hit with a decline in spending by 1/5th or 20.6 % less than the usual spending. Sales of clothing and footwear in the UK alone are expected to decline by GBP 11.1 billion, which is the equivalent of US $ 13.06 billion.

In other words, it is the equivalent of the combined clothing sales of the 3 market leaders – Primark, Marks & Spenser and Next. All 376 Primark stores spread out in 12 countries have been closed until further notice. Primark – owner, ABF (Associated British Foods) stated that this would account for a loss of some US $ 751.5 million of net sales per month. Nike, Gap and H&M are temporarily suspending online operations and have closed down their retail outlets in an attempt to curb the spread of the lethal Corona virus. 

Asia, which is mainly the hub of production for garments and footwear has exhibited a knee jerk reaction and is predicted to go through some devastating consequences in so far as its fashion and design industry is concerned. Manufacturing units that deal with materials, which were up until now being sourced from China, are in a dire situation.

The Indian government has given strict directives saying that the workers cannot be terminated nor should there be a reduction in their wages. The partial lockdown of factories in Bangladesh has had enormous ramifications; the 1000 factories which have been locked down are the source of livelihood to 1.96 million workers, reporting a loss of a business to the tune of US $2.67 billion in cancelled orders from retailers and brands, which have witnessed a rapid plummeting of sales and have more recently closed down stores in the US and across Europe.

The virus has coerced the world’s fashion capital New York to come to an abrupt halt. The US jeans giant Wrangler has extended its store closure until 31 March. In Mexico and Central America, the factories are shutting down on account of retail stores suddenly closing their shutters in response to the primary need of the hour – social distancing. Mexico, which had already lost significantly to the US market in the last decade, has predicted a decline in exports by at least 10 percent as its factories, which include fabric and denim giants with the likes of Kaltex cut down on capacity.

The wedding season in India begins in October and continues till early spring. For many, the wedding season goes right up to April. Everyone who is part of the fashion industry looks forward to this season. All the interconnected chains involved like the fashion designer, craftspeople who do the zardozi and dabka embroidery, the daily wage workers etc know that this is their time of the year to make a neat sum that shall support them for the rest of the year. But the Covid-19 and the measures to curb its spread like social distancing have dampened the spirit and sentiment of the wedding market big time. Manish Malhotra, TarunTahiliani and Sabyasachi have shut operations. India Fashion Week that was scheduled to be held in New Delhi from March 11 to March 15 has been postponed. Valmort Barcelona Bridal Fashion Week has been postponed from April to June, given the gravity of the current crisis. It is unlike anything the world has ever witnessed.

It has been forecast that the pandemic is going to peak in April with most stores remaining closed till the end of May. Non – food spending will start to recover only in June but a more regular pre-Corona outbreak spending in the apparel industry is expected to come about only by October 2020.

What has been experienced by the design industry worldwide, in the last two months, is just the beginning of a ripple effect. The COVID-pandemic will alter the complexion of the supply – production chain dynamics. There is, however, no need to panic – it is estimated that shopping online will replace in store shopping, in a huge way, especially for the big brands and international labels.

But before we even talk about the revival of the fashion industry, we need to commend the willingness of some of the biggest names in fashion in Italy and France to step up to the challenge – brands like LVMH and Coty have steered their production lines to manufacture sanitiser in the form of hydro alcoholic gel along with the production of masks. Chanel has contributed its services by moving to production of  masks and gowns while Armani to make surgical Overalls. Prada is contributing by making facial covers for donation.H&M is working to make personal protective equipment for hospitals in Europe.

These gestures are what make the fashion and design industry problem solvers and come together as one unified global conglomerate ready to wage a war on the pandemic.

The article is written by Dr. Jitin Chadha, Director of Indian Institute of Art and Design

 

 
 

Next Story
The Transformation of Indian Biscuits Industry
The Transformation of Indian Biscuits Industry
 

India is one of the largest biscuit manufacturing countries after the US and China. While the country is one of the largest biscuit consuming nation, per capita consumption is still very low at 2.1kg – compared to Ireland, which is the highest at 21.76kg. The market for biscuits and cookies in India has come a long way accounting for about 72 per cent of the sales in the bakery industry. Increasing consumption of packaged and convenience foods, the availability of a variety of biscuits and an increase in disposable incomes have provided a major boost to the industry.

According to Market Outlook report, India's biscuit market stood at $3.9 billion in 2016, and is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 11.27 per cent, in value terms, between 2017 and 2022, to reach $7.25 billion by 2022.The demand will be driven by factors like taste and preference, demand of convenience food, concern for health and wellness as well as shift towards premium biscuits such as sugar free, oats, wheat and multi-grain biscuits among others. 

Indian biscuit market: History and current scenario

In past, biscuits in India were made by using ordinary flour, sugar and saturated oil and underwent industrial procedures of molding, baking and cooling. However, with an increase in the disposable income as well as changing tastes and preference of people forced the biscuit manufacturing units to come up with a new range of biscuits. This challenge was met well with the innovation of salted biscuits which reduced the amount of sugar put in the batter by adding more salt. Other changes made in the production of biscuits were thinner crusts and addition of digestive ingredients to make them more nutritious.

Currently the biscuit industry is made up of the organized and unorganized sector with renowned brands dominating the market share in the organized sector. On the other hand, the unorganized sector consists of small bakery units, cottage and household type manufacturing and packaging units that help them distribute their goods in the surrounding areas. Self-managed and focused product lines plus less expenditure on marketing are the factors that contribute to the growth of the unorganized sector. 

Embracing innovation to overcome challenges

Demand for healthy biscuits is increasing due to the active lifestyle of consumers who are looking for convenient eating options. Currently, India has 64 percent of its population in the working age group which makes millennials the driving force behind modern consumer trends. Millennials carefully read nutritional values on packages as well as grab snacks at least two times a day.

This is why the biscuit industry must pay close attention to the recent trends and opportunities which can help it produce exactly what is in demand. Biscuits are broadly categorized in the following segments like Glucose, Marie, Cream, Crackers and Milk but most consumers have already tasted these which is why companies are increasingly innovating with new flavors and ingredients to fuel the interest of consumers. 

As per past developments, biscuits have transitioned from light to high fiber to multi/whole grain and oats ashealth conscious consumers want biscuits with high nutritional value. This has made manufacturers use more fibrous and nutritious ingredients like oats along with reducing the amount of artificial colors and preservatives and avoiding high fructose syrup completely.  

Another variant for health-conscious consumers are the low sugar or sugar-free biscuits that help with weight management, cholesterol management and more. Such low sugar, and even sugar-free biscuit options, however, do not compromise with taste as they contain healthy replacements such as honey, coconut, fruits, dark chocolate, etc. 

Furthermore, brands are going one step ahead by experimenting with delicious yet nourishing exotic fruits and nuts. Hazelnuts, figs, pears, bananas and many such ingredients have been emerging in popular biscuits across the country, elevating the biscuit eating experience for consumers. Since fruits and nuts are packed with essential vitamins and minerals, these biscuits are perfect for new-age consumers who want health with taste. 

The article has been authored by Amrinder Singh, Bonn Group of Industries

 

Next Story
How will COVID 19 have a larger impact on the luxury market?
How will COVID 19 have a larger impact on the luxury market?
 

Over the years, with more and more consumers increasing purchasing power and accepting their zest to shop luxury items, the entire industry has witnessed a mammoth change. Aspirational buyers have turned into regular consumers thus ensuring an increase in the consumer base for globally. However, with the current situation and lockdown being witnessed PAN India and globally, few sectors of the luxury segment that were yet to venture into the e-commerce segment, have seen their peers see an increase in sales. This has been true in the initial COVID 19 announcement day as during times of distress people do resort to shopping as a therapy and as a way of staying positive.

However, with PAN India lockdown even though e-commerce segment have witnessed an upsurge in their sales the luxury market is witnessing a little set back as consumers are prioritising necessary goods as per government guidelines. Globally some of the companies are going ahead and even creating jobs for their countrymen, to work as delivery guys in the time of COVID-19.

It is true that apart from the essential/ necessary goods platform, the e-commerce for other goods/ luxury products are currently facing a situation that is not so favourable due to lockdown that is being witnessed PAN India. However, once this is over, and when situation normalises, e-commerce will still play an important role in reaching out to consumers who would be sceptical in immediately physically visiting malls and showrooms/ markets. The percentage of such sceptical consumers will be quite large as the consumers of today’s age are very well versed and are well equipped with the norms of safety and precaution. The e-commerce segment of luxury goods will also find that they have developed consumer bases who are finally embracing the concept of luxury shopping even during normal times. It is very similar to tasting the sweet nectar of enjoying authentic luxury goods in order to understand how even shopping online for luxury goods can be fulfilling.

This realisation itself will drive a lot of companies to finally take the leap of faith and venture into the e-commerce industry post the COVID -19 months. Many of the companies thought that physical stores/ showrooms are the only future for business sustenance and the global boom of e-commerce platform will not last much longer. However, with the outbreak of COVID – 19 and the relentless support of the e-commerce sector, both companies/businesses and consumers have understood that e-commerce sector will flourish manifold along with physical stores and showrooms.

Apart from this, even the players in the auto industry will also understand the importance of digitalisation. The luxury auto market will also witness a major shift in the consumer attitude wherein they will be more open to the concept of purchasing luxury vehicles online. However, currently the entire luxury industry as a whole is witnessing a standstill due to the state and nationwide lockdown.

This has led the companies to understanding the importance of virtual consumer experiential marketing. Thus, with virtual consumer experiential marketing becoming an important aspect for companies, e-commerce linked with Social Media cites like Instagram will also help in tapping into consumers who are way more active in SM handles than on any other platforms.

Influx of social media marketing has led to a digital revolution where almost every industry is fighting to gain attention from its targeted audience. From apparel to electronics, from telecom to travel, and from food & beverages to entertainment, every industry is finding out ways to tap this niche market which is not only huge but also effectively priced. So, its obvious for the automobile industry to enter the world of social media to be able to connect with the digitally awakened generation.

Before the advent of social media, vehicle dealers have depended on costly and ostentatious TV advertisements to help in gaining popularity for their brands.  However, now with digitalisation, social media is basic in the effective advertising in the automobile industry. What’s more, it additionally deciphers that better the vehicle brand does its social media advertising, the higher its odds are of beating the competition. Any car dealer or manufacturer who isn’t using this platform into their business is doing noteworthy harm to their business’ targets.

With advanced showcasing strategies readily available, car dealers and manufacturers will have better chances to win their prospects’ attention. However, while talking about the auto industry it is important to understand that vehicles are high-contribution and high-speculation items, so one must give various touch points to their customers. Thus looking at all sectors, it would be rightly said that post COVID -19, the industry as a whole will witness an increase in sales of luxury goods via the ecommerce segment as well, thus making both luxury and digital platforms to function as feel good items and authentic platform of purchase respectively.

The article has been authored by Jatin Ahuja, Founder and MD, Big Boy Toyz

 

Next Story
Why are offline stores still the king in footwear retail?
Why are offline stores still the king in footwear retail?
 

How many of us have attempted to buy shoes from an e-commerce platform and been sorely disappointed because the size doesn't fit, or the shape doesn't complement our feet or the heels are not up to the mark? Of course, it might take you a few attempts of shopping from different brands to figure out what fits you and suits you best. However, when it comes to footwear, these are some of the reasons why offline stores are still the king when it comes to retailing shoes.

Footwear customers in India who have essentially focussed on value and durability for generations are now evolving to buying shoes that look stylish, expensive and are still comfortable. As a result, they want more from their retailers in terms of style options, modern in-store experiences and a variety of fast-fashion brands to choose from. Various studies have shown that customers are wary buying shoes online without trying them on and getting a feel of the product.

Some of the leading retailers are focused on developing their in-store shopping experiences and offering value-added services while competing with online retailers. These include services such as 3D foot-scan for customized in-soles, Foot Spatorelieve for aching muscles and Shoe Spato that keep footwear as good as new. When customers walk into a store, they are giving in to the experience of being pampered and assisted in their choices. A patient salesman who doesn't mind spending time helping you make the right decision in terms of look, comfort and fit cannot be replicated in the digital world.

On the back of this demand, many of the major footwear brands are opening flagship stores to target more customers in larger cities and smaller towns.

Here are some retail trends that drive customers to offline footwear stores:

Brand Experience – Customers do have their favourite brands when it comes to footwear as their products and in-store experiences tick off their checklists. Brands, on the other hand are characterised by how they make the customer feel as soon as they step into their store. This partnership between customers and brands is like any other partnership — brands need to be up to date on customers’ expectations and customers need to be satisfied with their product choices. The onus of driving this offline demand rests on how brands make their customers feel in their stores. While most retailers understand the delicacy of this partnership, some still grapple with strategies that will help them meet the ever-changing demands of the customers.

Adding Value - Customer retention for offline footwear stores hinges on strong customer relationships, which in turn helps amp up their sales. Customers trust these brands with their money and time because they add value and advice that no online channel can replicate. A repeat customer is far more valuable than a new customer. Only those customers that have formed a comfort zone with a brand and its stores repeatedly visit their favourite stores.

Everything In One Place - When customers walk into a store, they have the entire display of products on offer and can easily make a choice by comparing their favourites. Also, regularly changing in-store display shelves and windows brings in repeat customers who look forward to and track new arrivals coming in. A brand that keeps its marketing strategy fresh in its stores will likely not lose customers to the e-commerce platform. 

The article has been authored  by Mayank Lakhani, Director, Lakhani Infinity Footcare

 

 

 

 

Next Story
Decoding the impact of Coronavirus on the retail sector
Decoding the impact of Coronavirus on the retail sector
 

When the COVID-19 is spreading like wildfire, governments have no other better options than lock-down to counter the pandemic. The global economy is struggling between the devil and the deep blue sea, and small businesses are the worst hit. Retail, especially the physical retail is one of the worst hit sectors as the lock-down will be continued till mid of April. Though convenience and departmental stores are exempted from the lock-down, their footfall falls to a great extent. But, apparel, jewellery, mobiles & electronics, sports goods, and many other retail segments are completely closed in the wake of the ongoing health emergency.                  

Covid Impact

The economy was already in the slowdown phase for the last couple of quarters, and it had experienced the slowest growth in the last six year, when it grew only at 4.7 per cent. In such a challenging scenario, things become further aggravated when coronavirus spreads the tentacles in Indian markets. With every passing day, the crisis is mounting like never before and its impact can be seen everywhere. According to the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce & Industry (FICCI), besides the direct impact on demand and supply of goods and services, decreasing cash flow is another big problem for the businesses. On the one hand, retailers are missing items in the inventory, on the other hand, amidst reduced cash flow, managing salaries of the employees and clearing payments of small vendors and artisans, further increasing their worries.  

As all the manufacturing activities in the retail sector have come to a standstill under the lockdown state, things will take at least 30 to 45 days to get normal after the current shutdown. But, if the lock-down is extended for another two to three weeks, the after-effects will be very critical for the small players in the retail sector. So far, the seriousness with which government, healthcare sector, and police administration are working to combat COVID-19 pandemic, most of the industry experts expect that the situation will improve within a fortnight, but citizens too must have to follow the guidelines issued by the health ministry to countervail this disease as soon as possible. 

Reforms to mitigate the loss

Recently the Ministry of Finance and Reserve Bank of India have also taken some crucial decisions to mitigate the ill effects of the current pandemic on the Indian Economy. Rs 1.7 lakh crore spending plan is announced by the government to improve the health of the economy curb the impact, RBI also comes forward as a frontier to support the country’s economy with a host of measures. The reverse repo rate was cut by 90 bps to 4 per cent and a moratorium of three months of EMIs on all outstanding loans is also announced by the Governor of RBI. But, these are short-term measures; there is also a need to make some adequate structural changes in the economy.

In many product categories, India’s retail sector depends on imports from China and European countries. Under the Make in India programme, there is an urgent need to focus on strengthening the manufacturing sector of the country, and there should be minimum dependence on foreign manufacturing. There is a close connection between retail and the manufacturing sector, and to protect the former, the latter should be equipped with advanced infrastructure and friendly policies.

The article has been authored by Puneet Jain and Yatin Jain, Directors, ODHNI
 

 

 

Next Story
[COVID 19 ]Impact on the Indian Footwear Industry and Way Forward
[COVID 19 ]Impact on the Indian Footwear Industry and Way Forward
 

The coronavirus has sent markets tumbling, as its ramifications to a swath of businesses and industries become more apparent. The cascading effect of the coronavirus is crippling the footwear industry too. Besides, the outbreak has led to the complete lockdown with the closure of malls, theatres, educational institutes, gyms and several tourist sites, thereby leading to a significant fall in economic activity. 

According to the UN Conference on Trade and Development, the coronavirus outbreak might cost the global economy $1-2 trillion in 2020, where several sectors are already feeling the pain and footwear industry is no exception. The pandemic has come up with fresh challenges for the country's economy, causing a severely disruptive impact on both demand and supply-side elements that has the capacity to derail the growth story.

Impact of Covid-19 on Indian Footwear Businesses 

 The virus is taking a massive toll in the economic front, shutting down businesses, curbing international travel and impacting production lines of major global businesses. For India, the trade impact of coronavirus is said to be around 348 million dollars. The list of top 15 most-affected economies due to the COVID-19 outbreak includes India too. If we look at the footwear industry in the country, the major brands have shut down their stores, and some of them have also delayed their new collection release. All this has come in the part as the public health officials have encouraged social distancing and the limiting of non-essential interaction in large groups while COVID-19 cases and death tolls rise. 

  Being the epicentre of the virus, China is also a major supplier of raw materials and components. The shutting of factories and production in China has wreaked havoc in the supply chain, leading to a sharp increase in the prices of various items. Due to this shutdown, the leather shoe market in India is facing the challenge. Agra, the city which is known to be the largest footwear hub in India, has been affected drastically. Leather shoes worth over Rs 3,000 crore are exported to European countries from Agra every year. The city is the largest footwear hub in India, and the industry is adversely impacted as manufacturers imports several components such as laces, shoe lining, buckles, ornaments, insoles, outsoles, cellulose board, shank board, foam and packing material from China. But due to this outbreak supply from China has dried up, it has affected manufacturing here. Apart from this, other Indian footwear brands have also hit hard due to a decrease in sales, both offline and online. 

Global Impact 

The impact of coronavirus in the economy has been felt globally. According to Moody’s Investors Service report, coronavirus will likely depress global growth in 2020 below 2.5%, the recessionary threshold for the world economy.  

There was an ongoing trade war between the U.S. and China with which the footwear industry was already dealing. The trade war got on fire with the spread of the coronavirus in China, prompting quarantines and shuttered factories. Matt Priest, president and CEO of the Footwear Distributors & Retailers of America, told CNBC in an interview, that U.S. footwear imports from China just had their worst January in more than a decade The 15.7% drop was also the worst year-over-year decline in four years. Also, 70% of shoes sold in the U.S. come from China, according to the industry organization. It has more than 500 members, including Walmart, Nike, Crocs and Steven Madden. Many shoemakers had already started to diversify their supply chains and reduce their reliance on China as a result of the higher tariffs.

 Footwear companies such as Adidas and Puma are also experiencing major effects due to the coronavirus headwinds. Most of their stores have been closed in the virus-driven countries. It lost sales of $50 million to $60 million due to the outbreak. Other luxury labels are predicting serious blows to their sales too.

 Hope is the Way Forward 

 The world is facing the worst epidemic industries have ever experienced. Everyone is in hope to get out of it, and things will bounce back to normal soon. The business has literally come to a standstill, and everyone is bleeding in an already challenging business scenario. The time is challenging for not only footwear but across industries. Even if the Covid-19 cases decline, the recovery will still take at least 8-10 months.

The article has been authored by Ambud Sharma, CEO, Escaro Royale

 

 

Next Story
5 Keys to provide great Luxury Customer Experience
5 Keys to provide great Luxury Customer Experience
 

In today’s competitive world, undoubtedly, consumer is the king and companies need to exceed consumer expectations to create loyal customer base. Technology driven global leaders such as Apple and Amazon have raised the bar of consumer purchase experience by providing excellent customer service, convenience, vast variety, on-time deliveries, free returns and what not. Luxury industry is no exception to this phenomenon and increasing consumer expectations from luxury brands makes it imperative for them to understand consumer psychology to thrive in the dynamic luxury retail environment.

For luxury brands and retailers, understanding the luxury consumer journey is most important to be able to deliver best to these well-versed, discerning consumers. It is about knowing what exactly your consumer wants and being able to provide that and much more.Luxury retailers must work to make consumers’ shopping experience a seamless journey. Every time when consumers interact with luxury brands, it is important for retailers to make them feel delighted. This will create customers for life and maximize customer lifetime value for luxury brands. Just think about the last time you stayed in a luxury hotel or shopped at a luxury store or took a ride in luxury sedan or visited a gourmet restaurant or ordered something on a luxury portal. You will certainly have some memory about how you felt about the entire experience. Did you loved the experience or hated it? Was it worth your time and money?

Happiness research reveals that retailers need to trigger emotions of shoppers not just during the time of actual purchase but also during pre-purchase and post-purchase phase. It requires putting the customer at the center of the entire consumer purchase journey and providing flawless experience across all touch points.Personal relationship built on trust should be at the heart of every customer transaction.

Here are 5 keys to provide great luxury customer experience:

  • Hyper-personalization: Luxury companies should use technologies like artificial intelligence enabled consumer data analysis to improve hyper-personalization in terms of product, promotion and shopping experience both in-store as well as online.For example, luxury Brands like Gucci and Valentino are using AI which help sales associates to recognize customers, greet them by their name and provide personalized recommendations based on consumers’ preferences and past purchase history. Sephora also uses AI technology to allow users to upload their picture and virtually apply makeup and visualize how products would look on them. The chosen products can simply be purchased via mobile, thereby making the whole purchase experience seamless, convenient and highly satisfying.

Similarly, live chat can provide real time assistance to the online luxury buyers making them feel important. Such engagement willboost consumers’ confidence in brand and refrain them to move to competitors’ brand. A recent study has found that shoppers who are engaged through live chat are 4.73 times more probable to convert and they can spend nearly 60% more than those who are not engaged.

Note: Technologies like AI and live chat are providing a new opportunity for luxury brands to offer better and seamless customer experience both online and offline.But, at the same time, technologies such as block-chain should be used to ensure data integrity and privacy.

  • Unified customer insights: Luxury companies should draw unified insights related to consumer profile from all channels such as social media platforms, brick and mortar stores, online stores, website, etc. This will help them in providing unmatched customer experience. For example, omni-channel brands are using online consumer behavior to make decisions regarding their in-store assortment. A Nike concept store in Los Angeles has furnished bright-colored products in their store based upon the data acquired from consumers’ digital footprint.A 360 degree view of customer insights across touch points will permit luxury retailers to develop more captivating, discerned offers and deliver more meaningful customers experiences.

Note: Luxury retailers need to consciously invest in data driven analysis of in-store purchase behavior which will be the key in providing better customer experience in the future.

  • Customer feedback: For luxury companies, it is very important to get honest customer feedback regarding service, product assortment, physical environment, salespersons’ attitude and overall consumer experience. For instance, once a consumer is through with the purchase and making the payment or is checking out of the hotel, he/she should be requested for feedback preferably on a platform which is easy to measure. (Since most of the times either luxury brands don’t have consumer data or even if they have, it is in the form which cannot be measured and so it is useless). This will help brands to gain valuable customer insights and accordingly design strategies to provide frictionless consumer experience in the future.

Note: Luxury brands must quickly act based upon customer feedback as if they will not care about their customers, they will lose their customers forever.

  • Invest in customer service training: Regardless of the growing ecommerce business, physical stores and sales associates remain central to the success of luxury companies. Luxury sales associates have the power to transform transaction-led business into emotion-based relationships. As per a recent research by US based Luxury Institute, more than one-third of affluent consumers globally reported helpful sales associate as a prime reason for buying a particular luxury brand. More than 50% of opulent consumers mention product-related expertise as a key characteristic required by luxury sales associate followed by trustworthiness, courteousness and helpfulness.

Note: No matter how significant technology becomes in providing superior customer experience, role of sales associate will always remain most important.

  • Building micro-moments: Luxury brands claim that they are in the business of creating dreams and making them true. Therefore, brands must surprise and wow their customers again and again. Marketers must amaze their consumers by doing something which they least expected. For instance, sending a small gift with a hand written note wishing them on their birthday or giving a little freebie with their order just to make them feel special or simply inviting loyal customer to an exclusive VIP sale to make the customer feel part of the elite community.

The article has been authored by Sheetal Jain, Founder & CEO, Luxe Analytics

 

Next Story
Top 6 Consumer Trends in Mattress business
Top 6 Consumer Trends in Mattress business
 

Indian consumers usually have a habit of going to store and feel the mattress by touching or sitting on it. This is how they decide the comfort level of mattress and take their decision which makes the offline mode of distribution more popular. Branded mattresses are broadly sold to two end users viz. residential and institutional. Growing housing demand has been increasing the sales of mattresses in the residential market all over the country. Whereas institutional demand is thriving owing to an increase in construction, real estate, and tourism & hospitality sector that requires hundreds of beds and mattresses. Hence, both residential and institutional demand is growing in India with the rising awareness regarding mattress types and brands.

 Increased demand for customisation

The Indian market is observing an increase in the demand in customised mattresses, and major players in the market have already started to level-up their games.  Today, mattresses come in all shapes, sizes, and designs to suit windows, yachts, bolsters, and for added products like L-cushions, chair cushions, and T-cushions.  A fact about the Indian mattress industry is that 30 percent of the customers in India go for customised mattresses, whereas this number is only five percent for the customers abroad. Typically, Indian consumers get beds made from carpenters. Owing to the highly fragmented furniture market, size standardisation becomes an issue. Another factor is that customisation isn't expected in just dimensions, but also on the consumer's preferences and body condition. Hence, even mattress materials and layers are being customised to suit customer needs. Lastly, Indians are largely driven by their belief in Vastu and its rules, and accommodating their beds according to it requires customisation. 

 Spring mattresses

And this will be dominated by those going on vacation or business trips. When Indian consumers travel abroad, they are exposed to international levels of sleeping comfort of the finest innerspring mattresses. These experiences remain with them when they come back, as they hope and search for a similar experience back at home.

Spring mattresses should have died in the 80's, like parachute pants and leg warmers, but they have remained popular because of their low-cost and high-profit margins (100%+). They also need replacing every 3-10 years which is great reoccurring income for Sealy, Serta, Simmons, Spring Air etc.With about 70% of the global population in developing and developed countries preferring to sleep on spring mattresses, this will give the manufacturing and acceptance of spring mattresses the much-needed thrust it needs in the Indian market.

 Demand

2016-2022' gives an in-depth analysis of mattress industry in India. A mattress is a large pad for supporting the reclining body, used as a bed or as part of a bed. Home and decor industry, being an important part of any nation's lifestyle is growing at a rapid pace to meet the demands and tastes of variety of people. Mattress, which plays an important role in consumer's lives worldwide, just used to get ignored in India. However, people are now getting informed and educated which has increased the importance of mattresses among Indian consumers. The growth in mattress market is largely led by the domestic factors such as increased income levels and also due to infrastructural development in terms of increased number of residential units and inflating number of hotels in the country. The organized mattress market encompasses of three types of mattresses namely Coir, PU foam and spring mattress. Indian consumers usually prefer a coir mattress or a foam mattress but the demand is now changing towards spring mattresses. Globally, majority of sales is in the spring mattress segment while in India the spring mattress category is at a nascent stage.

 Functionality over Product

Generally, manufacturers are solely worried about the capitalization of their investment. Consequently, marketing is directed at promoting the product rather than promoting healthy sleep. This year has seen a gradual shift is this approach.

Due to the changing trends in the relationship between the manufacturer and the consumer, there is more emphasis on the promotion of a healthy sleep. In the future, mattress companies will not only convey the functional features of the product and focus on brand-building, but will also attend to the positive impacts of a good night’s sleep. Popular brands have realised that what is currently being done is not enough, and hence, will invest more on PR and marketing initiatives, conduct seminars and conferences in an effort to educate the public on the subject. This will help bring about a change in the mindset of people.

 Growth In Mattress Market

The India mattress market has witnessed a growth in recent years on account of rising penetration of organized sector in mattresses segment fueled by  rising demand of good quality mattress by upcoming foreign players, rising health consciousness and entry of new  players in organized segment of mattress industry. The growth in mattress market has been largely led by the domestic factors such as increased income levels and also due to infrastructural development in terms of increased number of residential units and inflating number of hotels in the country. The mattress market is comprised of large companies, with Dream Mattress,  Kurlon, and Sleepwell being dominant players in the organized sector of mattress market in India. According to the research report, due to the aforementioned factors, the India mattress market will grow at a considerable CAGR rate thus reaching over INR 100 billion by 2020.

India Online Mattress Market

The consumers previously prefer going to the retail stores to buy mattresses so as to ensure quality and comfort. However, with services such as immediate return, discount offers and cash on delivery, the consumers are gaining confidence on online retailing.

The major players in the online mattress market of India are Pepperfry, Housefull.in, Urban Ladder, Mattress manufacturers,€™ exclusive websites and others.Owed to the demographic dividend such as rising young population, rising standards of living, the demand for mattress from e-commerce portals is expected to witness an uptrend. The India online mattress market is booming consistently and is pegged to become INR 290 crore market in FY 2020. The players in organized sector should streamline supply chain for both good quality raw material and delivery of finished products to ensure minimization of risk. Additionally, new players should be to cater to the most of the catchment area and should focus on expanding their outreach to Tier 2 and Tier 3 regions of the country. However, lack of awareness, immature franchise models and non standardization of mattress and enhancing competition are few of the major challenges which will affect the growth of this industry in the future. 

The article has been penned down by Pankaj Gupta, Director, RP Foam Home India ,PVT. LTD  

 

Next Story
Go Private, and Label It Right!
Go Private, and Label It Right!
 

India has become a growing hub of private labels across different categories. Naturally, it becomes a level playing field for private brands with voluminous growth opportunities. Business owners have significant scope to experiment and diversify their product categories. One of the most prominent reasons for retailers to include private labels in their retail strategy is the extreme profitability and high discoverability of these brands, obtainable at zero marketing and distribution costs. However, there are some factors that business owners and category heads must consider before putting their innovation cap on.

Indian Consumer Demographics

India has the largest population of youth in an ageing world. By 2022, the average median age of India will be 28. So, what would that mean for private brands? The millennial mindset is futuristic and aspirational. Brands need to offer authenticity and value-based products to this demographic. Furthermore, businesses that are currently present in the offline store fronts will also need to establish an online presence, as half a billion population in India is internet-savvy.

An Alternate Choice

In popular opinion, private labels are often considered as the cheaper alternative of premium brands. Consumers associate product pricing with the quality to understand brand importance while making a purchase. This is where the retailers will have to tread carefully with the low price strategy for their private labels. Particularly in the high involvement category, the consumer might not be able to substantiate the quality of the product based on the price alone and will, therefore, continue opting for national brands.

The Relationship Factor

Researchers have found that store brands have a favourable impact on the retailer’s image and vice versa. Private label brands that gain certain popularity among the buyers can enhance the credibility of their retailer. Similarly, a retailer’s image can influence the buyer’s purchase behaviour towards their store brands.

Packaging: The Real Hero

It is safe to say that innovative packaging is the only tool that brands need to market their private labels. Premium packaging is what sets PLB a class apart from national brands. Big retailers are already relying on cutting-edge packaging to enhance their brands. The biggest IP of any private label is its bouquet of distinguishable characteristics and innovative packaging is the best way to ensure that. Experts claim that the following elements of premium packaging should be taken into consideration while designing a product – convenience, consumer health and wellness, eco-friendly packaging, durability and technical design innovation.

Now that we have covered the scope and challenges involving a PLB, let’s dive into the most trending product ideas for starting a successful line of private labels:

Product Ideas

There are many reasons why private labels are the cornerstones of any retail or brand marketing strategy. One in particular is that private labels are getting picked up from shelves faster than ever and are beating premium brands in that order. However, many products end up being a ‘hit and miss’ opportunity. The following list is ideal for both big and small businesses that aspire to launch their private labels.

Here then are some of the most trending ideas to get you started:

1. Cosmetics and Skin Care: If you are betting big on private labels then you might as well go all out with your line of cosmetics and skin care products. The Indian market is the most ideal space to establish a private label in this segment. The margins are insane and most cosmetic products that are out there are not suitable for the Indian complexion. The scope for customisation and innovation is abundant in this category. Examples of products you can launch in this category include cruelty-free makeup, vegan makeup, charcoal-based beauty products, essential oils, etc.

2. Organic and Eco-Friendly Products: The gen-next is well and truly aware of what they want and brands are paying close attention to that. For instance, with the massive outbreak of wildfires and global pollution crisis, people are becoming environmentally conscious. The coming era will be dominated by eco-friendly and organic products and it will be a sure-shot win for your business in the times to come. Examples of products you can launch in this category include water bottles, organic food, reusable bags, bamboo toothbrush, compostable plates, etc.

3. Fitness and Wellness: The fitness retail industry in India is currently valued at USD 2.6 billion. The market size is estimated to reach a massive USD 6 billion by 2023. This projection reflects a strong growth opportunity for players in the fitness and wellness market. Examples of products you can launch in this category include food supplements, keto snacks, yoga accessories, active wear, etc.

4. Terrariums: City life entails a hassled and congested world where household plans and herbs offer a soothing ambience to calm ruffled nerves. Nowadays, people feel inspired to grow greenery around them in the form of mini gardens, desk plants and household decor.

5. Packaged Food: It’s been done time and again and then some more. The most plausible and doable items are in the packaged food category. With the right packaging and labelling, these products can not only be scalable but also desired by a majority of consumers. The market size of packaged food is the third-largest in India. Examples of products you can launch in this category include organic baby food, custom sweets, matcha green tea, snacks, etc.

6. Apparel and Accessories: The clothing industry has already garnered success in the private labels segment. Both online and offline retail businesses have successfully launched their private line of apparel. The average Indian closet has about 100 clothing items and customers love discovering new brands that help them stand out. There is plenty of scope for businesses to diversify into the fashion and apparel line of products. Ideas that would work in this category include cotton shoes, hiking boots, maternity clothing and lounge wear, etc.

These product ideas are among the many that businesses are currently exploring for their private labels and so can you. If you are an innovative entrepreneur who also possesses the tactical know-how, the sky is the limit for you.

 

 

 

Next Story
How to Automate the salon operations to increase productivity?
How to Automate the salon operations to increase productivity?
 

The salon business is a part of the beauty industry, and this business also gets heavily influenced by the changes in the fashion industry. To become successful in this industry, you need to know the current trend of the market and adopt new technologies. In this process, automated software can help you manage multiple aspects of your business and increase productivity with less effort.

Here are some strategies you can take to increase the productivity of your salon business:

Schedule appointment digitally

In this busy world, people appreciate any effort you take to make their work easier and faster. Thus, an appointment for beauty care can save everyone’s time. An automatic appointment scheduling system can help you with this task. Salon management software handles this task without anyone’s intervention. Since this avoids human interaction during booking, it reduces many manual errors, which usually take place during the booking process.

Use mobile apps

There are a few salon management software that let you build custom apps for mobile devices. These apps help your customers in experiencing instant service. Beyond booking an appointment through the mobile phone, you can also provide your users or customers with the latest news in the fashion world, pictures of the latest trend, and so on. This technology helps you build intimate relationships with the customer.

Manage your workforce

Being a successful entrepreneur, you need to know how to manage your employees. Assigning the right task to the right employee will allow easier attainment of customer satisfaction. Manual management and schedule creation can cause conflicts and confusion. A good software package for schedule and knowledge transfer can allow you to manage your assets more optimally.

Campaign management

Campaigning your product & services is the easiest way to gain new customers. It spreads your business to a new dimension covering your niche and beyond. If you wish to gain dominance, you ought to give a little more than your competitor. Technology can be your advantage in attaining that dominance. A salon management program also helps to overlook the digital campaign. You can easily promote your business in cyberspace with the help of this program. This automation also allows you to save money as you can start and manage your campaign without hiring a campaign management team or a strategist.

Inventory management

As a businessman, you must have all the up-to-date knowledge of the inventory. You must know what products are in stock, and what product you need to order for future consumption. Over-procurement can result in your cashflow bundled up with your inventory. Under-procurement can lead to an inability to satisfy customers. Thus, you need to be perfect, which might be impossible. Therefore, automating your inventory management process will give you sustainable results. In a few packages, it also forecasts seasonal trends and helps you manage your inventory in advance.

Bookkeeping

Accounting is a big part of every salon. You need to keep track of your income and expenses. In the case of employing helpers, you also have to keep track of their salary and schedule. Salon management software can automate this task. With the help of the POS system, you can digitize your sales. These programs are so simple that any can operate them, allowing you to employee low-level employees with ease for managing your saloon.

Customer relation & communication

In a salon business, the satisfaction of the customer defines success or failure. It would help if you never overlooked this aspect. Deploy the CRM system of the salon management program to get direct feedback from the customer. It also enables you to reply to them intuitively. With excellent customer satisfaction, you can run your salon profitably.

Even though automation helps you in multiple ways, it does not guarantee success. You have to work passionately and stay with the trend to achieve success.

Here are some other strategies you can adopt to gain success in the salon business:

Follow the latest trends: There are always new products & beauty treatments coming to the market. As a successful entrepreneur, you need to know what is trendy and what your customer might want to have. Understanding their requirements will help you establish your business.

Improve skill: If you want to remain successful in this market, you have to learn new skills as new technologies are shaking up the traditional methods. You can always serve them better with your updated knowledge.

Build a brand: People always follow the brand. So, if you want success, you have to build your brand. Deploy your website and create a catchy logo for your salon. Build up a reputation and followers. You cannot build a brand in a day.

Discount: Offering discounts to regular customers is a strategy to retain them for a longer period. A long term customer means sustainable income opportunity, along with word-of-mouth marketing. Thus, you should never let go of this opportunity.

Products: Selling customized beauty products can be a big part of your salon revenue. Many salons make a big chunk of money by selling their beauty product to the customer. You can also develop your beauty product and sell it to your customers, or endorse any quality brand. 

Last but not least, the salon business heavily depends on the employees. Therefore, keep them happy and offer them incentives for good work.

About the author

Shrushti K. Chaware works as a Digital Marketing Executive, at SoftwareSuggest. Well-Versed in Technical Niche’s, always curious to explore new stuff. Currently working on some popular keywords like Applicant Tracking System & Salon Software,  When she is not working hard at work, she can be found writing, reading or just wandering.

 

Next Story
How Streetwear, a global fashion movement has become a part of mainstream fashion ?
How Streetwear, a global fashion movement has become a part of mainstream fashion ?
 

Back in 2016 Hypebeast, an online media company and e-tailer with ‘sneakerhead’ origins shook up the fashion business world when it filed for an IPO on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

This led up to the pivotal moment for streetwear to break into the mainstream in 2017. With the highly hyped and coveted Louis Vuitton X Supreme capsule drop and the Carlyle Group buying a stake in the Streetwear behemoth, effectively valuing Supreme at $1 billion, venture capitalists went into a tizzy looking for the next billion dollarbrand. With the inclusion of skateboarding in the Olympics from this year, brands at the intersection of skate and fashion have been sought out.

In a 2018 report, Bain & Company credited streetwear as a growth driver for luxury sales with a 25% jump in luxury t-shirts sold!

Streetwear’s position as a commerce driver was cemented.

Today, you can’t talk about streetwear and not mention the exponentially growing secondary market called the ‘Resell Market’. This segment has probably titillated VC’s the most. The space is dominated by StockX, which counts Eminem and Mark Wahlberg among its investors, Goat with Ashton Kutcher as one of its investors, Grailed and Stadium Goods, which received an undisclosed amount investment from LVMH.  Investor interest in streetwear saw a collective investment of about $179.8 million between 2017 – 2018 into streetwear’s leading online marketplaces like StockX, Goat, Grailed, Stadium Goods and Highsnobiety, according to fashionista.com.

And what we found really interesting was the blurring of lines between retail-resell-investment-streetwear.

But what is streetwear?

Streetwear is probably one of the most misunderstood categories. Some people think streetwear is clothes found on the streets a la Fashion Street, while others think all graphic tees & hoodies are all streetwear.

Sure, Streetwear is t-shirts, hoodies, sneakers and the like but as Bobby Hundreds of the OG Streetwear brand, The Hundreds, says, ‘without community’ streetwear is just fashion.

Stussy

A lot of streetwear culture was born out of functionality, ground up, from small communities. Shawn Stussy and brand Stussy are often credited with creating the genre of streetwear and are often quoted as the best streetwear brand of all time. A major influence on streetwear’s aesthetic comes from skate culture. Skaters in the west coast had their own distinctive style and their assertion of being misfits. Ripped jeans, shoelace for belts, graphic printed t shirts were their pledge of allegiance to the culture. Brands like Supreme, Vans, HUF and Thrasher catered to this community, providing them tees, pants, skate decks, accessories, heavy rubber sole sneakers and media.

Streetwear has since gone on to include hip hop, sneaker culture, street art, military aesthetic, Euro-street, Japanese fashion and continues to expand its influence and inspiration. 

A critical component of streetwear is its ‘Drops’ culture. ‘Drops’are product launches, where unlike the usual spring- summer, autumn-winter fashion season, limited edition streetwear and sneakers, are brought to market and sometimes even just one style!

India has a sizable community that is into streetwear, in the range of 4 – 5 Lakh Gen Z and millennials, at the very least. Oversize fits, logo t-shirts, chunky ‘dad’ sneakers, snapback and bucket hats, long sleeve tees, coach jackets, tactical apparel, fanny packs (bags meant to be worn around the waist but often slung over the shoulder), slides with interesting socks, tracksuits, Yeezy, Jordans and Nike SB’s are some styles that form part of the uniform of this crop of cool folk that are part of India’s bubbling streetwear community.

We’ve seen an interesting mix of consumers – there are Gen Z consumers who love streetwear inspired luxury or street-luxe. Then there are those wholove the‘hype’ i.e the hottest, most valuable drop, almost treating streetwear as an asset class. Hype products are usually celebrity driven or collaborations or extremely limited quantities that are impossible to ‘cop’ at retail. And there are those who are far from the hype but love stories streetwear brands tell. There are also fashion folk who appreciate the silhouettes and designs of streetwear and participate in global trends here in India.

Daily paper

Streetwear has literally shaken up the fashion business with brands like Stussy, Off-White, Heron Preston, A Cold Wall*, Les Benjamins, Daily Paper being touted as fashions new heirs.Streetwear has always been around, it is the fashion expression of youth culture. It will continue to own its space. What is clear is that streetwear is not just a trend, it is a category – a category of clothes and shoes that have baked in cultural codes and are worn to announce your affinities.

About the author:

Bhavisha is Co- Founder, Capsul. She is a former National Speed Skating Champion, got initiated into street culture at an early age. After spending 10 years at PUMA across diverse markets like India, Turkey, Russia and Ukraine, during which time she worked with youth culture creators in India from 2010 - 2014 and on a Russian sneaker collab for PUMA Suede’s 50th year, she came back home to India to start Capsul. While at Capsul, she has been a consultant to brands like Budweiser, Air Canada, PUMA and has been quoted as one of the voices of streetwear India in Hypebeast, Verve Magazine, The Economic Times, to name some. She has an M.B.A. from the Asian Institute of Management, Philippines and an undergraduate degree in Biomedical Engineering from the University of Mumbai

 

 

Next Story
4 Luxury Marketing Strategies to win New Age Consumers in 2020
4 Luxury Marketing Strategies to win New Age Consumers in 2020
 

Luxury consumer behavior is transforming significantly due to changing consumer’s demographics,lifestyle, values and interests. Over the years, the meaning and definition of luxury has evolved. Today, luxury is no longer restricted to ‘elite few’ rather more and more consumers are trading up to purchase these products. New-age buyers save every month to buy new Mercedes Benz or new Gucci bag. This market segment spend lavishly when they have money, without much consideration about their debt levels.Marketers cannot ignore them as they provide better lifetime value and loyalties.

Luxury market which has traditionally relied on a sense of ostentatiousness and splendor, need to align itself with the values of new generational cohort. There has been shift in luxury consumption from conspicuousness to personal fulfilment. For millennials luxury is more about experience and authenticity rather than just flashy brand logos.Brands should create marketing strategies by keeping in mind, buying patterns, media habits and psychological motivators of today’s luxury consumers.To remain relevant, luxury companies should reinvent themselves. They need to clearly define what they stand for and what their core values are?They should ask themselves, are the 4 Ps of marketing still relevant? Or it’s about the 4 Es: Environment, Experience, Emotion and Ecommerce.

Environment: Luxury warrants a psychological cost categorized as “guilty pleasures” which might lead to negative emotions after the purchase. Therefore, growing number of people are buying sustainable luxury products to experience “guilt-free” enjoyment. As per a Neilson survey performed with 30,000 consumers in 60 countries across the globe, 60% of global consumers were willing to pay extra for sustainable products. This new perspective and consciousness toward others will shape the future values of luxury industry.Luxury brands along with consumers can no longer overlook sustainability.Brands are expected to regard environmental sustainability as a core pillar of their strategies. Brands like Chanel, Louis Vuitton and Stella McCartney, among many others,have taken pledge to go cruelty free in all future collections.They are continuously reviewing their value chain to make it transparent and are shifting to plant based alternatives.

Remember: Young consumers look for luxury brands that don’t just elevate status but really touch their souls and help them to create connection with the wider world.

Experience: Luxury has always been about the best quality, the finest materials and greatest savoir-faire.However, there has been paradigm shift in the expectations of the new consumers. They want to feel special, wish to get personalized treatment anddesire to obtain immersive experience during their complete shopping journey. The entire experience of purchasing luxury goods is as important as the product itself.Luxury brands need to continuously create new experiences and wow moments for their customers. This is an amazingway to build a story in consumer’s mind- a story that you want customers to take home with them and cherish forever. For instance, Tiffany is opening its first café ‘Tiffany Blue Box’ in London to provide a way to its customers to immerse themselves in the world of Tiffany.

Remember: You must focus on delivering customer experience and not just products. Make your consumers part of your story, clearly communicate the value proposition to them and they will become yours forever.

Emotion: Neuroscience reveals that decision to buy a luxury item is overwhelmingly emotional. For today’s consumers it is not enough that a luxury product is well-crafted with great history and heritage. They cherish products which are authentic with unique and intangible quality of truth.Each promotional campaign must express truth which breathes life into the brand, conjuring perceptions of genuineness and endurance.  New generation value the opportunity to interact with the brand and become part of the brand. Through evoking emotions of pride and awe, luxury brands can build deeper connect with their consumers.Brands must think genuinely about what their clients actually care for and go an extra mile to make them live it.The ability to engage, empower and innovate is a crucial factor for becoming successful luxury brand.Gucci has launched a call center in Florence to give consumers a direct seamless connection to the Gucci community throughout the world anywhere and anytime. It enables consumers to interact with call-center assistants over phone, email or live chat and build personal relationships with assistants, similar to brick and mortar world.

Remember: You must build emotional relationship with your clients both offline and online to win them.

Ecommerce: Being a high involvement product, in-store shopping has been the way to shop for luxury brands. These high-end brands have been really slow to embrace ecommerce as a distribution channel. However, nearly 80 percent of luxury sales today are ‘digitally influenced’. Consumers hit one or more digital touch points in their luxury shopping journeys. Online luxury sales is projected to reach $70 billion globally by 2025. As per recent Euromonitor International Report, luxury goods sales are growing nearly three times faster online than in physical retail. Therefore, traditional luxury brands cannot ignore digital platform today.These brand are now trying to catch up with the changing buying patterns of the affluent consumers. Brands from Burberry to Louis Vuitton, all are making efforts to provide a consistent brand experience both in-store and online. The major challenge for all these brands is to maintain the perceived cache of luxury in the digital world.

Remember: You cannot afford to work in silos today. The combination of offline and online is the way forward.

Today, the rule book for what it means to be a luxury brand that is loved by its customers has profoundly changed. It’s no more just about making the finest product. It’s also not just about the brand repute that has been built over years. In my opinion it is about really aligning with a sense of deeply held values to create an authentic brand that connect with consumers.

The article has been penned down by Dr. Sheetal Jain.  She is founder & CEO of Luxe Analytics, a luxury market consulting firm based in New Delhi. She is an experienced luxury industry professional credited with conducting India's first quantitative study on luxury consumer behavior. Her research work has been published across several international and national refereed research journals, books and other reputed publications. Jain has been widely covered across print, electronic and digital media as a thought leader in the luxury domain.

 

Next Story
How These On-line Brands Are Winning the Game of Athleisure?
How These On-line Brands Are Winning the Game of Athleisure?
 

Until few years back, classifying ‘sportswear’ as ‘fashionable’ was an unfathomable concept. Today, however, there is a drastic shift in consumer behaviour; therefore athleisure or athletic casual wear is becoming mainstream fashion. In fact, it has started dictating market trends in an unprecedented manner, as the result, unconventional categories such as gym attire (yoga pants, leggings,sweatpants) have started taking over the mainstream apparel sector.

 

If we look at numbers, data and analytics company GlobalData had forecasted 9% percent growth in the global athleisure market in the year 2019. The company also projected that the category will continue to outperform total clothing and footwear market owing to consumers’ desire to have multifunctional wardrobe. As per Deloitte India data, India’s athleisure market is growing at 18-20% currently and is expected to touch ₹54,000 crore, or roughly $8 billion, by 2020.

 

Apart from mainstream brand, so far the growth in this segment was largely driven by Indian celebrities; SKULT (By Shahid Kapoor, One 8( By Virat Kohli), True Blue( Sachin Tendulkar), HRX( By Rithik Roshan) amongst others are few examples of celebrities led athleisure fashion.

 

Although, today this space has been started penetrated by many start-up brands, causing escalated growth of the segment. Let’s caste light upon few such start-ups..

 

Mazeix

maz

Started by female entreprenure Manisha Gupta, Mazeix is the latest inclusion in this space. As per Manisha People started embracing sportswear in the late 90s when Bollywood brought a fashion revolution as Shah Rukh Khan rocked his tight hugging polo tees and Karisma Kapoor sizzled the screen in her trendy sports bra and leggings in Dil To Paagal Hai. But soon enough, the style statement faded. Since people started realizing that what’s meant for the gym must be worn at the gym itself, the fashion trend decelerated.

Highlighting the growth of this segment, she said “The Athleisure wear segment has evolved greatly, as people have cultivated a better understanding of the importance of marrying fashion with fitness. In 2019, the term ‘athleisure’ connotes a modern, refined and relaxed approach towards fashion that screams comfort and substance. The onset of international brands such as H&M, Zara, Superdry, Puma, Forever 21 in the Indian market  have created a space where consumers can now get the choicest apparel at the most feasible range.”

How Manisha started Mazeix? 

Tuna London

Tuina

Aarti Virwani is the creative director of Tuna London, started the brand with her husband Ajit Virwani back in 2016. Coming from a family that works in the fashion apparel industry, she was naturally inclined towards fashion and studied fashion from SNDT University. 

Sharing her journey Virwani she informs, “I and my husband are great fitness enthusiast. Being passionate about fitness, we had suffered a very unpleasing experience in our beginning years when we used to look at available sportswear fashion in the market. We observe the serious dearth of fashionable products catering fitness and that inspires us to launch Tuna London.”

Highlighting the initial challenges, she said,” Owing to high penetration of mainstream brands in this space, we were slightly apprehensive about our success. Distribution was yet another challenge for us because we did not have the bandwidth to start our distribution channel. Therefore, we resorted to social media which enables us to connect with our audience directly.”

With initial price point of INR500 Tuna London made its products from cotton lycra fabric due to which it is generating a lot of demand from international markets as well. The brand is completely designed and manufactured in India.

 

Kica

kica

Started by Aneesha Labroo, the brand started in 2016 when she came back India after earning a fashion marketing degree from the University of Pennsylvania. During her international stay, she learnt about the surge in fitness and health-related trends and behaviors causing spurt in the number of pop-up stores catering active wear.
 After conducting a full marketing study on the activewear market and available brands, she identified a gap - stylish and high quality products at an affordable price point. Thus, she observed a huge opportunity a good, affordable, Indian activewear clothing brand. And, this how kica was born.

Proyog

Started by Malika Baruah and Dave Banerjee, the brand caters modern age yoginis, Proyog. Started in 2015, Proyog is committed to designing and manufacturing super-specialized yoga wear.  The brand USP is sustainable active wear solutions. Proyog products are made using HYPERBREATH™ fabric which they have developed and trademarked after extensive research. 

 

 

Next Story
How Furniture Renting is on Rise?
How Furniture Renting is on Rise?
 

For Indians, renting is not new concept; we have been renting things for decades now. However, until few years back, the renting business was restricted to high value items such as house, wedding attire including jewellery amongst others. But, now there is a growing trend of renting low valued items such as home appliances and regular- use furniture. Furniture is one category which is getting maximum traction as far as renting is concerned. The growth in this segment is mainly attributed to influx of working class and growth of student community in top eight cities. Also, evolved consumers like to experimentation with furniture from time and again. In order to cater the demand, companies such as Rentomojo, CityFurnish, Furlenco, Rentickle, GrabOnRent, RentOnGo, Pepperfry, Fabrento, Guarented, among others are doing their best to appeal metropolitan way of life.

Let’s caste light on key elements pumping growth in this segment..

Market Size

As per industry data, the furniture business in India is growing at a healthy rate during 2017- 2024, and this market is expected to increase by $800-850 million from current size. Speaking on market growth, Sidhant Lamba, Founder, Fabrento said, “The current market size for furniture rentals is estimated to stand at a significant amount of 1-1.5 billion dollars in India which will only continue to increase as more and more people become aware of the option of rentals and choose this cost-effective and hassle-free way over shelling out big bucks to buy bulky furniture.” Fabrento was founded by Sidhant Lamba in the mid 2016 with the support of the Continental group.

Speaking about the same, Ashwin Venkatraman, Chief Operating Officer, Furlenco, said, “Urban millennials are practical. They believe in living in the moment and are not interested in owning expensive things. For them, it is important to be smart and live a life that prioritises their comfort. And subscription as a way of life suits that mindset.”

Furlenco is an online-only furniture company catering to the lifestyle aspirations of contemporary urban Indians. From a handful of orders in the first year to having furnished about 90,000 homes, Furlenco has grown from strength to strength. The company aims to achieve a subscription revenue of INR 2000 crore by the year 2023. 

Category Segmentation

Indian furniture renting market can be segmented on basis elements including type of furniture, tenure, business model and region. In terms of furniture category, sofa, wardrobe, bed get maximum traction.  As per TechSci report, ‘Bed’ category acquired the majority share in 2018 and the trend is likely to continue in the forthcoming years as well. This is primarily due to the factor that bed is the primary requirement of customers moving to new places and rest of the furniture items in the category are generally add-ons. In recent past, kids’ furniture category is also picking up as many renting companies are expanding their product range.

 On the basis of tenure, the market can be segmented into upto 1 year, 1-2 year and over 2 years. Among them, 1-2 year is the preferred duration of renting by the youngsters, as indicated by the report.

Behavioral shift

Speaking on behavioral shift, Vineet Chawla, Founder, Rentickle, said apprised,” There has been a major shift in consumer mindsets from owning to renting of various products. While sharing economy has been made popular by large global companies like Uber, Air B etc, today the rented products categories has expanded to garments, accessories, high end motorcycles and even DSLR cameras.”

A closer look at the industry data reveals that home furniture segment, so far, is the largest contributor, closely followed by office and institutional segment such as hospitality, healthcare and so on.

Echoing with Chawla, Neerav Jain, Founder &CEO, CityFurnish, “Today’s generation is more evolved and adapt to the modern lifestyle than its counterpart. With unique and individual preferences, this set of people are opting for modern furniture and flexible usage and hence, makes for an important category to the retailers.”

A recent PWC study suggests that the shared economy in India is valued at $1.5bn with future projections of $10bn by 2030.  The market is vast for more innovation and players to make renting a complete alternate to buying and furniture rental will be a mainstream category in another five years.

 

 

 

 

 

Next Story
4 Start-up Indian Beverage Brand Stories You Should Know About
4 Start-up Indian Beverage Brand Stories You Should Know About
 

Gone are those days when India beverage market was all about ‘tea’. Until a decade back, tea was considered as commoners’ drink, and coffee was positioned as a drink for upper sophisticated class. Cola and other soft drinks were catered to youngsters.

Well, these are the notion belongs to yesterday. If we look at recent data, India maintains a market size for organic packaged food and beverages of US$54.6mn in 2017, which is 0.1% of global category sales.

Today, beverage market is bifurcated into various segments starting from whiskey, wine & cocktails to health drinks & powdered juices amongst others. The Indian beverage market is comprised with plenty of options & variants for alcoholic as well as non-alcoholic lovers catering all kinds of tastes & preferences. Owing to astonishing growth in this vertical, the start-up scene in this space has been mature drastically.

Let’s shed light on few promising startup stories which are redefining Indian beverage market

Rage Coffee

Started by Bharat Sethi, a serial entrepreneur who have built two successful ventures in past. In fact, he started his first business at the age of 16. Seeing the shift to coffee for many people around me, as their go-to beverage inspires Bharat to launch Rage Coffee. Speaking on same he said, “I wanted the idea to mature and I started collecting data, doing surveys and quickly established a growing demand for this gap. Having built consumer brands & online marketplaces from scratch over the last 8 years, I obviously wanted to get more data, understand my audience more and that’s when started talking to shoppers in retail outlets.” As of the brand is present in about 300 outlets locating at Delhi, Pune, Chandigarh, Mumbai, Hyderabad & Bangalore. As of now, the company has raised small investment from RannvijaySingha who’s joined the company as an early investor and brand evangelist.

The Good Life Company(TGL)

The Good Life Company is the fastest growing hot beverages startup in India. The inception of TGL Co. traces back to when TGL Co. co-founder Bhuman Dani, an MBA from INSEAD, walked into the East India Company store in London one day, little did he know that it would change his life. With no background in the world of speciality teas, this experience opened his mind to brews, blends and blades. But this appetiser only fuelled his thirst for more knowledge in this space. So he began his apprenticeship with Jane Pettigrew, one of the most renowned master blenders of tea in the world and learnt about teas, origins and influence of botanicals in creating the perfect blend.

At the same time, in another corner of the world, Shariq Ashraf, an MBA from Oxford University and a self-professed tea aficionado was inspired by another tea company. While travelling through Argentina, he came across “Tealosophy”. Its founder, Inés Berton, inspired Shariq with her enviable tea knowledge and he began to work towards bringing this spectacular range of speciality teas to India. They were creating the perfect business model, when these ‘brew-bros’ met at a Mumbai alumni event of The Boston Consulting Group (BCG), a leading global management consulting firm, where both had previously worked. Their shared love for tea and a passion to bring inspired brews to millions in India brought them together to create The Good Life Company or TGL Co. As of now,  has raised a primary investment of INR 8.75 Cr. & secondary investment of 7.75 Cr. through strategic investors.  In May 2019, thje company introduced 10 TGL products at more than 150 points of retail sales TGL products are also  available at Foodhall outlets in India.

SipWise

SipWise Beverages offers a range of juices to the millennials who might have wondered what if green tea became a juice or a healthy herb turned tasty. Founder Harish Mohan feels that there are huge opportunities for product category creators in India. Mohan got inspiration to launch SipWise while he was at Duke University where he got exposed to a range of functional beverages. This exposure made him realize humengous gap in the Indian market for beverages that could offer value beyond cola and fruit pulp based drinks. Mohan started SipWise with a vision to offer a health drink which is an amalgamation of age-old herbs and natural ingredients. With the support of R & D team based out of South India, his dream for Sipwise Beverages was born.As of now, the brand is available via modern trade channels including Nature’s Basket, Star Bazaar, Big Basket and Grofers, mainly in 4 cities-Mumbai, Bangalore, Pune, and Goa.

Epigamia

Launched in June 2015, Epigamia has more than 21 different types of products and is available across 10,000 touch points, including modern trade chains like Reliance Fresh, Godrej Nature’s Basket, Future GroupFoodhall, Big Bazaar, and Hypercity. Ecommerce platforms, including Big Basket and Amazon. With this investment, Epigamia looks to scale pan-India and enter 50,000 stores in the coming years.This year Actor Deepika Padukone joined Epigamia a partner and strategic advisor. In an interaction Rohan Mirchandani highlighted, “We don’t peg ourselves to the strictly yogurt category only but rather see Epigamia as competing in the massive Snack market, estimated at >25,000 Cr across India.” He highlighted that his company could launch plant-based beverages in the future that would additional part of existing yougurts and smoothies.

 

 

 

 

 

Next Story
How these Hygiene Start-ups are Making Periods Less Boring?
How these Hygiene Start-ups are Making Periods Less Boring?
 

Globally, Feminine hygiene market is expected to reach over $36 billion (approx. Rs. 2.40 lakh crore) in the next six years, with India comprising of only 1.5% of this market. A survey reveals that 80 percent of feminine hygiene products sold are sanitary napkins. While the market has been dominated by disposable sanitary napkin sales, there is an increasing trend of use of products like tampons, menstrual cups, period pain relief roll on which is a good sign in respect to positive healthcare for women. Understanding the importance and criticality of feminine hygiene, more and more companies are coming with new and innovative products. All these factors can significantly contribute to growth of the industry and lead to more adoption of women hygiene products through educational, awareness and marketing efforts. So far, brands such as Whisper, Carefree amongst others hold the largest market share. However, this place has been started populated by many unique start-ups which boast be better than any leading brand in terms of their product offerings. Let’s hear from them..

 Heyday

Started by Delhi based entrepreneur, Deepanjali Kanoria Heyday is an eco friendly brand which hopes to revolutionize the sanitary napkin segment. Kanoria was

 working as a financial consultant at Ernst & Young in New York when it dawned upon her that she had the scope of influencing positive impact beyond the conference room at a client site.

“The idea of finding sustainable solutions to everyday problems always fascinated me and being educated at all-women's institutions, I was more inclined to helping women overcome problems they faced in their everyday lives through the means of innovation. Upon returning to New Delhi and researching about various industries, I found that the Indian sanitary napkin industry was highly monopolised and hadn't seen innovation in the past decade,” informed Deepanjali.

The materials used in the commercially sold conventional sanitary napkins were all synthetic and pose a threat to the body and the environment relentlessly. Creating a prototype with all natural elements was an exciting challenge.

“We did not use any synthetic raw materials and steered away from cotton too as it utilises 26% of the world's pesticide content which is very steep and again harmful. We zeroed down on bamboo and corn fibre used in seven super absorbent layers of our patented fibre to produce an end product with a soft and smooth finish that was tested to be completely biodegradable and organic,”.

Highlighting the initial hiccups, she said “We faced numerous challenges in terms of product placement as retailers were not sure if a new product would sell but we overcame that issue with time as more retailers believed in our product proposition and saw the off-take value.”

Being a startup, the company had little funds that could spend on marketing. Hence, as the part of strategy the company constantly tried to reach more women to choose this affordable sustainable menstruation option. Today, Heyday products are available on all leading markertplaces and modern traders including Spencer's, Godrej Nature's Basket, Guardian Pharmacy, Health & Glow, Le Marche, Modern Bazaar amongst others.

Sanfe

Started by Harry Sehrawat, Sanfe was started from the realization of the fact that more than 50 percent of women have to suffer from UTI caused by dirty public washrooms. Though the company does not make sanitary napkins as of now, but offer gamut of products catered to female hygiene especially in those days.

Speaking further, Sehrawat said, “The problem was unidentified to us till one of our friends got infected with UTI during a mountain trip. The urge and motivation to solve the problem led us to our entrepreneur journey and the development of our first product. This led us to think more about the issues around feminine hygiene and the taboo surrounding it. It motivated us to innovate more solutions which can help women live a quality life.”

The company has received funds from HPCL (Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited) at an initial stage of our start-up. This has supported them in their research, innovation and product development. The start-up is also planning to raise another round of funding for product portfolio expansion and international expansion. As of now, the company is retailing via retail platforms such as Apollo, LeMarche along with all leading market places and its exclusive webstore.

Peesafe

Started by Vikas Bagaria, Pee Safe was earlier known for selling Toilet Seat Sanitizer Spray has recently made its foray into India’s fastest growing sanitary products segment (expected to reach a value of US$ 992.8 Million by 2024 as per IMARC Group) with 100% organic cotton, biodegradable sanitary pads. The brand has witnessed an unprecedented growth of 200% in FY18. Pee Safe has already raised $2 million from a group of investors and aims to become a 1000 crore brand within five years. Pee Safe currently owns more than 90% of the market in the Toilet Seat Sanitizer Category.

 

Started in 2017, the company has raised $2M already.  The company aims to set its niche in offering biodegradable sanitary pads in pocket friendly prices. Speaking on same, Bagaria said, “At the moment, the manufacturing cost of organic cotton and biodegradable pads is much greater than manufacturing plastic ones. Our target audience is people who care for their bodies and the environment and the pads are priced accordingly at Rs. 299 for a pack of 10 wrapped individually in disposable bags.”Peesafe products are  currently present at 3000 offline stores pan India including modern trade, general stores, pharmacies etc. along with leading marketplaces.

The Other Players

There are many other brands which are engaged in making, low-cost, biodegradable sanitary napkin brands, primarily catered to rural women.

Saathi pads in Gujarat:  

Saathi began in 2015, when its four co-founders Kristin Kagetsu, Tarun Bothra, Amrita Saigal, and Grace Kane - graduates of MIT, Harvard and Nirma University - came together on a mission to create fully eco-friendly, compostable sanitary napkins using locally sourced banana fiber from the state of Gujarat, where Saathi is based. 

Sakhi by Vatsalya Foundation:

Spearheadeded by Swati Bedekar, Vatsalya Foundation started making low cost biodegradable sanitary napkins after realizing that the village women would use a leaf with mud which was tied around their waist. Synthetic cloth pieces, or any cloth pieces which were not even clean, were used. Bedekar developed started manufacturing unit with the initial help from government’s tribal department.

 

Next Story
Five Digital Trends Driving FMCG Consumption
Five Digital Trends Driving FMCG Consumption
 

Digital revolution is driving the FMCG consumption in India. A report from Nielsen, called the “The Nielsen Future Opportunities in FMCG E-commerce” has indicated the online growth of FMCG products is surpassing offline growth in India. According to Nielsen data, the Asia Pacific region is expected to provide some of the biggest growth opportunities for online FMCG over the next five years:43% of the region’s consumers already using e-commerce platforms for home delivery of products, and a further 15% indicating better internet connectivity would increase their propensity to shop online. 

 

If we look at the India story, the Indian e-retail market has grown three times in the total FMCG retail sales in the last two years. As per industry data, 40% of FMCG purchases in some select categories will go online by 2020. Understanding the gravity of the matter, a session took place at Indian Retail and E-retail Congress (IReC) 2019 titled FMCG: Harnessing the Digital Potential, which casted the light on leading trends of which are driving FMCG sales via digital channels.

 

While opening the session, SushantRabra, Partner Digital Consulting Services, KPMG, sheds light on key highlights including digital commerce has started contributing 6-7% of many FMCG companies in India. Online is an emerging channel, which cannot be ignored and is poised to grow 2X and 3X depending upon the company and the category. Digital is a crucial growth driver for top-line as well as bottom-line.

 

However, managing this digital transition from offline to online is proving to be a challenge to many companies. Industry veterans who were also the part of panel, had to strike out trends in the online FMCG space while speaking at IReC2019, which recently concluded in the capital city New Delhi.

 

Social E-commerce

 

Social platforms such as Instagram, Facebook amongst others are becoming integral part of human life. Speaking on same, Ashish Jain, Head – Digital and eCommerce, Godrej and Boyce, said, “When everything is changing people are subsequently going to products from social media platforms, it is the one trend which is clearly coming out, for instance, Instagram could a good platform to feature food product along with the recipe.”

 

Jain further adds that digital has empoweredbrands to serve niche set of consumers, for example, if the company is looking to serve only 100 customers across India who could be an ideal clientele to  consume those sort of products and services, it is made possible through digital channels by catering to those individual entrepreneurs and brands. Therefore, the whole landscape is changing where the entire  consumption scenario is changing and is now largely driven by digital influence.

 

Data Exchange

 

In the era of tech innovation timeframe for farm to fork cycleis reducing drastically, but that is creating its own set of challenges. Speaking further on same, Sameer Shaikh, AGM, Regional Head-Buying & Merchandising, Bigbasket, said,“Due to social influence, people now have easier way of expressing themselves and at times feedbacks can be negative also, forcing us to take prompt action.” No doubt, digitisation has widened the scope of data exchange and feedback exchange from customers, which ultimately helps us in improving our product and services.

 

Changing Retail Shelves

 

Due to lot of data exchange, companies are now experimenting with newer products which were never there on traditional retail shelves. Speaking further on same, Sharad Sharma, Head of eCommerce, Havells India, said, “I have seen the industry for a decade now. In last few years so much has happened in this space and primarily driven by the consumers. So, I will keep consumers in the centre of all the activities happening around. When I say consumer they are driving not only the tractions but also putting the pressures on organisation in terms of changing the products they offer to customer.”

 

Due to digital influence customers are able to collate data and customise their product and services as per the need of customers. This change is driving consumers and organisations to different directions. Therefore, a lot of product innovation is happening.

 

Going further, Sharma adds, “Seamless experience is once such thing which is demanded by the customer as they don’t care about channel of purchasing. Whether online or offline, they are looking for same kind of experience without any pricing difference.”

 

Technology-first Approach

 

Digitisation is forcing the companies to adopt a digital-first approach.Speaking on technology deployment, Anil Bhavnani, Director BPO and Digital transformation, Pfizer said, “I represent pharmaceutical company and the part of much regulated market. Consumers are very important part for us where we are looking to embed technologies such as chatbots. We aim to leverage technology in order to make entire experience more seamless. “

 

Having said that,Bhavnani also stressed that the company is also looking at middle or back offices to see where they can put their digital wing forward. The company is trying to bring automation in its finance and accounting processes.

 

Exploring the Unexplored

 

Digital has really changed the entire game of customer service. Speaking further on same, ShikhaLal, Director – Quality Capabilities & Digital Transformation, Unilever said, “Ofcourse, ecommerce is a huge opportunity. In fact, our 5.4% global turnover comes from ecommerce and we really hope to increase the number.”

 

Lal also adds that ecommerce comes with its own set of challenges including managing counterfeits and ensuring sustainability since it requires a very different kind of value chain, including primary packaging with a viable range of innovation.

 

Echoing Shikha, Anant Goel, co-founder and CEO–Milkbasket, said, “Digital is creating an unknown territory for us. Nobody knows how this market is going to evolve in the times to come; what would new convenience parameters that customers are looking at; and what would new products that customers might want?

 

Moreover, there is a prevailing fear of disruption in business model, since it is still an evolving model. Digital is a six to seven hundred billion dollar market, which is largely untapped and comes with huge challenges.  It has created a huge consumer base, which is growing continuously and everybody is looking to acquire that.

 

Next Story
How Ethnic Brands are Getting a New Avatar!
How Ethnic Brands are Getting a New Avatar!
 

With changing lifestyles, India is becoming the hub of global fast fashion brands. Despite this fashion revolution, there are many women in India who are still traditionalists at heart, and prefer ethnic wear. Even the millennial,who drive the maximum consumption of fast fashion tend to opt for ethnic at festive occasions or family functions. Moreover, there is a fair share of working women who find ethnic wear more comfortable for day-to-day wearing.  Though, the Indian fashion market has become crowded,ethnicfashionhas shown no sign of fading; in fact, the market is growing like never before.

Let’s shed some light on some interesting trends in this space.

The Humongous Size of the Ethnic Market

According to Technopak, ethnic wear is the single biggest category in women’s wear segment with a share of 71 percent. Moreover, this segment is transforming itself from the unorganised sector to large retailers and companies.

Speaking further on the market, Puneet Jain and Yatin Jain, directors Odhni, said, “On looking at the market’s performance closely for the past five years, it has grown tremendously. Particularly the luxury and designer ethnic wear segments have seen a steep rise with the growth of middle class and working  women. Presently, the ethnic wear market is pegged at 82,000 crore and is expected to grow to Rs 1, 26, 210 crore by the end the current year.”

The growing popularity of Indian and western fusion wear and e-commerce bandwagon shopping are few reasons behind its impressive growth.

Odhni was launched in 1999 at the time when the market was running out of trusted and reliable ethnic brands to cater to the enormous demands from the rising middle class. The founders, aka entrepreneurs, Anju Jain and Shashi Jain, started Odhni from 500 sq. ft. store in Pitampura, New Delhi to meet the demands of contemporary Indian women – educated, confident, and fashion-savvy. Later, the venture was joined by brother-duo Puneet and Yatin Jain; the aspirational businessmen who helped Odhni to become one of the leading players in ethnic wear market in Delhi in short of span and time and that too, without any external funding.

 Conscious is the New Trend

To match up with evolved consumer behavior, ethnic brands are transforming and becoming more conscious towards many things like making environment-friendly product, chemical free dyes and material, and so on.Today, people have become aware about environment like never before, thus, conscious fashion is the latest trend in the ethnic space.  Ancestory,a latest brand from Future Style Lab in the ethnic space promotes conscious fashion. The brand offers a variety of fashionable clothing, home decor, footwear and accessories, all of which is constantly evolving and in line with international trends, and yet rooted in Indian heritage and crafts. Presently, the brand is retailed via six exclusive stores.

Speaking on same, Manjula Tiwari, CEO, Future Lifestyle said, “There is a growing consciousness among the consumers about the impact of fashion on environment. Consumers are now–more than ever–educated and curious about the quality and contents of the fabrics and materials used to create what they wear. On the supply side, however, there are not enough brands catering to such sensibilities, thereby offering a huge market opportunity. But, further down, the creation of slow-fashion is a time consuming and expensive process, with slower fashion churning out what most Indian consumers don’t want; they are used to with fast-fashion brands. It’s the fine balance a brand creates that keeps it going.”

Fusion Remains the Hot Favorite

Fusion wear has really revotionalised ethnic fashion. Fusion is nothing but westernisation of Indian wear, which has so far been well received by Indian women.  Speaking on the same, SandeepKapoor, MD, SHR Lifestyles Pvt Ltd, said, “Today, we have a huge population of working women as against times when women were usually homemakers.  These changes together have led to an evolution of fashion to suit their changing needs. Influence of western elements in Indian ethnic wear is vivid in a woman’s wardrobe today.”

Therefore, fusion is becoming the obvious choice of young India. Launched in 2009 by Sandeep Kapoor and Sheetal Kapoor, Shree is a women's ethnic wear brand with offline and online presence. Recently, the brand has raised Rs 80 Cr from Alpha Capital.

Ecommerce Push

E-commerce companies such as Myntra, Jabong, have infused a lot of growth in ethnic space. Anouk, AKS Clothing, Varanga are amongst few brands, which started their journey from one of these platforms, and become highly successful today. For example, AKS Clothings, an online apparel brand of Yuvdhi Apparels Pvt. Ltd which was started in 2014 by an enthusiastic and energetic fashionprenuer Nidhi Yadav, has crossed to Rs 100 cr revenue mark in the Q3 of fiscal year 2018-19.

Clearly, ethnic fashion is here to stay. However, the brands need to ensure that they stay relevant to modern India whether it is distribution or product choices.

 

 

 

Next Story
How lingerie segment is adopting new age innovations?
How lingerie segment is adopting new age innovations?
 

The Indian innerwear segment has witnessed a holistic boom in the last few years. The evolution of inner wear from merely a necessity to a fashion commodity has resulted into the emergence of innovative inner wear production and marketing trends. Today, people look at inner wear as a commodity of comfort and optimum functionality.

Speaking about the current scenario in the Indian innerwear market, Yogesh Kabra, Founder of XYXX Crew, said “The times have changed and innerwear is no longer just an item of utility anymore. It has evolved to be an essential fashion commodity. With the improving economic condition of the country and increasing purchasing power of the Indian consumer, the Indian innerwear market has become very competitive, where it offers a wide range of innovative products in dynamic fashion trends. Customers are now aware of the styling, designs and colours that they prefer in the innerwear segment.”

Value for money

An Indian consumer is much more informed and aware of his rights today. He knows which product may cost what. He does not mind paying extra for a good quality product. He may be ready to pay for a luxurious pair of boxers that may cost somewhere between 1000-3000, but it should look and feel worthy of it. Quality and comfort make the most important factors when it comes to the inner wear segment. An informed consumer can differentiate between quality products and decide where he wants to spend his money.

Emerging categories

The impact of social media is such that it has led to inner wear segment’s shift from a necessity to a fashion essential. Due to easy internet accessibility and influencer marketing, people are far more aware about the latest trends and tips than they were before. Today, you do not need to buy a fashion magazine every month to stay up to date with fashion trends. In fact, fashion is on the tips of your fingers that is in your phone. With social media platforms like Instagram and Facebook flooding with fashion feed, everyone has the access to a free fashion guide. If you witness an influencer sporting a pair of boxers with trendy prints, you are sure to purchase them, even if you don’t actually need them.

E-commerce over retail

Thanks to increasing internet accessibility and rise of ecommerce businesses, retail marketing is losing its charm in India. From a pin to a plane, everything is available on thousands of websites. You don’t need to step out of your house or even use hard cash in order to make a small or huge purchase. Online shopping is not only for metro cities, but is also profoundly popular in remote areas. An ecommerce business can reach the remotest areas where retail cannot be imagined. Additionally, retail takes a lot more investment compared to an online business, which relatively requires lesser labour and infrastructure.

New Fabric Trends

Sharing his thoughts on the new fabric trends in India, Yogesh Kabra says, “The Indian innerwear market invests a lot in the research and development of the product that can offer the best to its consumers. For instance, XYXX Crew imports micromodal fabric from Austria which is three times softer than cotton. We ensure the comfort of our consumers and that’s one of our strategies to retain the customers.”

 

 

Next Story
How home-grown cosmetics looking at larger market PEI?
How home-grown cosmetics looking at larger market PEI?
 

Cosmetic market across the globe is an interesting model to know. The cosmetics or beauty products industry in the world is one sector which remains resistant to the ups and downs of markets.

Coming to the Indian cosmetic market it is flooded with valiant international players who initially did not offer much scope for the domestic manufacturers as far as the high end or luxury products were concerned. However it is the middle segment, the affordable range that is protected with domestic manufacturers who do not offer much scope for imports of other nation’s products. Some of these brands include MATTLOOK, ADS, Wet & Wild, Miss Claire and Glam 21.

Also as the economy is growing, concurrently the income is rising too which is accelerating the living standards. There is a penchant for anything related to fashion which is becoming imperative to possess to be a part of the social circles and hangouts. It’s not just the celebrities, A- listers or the page 3; even the middle class women want to be in the same boat and want to replicate the trend. They do not want to get spotted wearing the same clothes, shoes, bags or watches and make-up is no exception!

Although there is an increase in income but the disposable income is not increasing at the same rate making expensive, high end and trending brands aspirational.

Growth in ageing population, usage of cosmetics by the youngsters is attracting domestic manufacturers to offer affordable price range but without compromising on quality.

Moreover students, housewives, young employees are increasingly looking for value for money products which provide a range of combined benefits of high priced premium products at a lower than premium cost. Domestic manufactures such as MATTLOOK, Miss Claire, Glam 21 and ADS are carving a niche by offering products with breakthrough technologies and radical effects. Besides the rapid change in market segmentation, cosmetic manufacturers have turned to product innovations and lower packaging styles for more placements in convenient stores and specialty stores to add more customers to their brand products.

The home-grown cosmetic brands are constantly innovating, keeping up with the trend and finding ways to bring down costs.

The market is driven by product innovations through new products or incremental benefits to existing products. Along with typical skin, lips and eye makeup, the newest trend is the blending of multiple benefits less than one beautifying product. And this too is available in the affordable segment.

The revolution of technology and internet advertisement is also facilitating to cut the other media expenditure for the domestic brand manufacturers, thus helping the cost saving.

So, advancement of technology and developed internet facilities has also made the customers more adapted for browsing their required products on line.  Brand owners have taken the route of internet of mobile digital ads to be more nearer to their customers all times. This is helping the customers to gain the information of new domestic products, brand variants, SKU launches and outlet locations. 

Apart from this customer can also compare the prices for different company’s products and reviews on the products which help the purchasing decision of the customer. 

So, the domestic players have a better understanding of the Indian market which is helping them expand rapidly. They know what to imbibe from the international domain. They are putting up a good show with a slew of market trends and striking a perfect product and price balance!

The article has been penned down by Mr Yashu Jain, Managing Director MATTLOOK Cosmetics

 

 

Next Story
How value retail is emerging as high profit business?
How value retail is emerging as high profit business?
 

A decade ago if a product was sold in the market at a discounted rate, it would arouse suspicions in the consumers’ minds. However today, this behaviour has changed with the emergence of the Value Retailing concept.

The buying behaviour for any segment can be divided into utility and luxury. Commercialization, however, offers the consumer a plethora of different options wherein goods bought for utility can also be categorised based on quality and price. The concept of “Value Retail” caters to this aspirational and pocket-friendly requirement of the buyers, bringing high street designs at affordable prices for the multitude while premium brands maintain their exclusive tag by maintaining presence in select areas. In this scenario, value retail stores meet their profits by virtue of large scale reach and unique target audience segmentation. What is noteworthy here is that value retailers manage to maintain quality products at affordable prices.

Shift in the consumer behaviour

The genesis of value retailing can be linked to market recession times where innovation was key to survive the market downturn. The recession had caused a shift in consumer buying habits triggering a negative growth in the retail sector. Consumers restricted their shopping budgets, and opted to buy goods at discount sales, and during promotional offers. As the world recovered from recession, the consumers who were used to buying products on discounts and offers still continue to seek the same. They preferred to buy quality items at prices that are comparatively less than branded ones. This helped in the resurgence of retail and larger format value retail concept stores. Today, value retailing is a big format store concept, where branded products and accessories are sold under best deals. Unlike premium brands which use 3x multipliers to recover their cost, value retailing use only 1.5x multipliers to provide the customers with maximum cost benefit. This concept is planned mainly for tier II and III cities wherein retail stores offer products with an inexpensive price tag.

Consumers, today, are seeking for options to reduce their apparel purchase expenditures demanding and expecting good quality at inexpensive pricing. They are seeking value. There is a noticeable shift in their shopping preferences with more importance given to product pricing. The success of the value retailing concept works on the approach of providing quality goods at factoryprices. The products on display in any value retail store are on par with the on going fashion for that season in any premium brand. The value retailers bring the latest trends and styles from across the globe and make it accessible to the tier-II & III segment. The market for the tier-II & III segment in India has been penetrated by a few players in the retail sector.

How to deal with the situation

The key to the operational success of value retail stores is the consistent product outreach & demand and managing supply chain. Since the stores cater to the tier-II & III segment, the product segment caters to the demands that are specific to the region. India being a multicultural land, different cultures have different festivities for various seasons, while South of India celebrates Onam, North India is celebrating Baisakhi. Adhering to the niche requirement, value retailers serve the segment with choicest goods that are the need of the hour. Adding more flavour, colours and joy to the myriads of festivities in India, making the most of the opportune moment.

Growth in the retail sector

The surge of ideas in the retail sector has brought an upsurge on the economic front as well. The retail sector in India contributes to 10% of the GDP. Until 2010, rural India was facing a lack of organised sector players. Retail in rural India largely comprised of local corner shops, owner manned general stores, convenience stores, departmental stores, hand cart and pavement vendors, etc. Lack of innovation and new-age infrastructure has hindered the rise of organised retail in rural areas.

India’s retail market is expected to increase by 60 per cent to reach US$ 1.1 trillion by 2020, on the back of factors like rising incomes and lifestyle changes by middle class and increased digital connectivity. While the overall retail market is expected to grow at 12 per cent per annum, modern trade would expand twice as fast at 20 per cent per annum and traditional trade at 10 per cent. Indian retail market is divided into “Organised Retail Market” which is valued at $60 billion which is only 9 per cent of the total sector and “Unorganised Retail Market” constitutes the rest which is 91 per cent of the sector.

Conclusion

Last but not the least, value retail does not mean that consumers have to compromise in terms of the shopping experience, ambience and customer service. Value retail offers the very same experience to shoppers who walk into departmental stores in Tier I cities.

As Sir Philip Green said, “People are always going to go shopping. A lot of our effort is just, “How do we make the retail experience a great one”.

The article has been penned down by Jay Prakash Shukla, Co-Founder & CEO, 1-India Family Mart

 

 

Next Story
How healthy 'Snacking' items are changing retail shelves?
How healthy 'Snacking' items are changing retail shelves?
 

It’s well said that “good health and good sense are two of life’s greatest blessings” and Indians today have increasingly become health conscious which reflects in the choices consumers make and the shift in dietary patterns, for example, choosing cholesterol free or low fat products over deep fried savouries. While Indians are known for their taste buds and there are ample options for snacking for Indians, ranging fromconfectioneries, biscuits and chocolates to bakery items, western snacks and the traditional home made savouries, but today, mellennials have realized the importance of adopting a preventive lifestyle over a curative one. In this mill run, the ultimate beneficiary is the food and drink market. Pallavi Gupta, Founder & CEO, NuttyYogi, asserts, “The consumers are now conscious and aware about the importance of healthy eating. Recent reports have also indicated that the organic packaged food market is slated to grow by 25 percent within the next 3-4 years. Currently, the urban consumer has not only adopted to healthier options when it comes to snacking but are also looking for gourmet or organic items to replace junk food from the palate.”

Market Status

Today’s hectic lifestyles leave no space for elaborate meals, thus paving the way for highly convenient, tasty and healthy snack food options that serve as both appetizers as well as complete meal solutions. Also, changed perception about packaged foods in the consumer mind has led to proliferation of healthy snacks market in the country. Arun Prakash, Co-Founder, Snackexperts, affirms, “Snacking is on the rise. Increasing disposable incomes, a need for convenience from fast-paced lifestyles and a cultural tradition of snacking between meals have fuelled explosive growth in this sector. Consumers’ changing dietary habits and willingness to try new things are pushing these numbers even higher.”

Consumers are more aware of the various options available and are easily bored leading to increased experimentation. Various startups too are bringing back the age old grandma’s recipes and tweaking them to cater to the demands of the millennials. According to IKON’s estimates, the savoury snacks market in India (branded packaged and unbranded packaged or loose) is ready to hit the Rs.1,000 billion mark by the end of the current decade, growing at a healthy double digit CAGR. Also, it has been observed that for the past few years the market is gradually starting to shift towards the organized segment, which holds almost 60 percent of the market and the remaining is shared by the unorganized market segment. However, Pranav Sharma, Founder & CEO, Poshtick, maintains, “The healthy savoury market, though evolving, still is in its nascent stage.Right now, it has a defined line where there are lot of new players and companies coming up and lot of existing players like Britannia and ITC who are making a shift from their normal categories and introducingthe healthy variant of their products. That really speaks about this evolving space.”

Factors Driving Growth

The increased emphasis on healthy lifestyle including healthy eating is already a new trend especially in North and West India. So, what exactly is leading to the growth in demand and also to an increase in the number of players in the segment? Jasmine Kaur, CEO, The Green Snack Co., informs, “The factors leading to these changes include customer demand for healthier packaged food options that taste good, premiumizationas a trend not just in snacking but across various packaged food categories, and ‎snackificationof meals (60 percent of our food consumption is in the form of snacks or mini-meals today).” Snacking has always been inevitable tendency of an average human being, whether its while working, while at home or on the go. This has not changed since decades now; what has changed is the lifestyle of people which have given a heads-up to the healthy munchies instead of deep fried, fatty savouries.Pallavi Gupta says, “More and more people are leaning towards holistic wellness in their lifestyle. It is a great opportunity for brands to bring special procured, processed and packaged items, consumable in small portions to cater to this need.”

Potential in tier-II and tier-III markets

With internet and mobile penetration in tier-II, tier-III and beyond areas, people have become more aware and conscious about health and fitness and “there are also reports which suggest that health and fitness is taken more seriously by people from tier-II and tier-III towns in comparison to the urban cities”. Also, due to very few players in the segment of healthy food and snacks, there is a huge potential in the sector.

Neha Thakker and Mahima Anand, Partners, Happy Belly, asserts, “Healthy snacking is definitely the new in-thing. Starting in a tier-II city like Pune, we realized that even though people aren't as aware or ready to invest in buying better snacks, it is at a place where it is getting there, so this is probably the best time to be promoting ourselves in a still growing, getting ready to explode market.”

Challenges &Road Ahead

The market for savoury snacks in India holds tremendous growth potential, though there always remain few challenges that still need to be addressed on the way forward. “Since, it’s the healthy snacks we are dealing in, we shy off using preservatives, etc., which makes the shelf life of the product really short. Also, we need to keep the product healthy as well as tasty. In order to sustain, it is important for products in this market to be balanced, wholesome, of good quality without compromising on the taste of snacks. Fads will come and go, but nutrition and taste will always go a long way,” maintains NehaThakker and Mahima Anand.

The snacks food industry in India is highly competitive and evolving. Consumers are always tempted to shift their choices and preferences whenever new products are launched or various marketing and pricing campaigns of different brands are introduced. Arun Prakash says, “India’s snack food market is growing at 25 percent CAGR, according to industry sources. While presently, unorganized market is dominating this segment, this scenario is expected to change during the forecast period of 2018-2024.”

 

 

 

Next Story
How franchise model is fueling growth in Spa Culture of India?
How franchise model is fueling growth in Spa Culture of India?
 

  When you feel washed out running around all week ‘Spa’ is one place which vouches ultimate  rejuvenation. In fact, there is a growing trend of saloons turning into spa centres in centre. If we can look at numbers, globally, Spa is thriving industry, according to a report published by leading market research agency Zion,  global spas and beauty salons market was valued at around USD 128.59 billion in 2017 and is expected to reach approximately USD 190.81 billion in 2024, growing at a CAGR of slightly above 5.80% between 2018 and 2024. Spas are continue to gain traction owing to rising standard of lifestyle and much evolved beauty treatments which are not available in salons.    

 India Picture 

 Through, Spa is an evolving industry in India, but it has long way to go if we compare it with mature markets such US, Europe. Highlighting the growth scenario in Indian Spa market Ritesh Reddy, CEO, O2 Spa said, “Globally it is $100 billion business while in India it is hardly a $200 million business but is expanding at over 40% year over year. Considering the fact that there were hardly any global players who have entered India and hardly any Indian players operating at scale I felt that it could be a great opportunity and the right field to enter.” 

 Reddy started his venture in 2008 after returning from US where he spent almost 11 years and observe the growth aspect in this business. Today, he operates 113 spas spread across 30 cities in India. “We currently serve over 45,000 customers every month and see a growth of over 35% YOY,” informed Reddy.   

 Sawadhee Traditional Thai Spa is a start-up in this segment. It is a standalone entity spread across 6000 sq.ft in the heart of South Delhi. Commenting on evalution of Spa business, Vibha Khanna Rastogi, Director of Sawadhee Traditional Thai Spa, said, “ Like every other business, the spa business is also evolving keeping in mind the customer of today. People are leading extremely stressful lives and are realizing the importance of taking time off to pamper themselves, and the spa industry is more equipped than ever before to cater to this need.”       

  Vibha got the idea to start a Spa venture when she and her husband both spa enthusiasts were scouting good standalone spa in Delhi which could provide with a complete indulgent spa experience.

    “Most of the Spas in Delhi (apart from 5-star hotels) are situated in busy markets, malls or by-lanes with cramped up rooms and do not give a sense of peace and tranquility, which is so essential for a good spa. So we decided to take upon ourselves to create a spa which provided such a wholesome experience,” informed Jain.        

 Operational hurdles  

 If you look at any business the most challenging part of any business is the number of things that cannot be standardised and spa business falls on the top of that order.  It is only category where there is a personal/physical touch between the customer and employee in any business. This itself is a huge huge challenge/responsibility as far as an organisation is concerned.  

“Installing very robust Systems and processes and also ensuring that the staff are continuously trained on right procedures and protocols for service delivery is critical. Considering the huge growth in the sector and also lack off too many organised players in this category it is typically for the small business entrepreneur it is absolutely unviable to invest heavily on training this I think is a huge operation challenge,” said Reddy.   

 Franchise ‘Connect’      

 In any evolved economy you’ll see a huge rise in franchising.  It’s a really beautiful trend that is catching up in India as well. For a new entrepreneur it is highly recommend to explore taking any franchise because you’re going to highly benefit from all the learnings and the dos and don’t‘s of business. 

 “However I recommend that whenever you’re making a decision of a potential franchise you should evaluate what value the franchisor brings to the table. Apart from being a recognisable brand they also must bring in very strong systems and processes, IT systems which would enable you to run your business in a seamless manner which is the primary purpose of taking a franchise,” said Reddy.  

Speaking further on same, Rastogi said, “Although franchising in the spa business has been on the rise, spa chains somehow have not been able to maintain very high standards of quality and uniformity. “

 

         

       

 

 

 

 

 
 

Next Story
How health supplements are changing conventional retail shelve?
How health supplements are changing conventional retail shelve?
 

Currently healthcare segment growth has started but hasn’t boomed yet. It has yet to come and that is expected soon. The way nutritional education in India will grow, the sector will grow accordingly. As per the figures revealed by FSSAI India's health supplement and nutraceutical industry is rapidly growing and is poised to be USD 10 billion industry by 2025. Due to exponential growth and rising per capita income the demand for health supplients is growing exponentially also such products are finding newer distribution channels which is far behind pharmacy chains.  

The market scenario

Still the nutrition education and awareness is very poor. Consumers are lured by various kinds of advertisement and compensated with various kinds of free sale schemes rather than giving them the right quality nutritional products. So many channels have been involved in between the manufacturers and consumers which is affecting the product quality.

Nutrimed Healthcare is one of the leading manufactures in healthcare segment s with whole range of products including infant milk formula, baby food cereals, child growth milk formula, pregnant & lactating mothers’ milk protein formula, sports & fitness supplements, whey protein/ milk based nutritional formulations

 Speaking on current market scenario, T.N. Tiwari, Founder and CEO of Nutrimed Healthcare said, “The online marketing is increasing to minimize the gap between consumers and manufacturers so that quality of products doesn’t suffer due to many middlemen.”

According to Tiwari, there are ample factors which are propelling growth in this segment. For example, there is a growing trend of education and awareness of nutrition as fitness supplements. Also, India being the capital for obese, diabetics & cardiac patients etc., new generation is afraid of these ailments and want to maintain their fitness. That is the reason there has been exponential growth in gyms, and more and more people are opting for fitness and wellness programs. And, people have improved purchasing capacity which in turn spurting growth in this segment.

Distribution challenges

Certainly the increased number of channels in retailing has their margins against their services. Now every manufacture have to think how to provide good quality product at cheaper prices to customers without any compromises. That is a challenge that almost every manufacture is dealing with. Speaking on same Tiwari said, “We too look forward to hear from someoneonthisissue. Fitness Supplements are going through online channel to safeguard the nutritional quality of the products and to avail them directly to the customers with minimal channels present between the manufacturer and customer.”

As per him infant nutrition and Baby food cereals are going through offline channels so far. Distribution can be scaled up if both above lines can be made strong enough to make our products presence everywhere. Nutrimed Healthcare is selling its fitness supplements majorly through our own ecommerce website. Nutrimed Healthcare’s e-commerce website started 4 years back and has customers throughout the country, in every nook and corner of India, with 1,00,000+ registered customers.

Sharing the sales split between online and offline Tiwari said, “We sell Nutrimed Healthcare Fitness Supplements mostly through online channels and also do contract manufacturing for many companies which is business through offline channel as well as offline distribution in different states through appointed dealers. Our split for Fitness supplements sale is 75% Online : 25% Offline.”

For Infant milk formula and Baby foods, the company is selling through offline distribution channels such as appointed distributors PAN India and regional MRs in various districts. “We are also doing export of Baby foods to many SAARC countries as well as doing contract manufacturing for baby foods and infant milk formula for many export clients from Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Oman, Iraq, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Yemen,” as he shared.

Nutrimed Healthcare is listed on these marketplaces including Flipkart, Healthkart, Amazon, Paytm, Merricart.

The road ahead

Healthcare is emerging as one of the largest sectors in terms of revenue and employment. As per the report shared by ibef the Indian healthcare sector is growing at a brisk pace due to its strengthening coverage, services and increasing expenditure by public as well private players.

There is a significant scope for enhancing healthcare services considering that healthcare spending as a percentage of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) is rising. Rural India, which accounts for over 70 per cent of the population, is set to emerge as a potential demand source. Hence, we see ample retail growth for this segment.

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Next Story
How Startups Are Redefining India’s Bespoke Clothing Segment?
How Startups Are Redefining India’s Bespoke Clothing Segment?
 

Not all things are made to perfection but humans, striving to have the best of all things, desire exactly that and this has led to the advent of bespoke clothing segment in India. Shunning the mass-produced, one-size-fits-all options available, a new category is gradually taking over the apparel industry which quintessentially offers personalized clothing options to the discerning. Though bespoke has been in India since generations and Indian population had been dressing up in tailored clothes until the late 1990, the emergence of ready to wear garments with the entry and expansion of foreign and domestic apparel brands in the country almost outpaced the bespoke category. Years passed by and the bespoke came back to prominence with little upgradations here and there. And this re-emergence accompanied better quality and also better fit than the ordinary tailored garments and going forward witnessed many startups entering the segment. Also, startups in the bespoke segment have an advantage with lower inventory and debt on their books compared to the bigger companies.

The Overall Market Scenario

India is more close to customized clothing than any other country ever will be. While it started with traditional tailoring where one would bring in their own fabric and instruct their local tailor on the intricacies of the garment, organized bespoke segment soon took over.These organized players in the bespoke category offer the best of fabrics from around the world, designs and a perfect fit and definitely comes at a premium price which makes the category an extension of the luxury market. According to a Technopak analysis, customized services account for 15 percent of the Rs.1,300crores luxury apparel and accessories market in the country. Akshay Narvekar, Founder, Bombay Shirt Company, agrees, “More and more people are becoming aware of bespoke clothing and getting impressed by the outcome of it. Bespoke clothing makes an individual look sharp and comfortable. As time is ticking, we can see a wide number of audiences opting for it.”The acceptance and popularity of bespoke garments is fundamentally growing with market shifting to customized tailoring segment which is ultimately narrowing the price difference between the two. “From business point of view, this is the right time for brands to enter the bespoke category. People today demand a sense of ownership in their garments and pride in wearing something that is made from scratch to suit their personal style. There is a lot of good times for bespoke brands in India as we move ahead,” maintains Akshat Singh, Co-Founder, Mr Button.

Evolution of Bespoke Clothing Segment

With its exquisite detail and luxurious fabrics, bespoke clothing was once reserved only for wealthy style connoisseurs but today, it is becoming a growing trend among professional men with rising awareness. Quateel Ahmad, Mentor, Bespocut, apprises, “Despite the advent of readymade garment brands, fashion conscious, quality conscious and style conscious people always preferred to have tailored clothing which gave them greater control over what they wore. Bespoke clothing emerged keeping the cognoscenti in mind. Today it is making a strong comeback and the wheel is turning in favour of the segment.”While this market is witnessing a huge surge, it hasn’t become a national phenomenon yet. The nature of bespoke business is that it needs a lot of personalized attention which definitely requires scaling of business and scaling a bespoke business is a challenging task as the business needs a robust training program, which is another roadblock in the industry.RohanKhattar, Co-Founder, Minizmo, maintains, “I am not sure if any apparel was a national phenomenon at any point.Over time, this segment is going to grow and if its available at a competitive price, people will be attracted towards it because no readymade garment with standard fit can overpower the charm ofpersonalized fit and design that bespoke offers.” Meanwhile, Ahmad also opines that tailoring has always been a national phenomenon in India and “it was not the lack of demand but the shortage of skilled labour that has caused more people to opt for readymade clothing”.

The Potential of the Segment

Although the bespoke clothing segment is mostly unorganized, it has a huge potential waiting to be tapped. Globally, the concept of bespoke is commonly understood as dominated by menswear unlike the kids and women categories which is either not a sound value proposition or is too fragmented for organized players. Quateel Ahmad asserts, “Bespoke services in women’s segment is definitely a market that is worth tapping especially in India, as there are many women working in environments where western wear is the norm and they have to make do with either very expensive brands or with fast fashion brands that do not have the permanence of class with them.” There is a big gap in the market for women’s custom clothing and this will evolve with time. According to RohanKhattar, “women are not very brand loyal and tend to switch over a lot”, but if bespoke brands enter the category offering the right fit, this will prove to be a much larger market than men’s.

Furthermore, the luxury quotient of the segment also requires luxurious experience in terms of store ambience and service. RohanKhattar says, “An experience centre works best in this category. A technology driven store also helps in keeping the customer engaged and going.  I think there is no specific size for the store that makes a mark but it totally depends on what kind of experience one wants to give to the customers.”Even as most made to measure and bespoke boutiques and brands are limited to metropolitan cities, believing that there is not much potential in smaller cities is a misconception. “There is a huge demand of made to measure garments in tier-II cities as well. We are planning on entering this market very soon.These regions are fairly new to the trend and are slowly absorbing it with time,” apprises Akshat Singh.

Going Forward

Moving ahead, bespoke clothing will become a rage soon with more and more people opting for cleaner, custom- made clothing rather than ready to wear garments. “With technology, mass customisation and bespoke creation will be more sophisticated and this will speed up the evolution of the customer preferences in favour of bespoke. We have seen garment retailers, designers and tailors offer bespoke clothing and accessories and it will remain a mainstay in our country especially for elaborate occasions like weddings,” informs Quateel Ahmad. Also, Indian men today have a lot of disposable income in their hands and a distinct taste of style which is ultimately attracting them towards bespoke clothing, thereby giving further boost to the category.

 

 

 

 

Next Story
McDonald's to recycle cooking oil to run its delivery trucks
McDonald's to recycle cooking oil to run its delivery trucks
 

New Delhi: Hardcastle Restaurants Pvt Ltd, (HRPL) the master franchisee for McDonald’s in west and south India is now powering all its delivery trucks in Mumbai with biodiesel made from its used cooking oil. The Company started this as a pilot last year and now has scaled it up to cover all 85 restaurants in Mumbai. Today, it is converting more than 35,000 litres of used cooking oil every month into biodiesel, said the company in a press statement today.  

As per the company, Biodiesel made from used cooking oil is a cleaner fuel with 75% lower carbon emissions than diesel over its entire life cycle. It is an eco-friendly fuel that helps limit global warming, it said.

Here’s how it works:

The process of conversion begins at the restaurant where the team from the distribution center collects used cooking oil. The collected oil is then taken to the converting facility in tankers. Here, the oil is converted into bio-diesel and sent back to the distribution centre. It is then used in dedicated refrigerated trucks for McDonald’s supply logistics in Mumbai.

“We strongly believe in protecting our environment and that makes sustainability and conservation an important part of our operations in India. Today, we are happy to announce this industry-leading initiative towards sustainability by converting our used oil into biodiesel for distribution of supplies at our restaurants. This is just the beginning and we will continue to champion the cause of environment protection in the years to come. We are grateful to our suppliers who have closely worked with us to improve the economic, ethical, and environmental impact of our supply chain,” said Amit Jatia, Vice Chairman, Westlife Development Ltd.

Over the next 4 years, HRPL is looking at expanding its restaurant footprint to 450-500. What this essentially means is using about 15 lakh litres of used oil to make biodiesel for running its refrigerated delivery trucks. That’s a reduction of over 4,000 MT of carbon emissions equal to planting about 2 lakh trees.

“We are delighted to know that Hardcastle Restaurants Pvt Ltd (HRPL) has become the first restaurant chain in the country to implement sustainable Biodiesel by successfully recycling its Used Cooking Oil. HRPL & Unicon Biofuels has been working for the past one year to convert Used Cooking Oil to Biodiesel as per Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS). The Biodiesel Association of India (BDAI) encourages all food companies to learn from this initiative and apply it in their own business model.”

The Company got the opportunity to present its Biodiesel initiative to the industry regulator-the Food Safety and Standards Authority of India(FSSAI), officials from the Ministry of Health and the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas, Government of India, State Biofuel Development Boards of various states, oil PSUs (Public Sector Undertakings), major food companies and industry bodies and associations like the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII), All India Food Processors’ Association (AIFPA) and  NASVI (the National Street Vendors Association of India).

 

 

 

Next Story
Consumer to business- the future of AI in manufacturing sector
Consumer to business- the future of AI in manufacturing sector
 

Imagine this – a smartphone made as per your specifications, according to the likes of your length, colour and size, built to suit the needs of your work. Sounds like a dream phone? In less than a decade, this could be a reality for many millennials. Exploring how Artificial Intelligence (AI) could serve the services industry, industry experts gave a glimpse of the future during the India Innovation Summit in Bengaluru.

“The manufacturing sector is roughly estimated at $300 billion and our aim is to make it a $1 trillion sector by 2025. While for some unknown reasons this sector has been largely untouched by technology, the future of manufacturing sector will be driven by technology,” said Rahul Garg,CEO, Moglix.

Further, shedding light on customer expectations had changed, he observed, “Earlier, an automobile company changed the designs of its cars every four or five years, now a customer wants a new design every 15 months. That’s roughly 10,000 odd products that have to be fixed and put together and the time to do that is just 15 months. With technology, customer expectations have increased and manufacturing companies have to fall back on technology to meet this demand.”

Driving the future

In meeting the customer expectations, Garg, recalls, “Earlier, most of the manufacturing industries worked as B2B and later evolved to even B2C. However, the future lies in C2B, that is, consumer to business where the consumer will decide what the company has to make. Based on the expectations and feedback of the consumer, companies will make products. The supreme importance, however, will be on personalization as with evolving technology, more and more consumers will demand only personalized products.”

How AI will make a difference?

According to PwC, through machine learning and analytics will improve predictive maintenance and it is estimated that there will be as much as 38 per cent increase in the next five years. Also, with many manufacturers heavily investing on Internet of Things (IoT) to create new products and services, production costs over the long term will drastically reduce.

In global predictions too, it is estimated that machine learning will reduce supply chain forecasting errors by 50 per cent and reduce loss by 65 per cent with better product availability.Supply chains are the heart of manufacturing business. Machine learning is predicted to reduce costs related to transport and warehousing and supply chain administration by 5 to 10 per cent and 25 to 40 per cent respectively. Due to machine learning, overall inventory reductions of 20 to 50 per cent are possible,” a survey predicts.

Besides, experts feel that there will be a paradigm shift towards autonomous intelligence where machines can make recommendations that are fit to follow and will be fool-proof. Moreover, with the use of AI and big data, experts feel that tech intervention can be seen in every aspect of humans starting from weather prediction to healthcare and even diagnosing different kinds of ailments.

 

 

Next Story
How Indian grocery business is becoming big?
How Indian grocery business is becoming big?
 

The grocery business in India is distinctive in many ways, primarily due to the diversity of consumers and the unique distribution models of the retail sector. From mom and pop stores to giant supermarkets to online grocery stores, the grocery business in India operates across channels. However, most of India's grocery business happens through the unorganized sector, which mainly comprises of small stores, also known as kiranas. There are over 12 million small stores in India and account for over 90% share of the Indian F&G market, which is predicted to reach USD 810 Billion by 2020.

Indians have traditionally relied on mom and pop stores for their monthly food & grocery needs. These stores have a personal connection with their customers and are well versed in customer preferences, which in turn enables them to stock locally relevant products. Indians prefer buying their monthly supplies from these local stores for various reasons such as proximity, availability of credit, and the option to return/exchange products.

The Bigger Picture

Globally, India is the sixth-largest grocery market and has a humongous potential for growth due to the rising population as well as disposable incomes. The Indian grocery market, which accounts for 69% of India's total retail market, offers plenty of opportunities to retailers. Many retail players have tried tapping into this potential without substantial results. The local kirana is still the epicenter of Indian grocery business with 90% of distribution under its belt. Even as retail giants battle against each other to become the consumer's habit when it comes to buying grocery, the small stores have held their ground.

The Rise of E-grocery:

However, with rising disposable incomes and internet penetration, the eGrocery market is expected to grow by leaps and bounds in the near future. The eGrocery market size, which was worth USD 0.69 billion in 2017, is projected to grow to 16 billion by 2020; translating to a staggering of 148% CAGR. The fact that India is home to the youngest population in the world (avg. age - 27.6 yrs) plays a major role in the predicted shift in the Indian grocery market. Equipped with disposable incomes and smartphones, young consumers are internet savvy and prefer ordering their grocery online, given their busy lifestyle. This change has majorly contributed towards creating a dynamic market environment in India and has opened up opportunities for the organized e-retail players.

The Challenges:

The poor logistics system in India is the biggest barrier to the growth of e-commerce in the F&G sector. E-grocery players need to work in tandem with small stores to succeed. However, the two major business models in online space - inventory led and aggregator based - which are being used to capture the US$ 810 Billion Indian market by 2020, haven't been able to include the small stores in the organized sector. This can be attributed to the fact that these stores suffer from inefficient inventory management, lack of product variety, a high cost of procurement, and haven't adopted new technology, which limits their participation in aggregator based e-Grocery models.

On the consumer front, eCommerce players haven't been able to replicate the personalized service provided by the traditional mom and pop stores. In order to fill these gaps, Planet11 is tapping into the vast potential of the unorganized food and grocery sector. Instead of sticking to pure-play e-commerce, we have adopted the Online to Offline (O2O) format to leverage existing kirana stores and create a win-win platform by working closely with small store owners.

Bengaluru - the perfect testing ground:

Bengaluru is home to diverse demographics (which includes 10% of expats), large white-collar workforce, tech-savvy consumers. These factors, combined with the well-established start-up ecosystem, make the city an ideal testing ground for e-retail. When I visited Bengaluru back in 2014 on an assignment, I was captivated by the startup drive that I found in every nook and corner of the city. The opportunities and challenges that Bengaluru offered to the e-retail sector inspired me to conceived Kirana11, an O2O eGrocery platform that leverages the offline presence of local stores in an area to meet the emerging consumers' needs.

Bengaluru is a cross-section of the true urban India. The city is a perfect testing ground owing to its cosmopolitan nature. Being the 3rd most populous city and 5th most populous urban agglomeration in India, Bengaluru holds a large market share while offering unparalleled retail penetration. What can be a better place to try out innovative eGrocery formats than Bengaluru?

To sum it up, the emergence of internet connectivity, multiple payment options and popularity of smart devices, combined with the growing demand for convenience by the young Indians, has created a sound base for the rise of eGrocery in India. However, given the logistics and SCM challenges faced by the grocery segment in India, the O2O business model is the next big thing in the Indian grocery business.

The article has been penned down by Nakkyun Chong, CEO, Korean Expat

 

Next Story
ORRA enters 1.6 trillion wedding market
ORRA enters 1.6 trillion wedding market
 

New Delhi: ORRA, India’s diamond Jewellery brand forays into the bridal segment with a new line of bridal diamond Jewellery.

While weddings have and will continue to be the strongest driver of jewellery sales in the country, ORRA has now taken an aggressive stance towards giving a larger share to bridal diamond jewellery within this segment, the company said.

As per ORRA, the brand has also introduced competitive price points for its collections starting at Rs. 2 lakh for larger sets.

“ORRA has taken a focused approach to its Diamond Bridal segment. This path has been chosen after through research in understanding new India’s growing appetite for jewellery that can be worn beyond the locker. Diamond jewellery has therefore been able to lend a touch of unspoken sophistication to every woman’s wardrobe and ORRA wishes to be the forerunner in helping her make her choice for her special day with the best diamonds. We have therefore launched exquisite designs at competitive price points,” said Vijay Jain, CEO, ORRA.

The new bridal collection is available across all ORRA’s 34 stores. Further, ORRA has introduced offers including Rs. 50,000/- flat off on purchase of diamond jewellery worth Rs. 2.5 lakh and above to all customers.
ORRA has 5 global design centres in Tokyo, Hong Kong, Antwerp, Mumbai and New York.

 

 

Next Story
How safe is your personal data in public domains?
How safe is your personal data in public domains?
 

From the size of your shoe to the book you would like to read, retailers have mammoth-sized information on customers. Big Data has been a key enabler of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and it is believed that AI will drive the future innovations in the country. But how safe is the information you are sharing and who’s protecting the data? There’s need for better data privacy regulations in India, finds out Shwetha Satyanarayan.

“Technology is moving faster than the data privacy regulations framed in the country, right?” observes DebartiSen, MD of innovative solutions provider 3M India. “And it’s only natural, privacy will pose a challenge,” she says.

For a country that has over 200 million online consumers, who share personal data that starts from mobile numbers to postal address and goes up till bank details, protecting the data of these consumers is no small feat.

However, unlike the European Union which has recently enforced the General Data Protection Regualtion (GDPR), India has no stringent laws to protect the data of the consumers and safeguard their interests. Under the GDPR, an individual’s personal data is within her control, including how her data is collected, stored, processed, shared or exported, and how long it is retained for. 

While Indian online consumers have no say in how their personal data is being used and distributed, as per the Annual Consumer Survey on Data Privacy in India 2018, millennials and decision makers are the most concerned customers who often worry about their personal data being shared in public domains. While the survey found out that 45 per cent of millennials have trust deficit in sharing personal data in e-commerce websites, a big share of 54 per cent decision makers too said they did not trust that their personal data was safe in public domains.

Industry experts in India have time and again stressed the need to strengthen data protection laws. The present IT Act 2000 does not have any stringent laws to protect data and merely contains a provision regarding cyber and related IT laws in India. When AI wholly depends on big data and at a time when AI is expected to be the key enabler of future innovations, it’s time that the policymakers give importance to data protection, observe the industry experts.

For instance, a classic case of how AI could go wrong was the recent episode of Amazon’s voice assistant Alexa recording a private family conversation in Portland and sharing it with a random number in the contact list. While this was a security breach, there a few laws to regulate how firms can be held accountable in such scenarios. With AI driving everything from voice assistants to chatbots, there are surprisingly very few laws that make the companies accountable.  

Commenting on the need for better data privacy regulations, venture capitalist and Infosys co-founder Kris Gopalkrishnan, says, “There is an urgent need to bring a balance between the protection of data and safeguarding the interests of a consumer. There’s a lot of data available with companies but there is no guarantee that the data is being used in the right way for the right purpose. Companies have tojoin hands with law-makers and the government, and the purpose has to be taken at a national level.”

Suggesting that perfecting the balance between privacy and innovation is the key to develop the AI ecosystem in India, Sen observes that AI innovations will not only be serving the country but Indian innovations will make a difference globally too and hence companies here have to partner with global firms to form better stringent laws.

“We have to engage data protection regulator and make both the industries and government accountable. There should be strict laws against unjustified surveillance and industries should guide the policymakers on framing the right laws,” Sen says.

She suggests that India should follow the footsteps of EU and should soon adopt data privacy laws that are equivalent to GDPR.

 

 

Next Story
Top 10 innovative online retail concepts which went offline
Top 10 innovative online retail concepts which went offline
 

With the growing influence of online retail; expanding through offline retail seems to be a tough call. However, if we look at industry data online sales still constitutes only 11.9% of the global retail market. Remaining 82.5% of sales are still happening via offline channel. And, we are not the only one who can see this trend, there are many brands (also the unique concepts) who have made a shift from online to offline in order to churn growth. Let’s shed light upon those brands..

1- Everlane

When the brand was started its CEO Michael Preysman has gone on record stating that he would rather shut down the company than introduce brick-and-mortar stores. Fast forward a number of years and the brand has taken the leap to physical. The unique aspect of Everlane’s store is the fact that it designed its own POS system that connects a visitor’s online profile with their in-store shopping.

 2-Missguided

Founded by Nitin Passi, Missguided is a UK-based multi-channel retailer selling clothes aimed at 16-35 year old women. Though the company was started in 2009, but it moves to brick and mortar retail with a Selfridges concession.

The brand had already garnered a huge fan following online. The offline foray was an initiative to create further engagement with its existing customer base. Missguided stores are enabled with digital screens and seasonal installations offerings Instagram opportunity to its patrons.  

 3-ADAY

The brand’s USP lies in its conscious designs. The brand is known for sustainable and season less fashion lines. To further ease the customers the brand opted to go offline from its sole online presence. However, the offline stores of the brand can be visited by appointment only. With the offline foray the brand wish to focus on personalization aspect.

4-Glossier

Glossier was started as a beauty blog which later transformed into immensely popular online brand. Glossier is a prime example of an online retailer doing well going offline primarily to  drive engagement, it invites customers to its stores to engage with the brand on every level, from testing the products IRL to making it as ready for the ‘gram as possible.

5-Casper

Casper has shaken up the mattress market. If there’s anything mattress-retailer Casper has done, it’s shown us that, no matter how big they might be and how much we might want to jump on them, mattresses can be bought successfully online. It was last year only when company had announced the plans to launch 15 new pop-up showrooms across London, Los Angeles, and New York.

6-Madison Reed

Madison Reed is a hair color company which offer its products based on on questionnaires and algorithms, the business model of the brand is well suited to the online environment. However, the company is pushing for omni channel expansion with recent $25m worth of funding. The company is pushing its omnichannel presence to offline with the introduction of Colour Bars, wherein customers can receive colour services and consultations with professional colourists.

7- Matchesfashion.com

MATCHESFASHION.COM is the modern luxury shopping destination targeted to  global fashion customer. The brand expanded from online to offline with the opening of its London Townhouse retail concept. While traffic and sales are driven by the brand’s multiple online touchpoints, the townhouse becomes a new touchpoint brimming with installations, talks, dinners and, of course, products.

8- Allbirds

San Francisco-based Allbirds is a startup aimed at designing environmentally friendly footwear. Allbirds first shoe was the Wool Runner, which is made from New Zealand superfine merino wool. The company claims to keep the brand as eco-friendly as possible and is a certified B Corporation. In March 2018, the company started offering their footwear with eucalyptus tree fiber.

The company was started as the online retailer and after establishing a successful online selling space for shoes, Allbirds decided to go offline. As part of that decision you’re promised some sort of real interaction with a human being and, if you’re feeling brave enough, can play hamster with the shoes on the brand’s human-size running wheel.

9- Bonobos

This menswear brand was primarily launched in the online space in 2007, the brand has just made its offline foray via launching Guideshops. With this offline foray the brand is delivering unique experience to its patrons by offering one-on-one experiences wherein customers are guided through the fitting and buying process before items are shipped directly to their door steps.

10- Man Repeller

Started by American author, blogger, and humor writer Leandra Medine who is an expert in utilising online channels to share content. Last year, however, she decided to translate that social vision to a physical pop-up. Set in New York City’s Canal Street Market, the space went beyond just selling Man Repeller products to be a place that invited visitors to ‘come and use our wifi, charge your phone, or just sit and hang out and read books’ in a library curated by Housing Works.


 


 

 

Next Story
Why the dairy beverage has a billion dollar market in India
Why the dairy beverage has a billion dollar market in India
 

Although Indians’ palates have a liking for variety, milk is a staple that has takers from a toddler to a senior citizen. However, with millennials mostly choosing healthy snacks over junk, milk has been underserved as a functional drink. Trying to give a makeover to this ancient food, retailers like Amul, KMF and some startups like Goodness! are changing the way the dairy beverage serves the young consumers, writes Shwetha Satyanarayan

“Milk is mostly considered as a kid’s drink and we want to change the way millennials consume milk,” says Lakshmi Dasaka, co-founder of dairy beverage Goodness! The Bengaluru based startup has over 1 lakh loyal consumers who depend on an Oats smoothie or a flavoured yogurt when think of snacking something healthy. “Goodness! is a functional drink and not just a health drink,” reminds Lakshmi. 

Whether at home or out of home, dairy beverages have traditionally been a large part of Indian households. From a lassi to falovoured buttermilk, dairy beverages are available in many sizes, shapes and packets. However, only 22% of the milk and dairy products consumed in India are in branded form, while branded dairy based beverages form a market size of Rs 1,280 cr growing at 30 per cent annually (as per 2016 reports). 

“It is one of the fastest growing beverage segments in Indian market and is likely to become a billion-dollar (Rs 6000+ Cr) market by FY21 with three major categories – flavoured milk, chaas and lasi and functional yogurt drinks. Flavoured milk dominates the segment contributing 60 per cent (in value) to the branded dairy beverages segment,” says a consumer and retail study by Tata.

While brands like Cavins, Amul and even KMF are tapping the market with new products, the milk-based product segment is mostly underserved when compared to global counterparts, observes Lakshmi. “Although the new age consumer has evolved and his preferences are well-researched as they are connected to the global market in real time basis, there are only handful players in domestic market, while for example in the brewed cold coffee segment alone there could be some 50 other players in the USA,” she says.

New age brands like Keventers or Frozen Bottle may have entered the market aggressively and focusing on pan-India expansion, but they are indulgent drinks which may not appeal to the calorie-conscious consumer.

“There is huge shift in the trend the way a consumer wants to drink a milk-based product and keeping in tandem with the trend, we are eliminating sugar from all our products,” she says. Interestingly, Goodness! was also the only Indian finalist in the World Dairy innovations Award 2018. Its Oats smoothie won appreciation for innovation.

Changing consumer needs

So what does the millennial consumer expect when buying a dairy beverage? “Convenience, branding and natural,” the consumer and retail report suggests. “Consumers want something healthy and at the same time it should not take away most of their time in preparation of the drink. Also, they want branded drinks for on-the-go consumption instead of unhygienic, unbranded products. Meanwhile, milk is considered a healthy drink and all natural products like milk have the potential to appeal to the young consumer, who doesn’t prefer added sugars or artificial products,” it says.

Tapping new platforms

In a bid to be available at all times and everywhere even if a consumer can’t walk up to a supermarket to pick up a bottle of the drink, Goodness! has partnered with Swiggy to deliver their drink within 30 or 40 minutes duration. “We want to be an intersection of health and convenience. Further, we will also tap the impulse purchase market by being available in play arenas, multiplexes, airports and even work places and schools,” Lakshmi says.

Further, the report also predicts that there is market for such products in tier II cities and rural areas but new innovative packaging methods and new products can increase the demand for such products.

 

Next Story
Also Worth Reading